CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS LP
S-1/A, 1997-10-10
RETAIL STORES, NEC
Previous: WILSHIRE FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP INC, S-4, 1997-10-10
Next: ENRON CORP/OR/, S-4/A, 1997-10-10



   
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 10, 1997
    
_____________________________________________________________________________

                                               Registration No. 333-34581

                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ____________________
   
                             AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
    
                                  FORM S-1
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT                        
                                    UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            _____________________

                     CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.
           (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                            ____________________

        DELAWARE                     5984                    77-0439862
     (State or other     (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S.
    jurisdiction of      Classification Code Number)          Employer
    incorporation or                                       Identification
      organization)                                            number)
                            ____________________

                             432 WESTRIDGE DRIVE
                       WATSONVILLE, CALIFORNIA  95076
                               (408) 724-1921
        (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
           area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                            ____________________

                              RONALD J. GOEDDE
                             432 WESTRIDGE DRIVE
                       WATSONVILLE, CALIFORNIA  95076
                               (408) 724-1921
         (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, 
                 including area code, of agent for service)

                               With a copy to:

                              ROBERT J. MINKUS
                            SCHIFF HARDIN & WAITE
                              7200 SEARS TOWER
                             233 S. WACKER DRIVE
                          CHICAGO, ILLINOIS  60606
                               (312) 258-5500

                            ____________________
   
    <PAGE>

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
   offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under
   the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box.  /X/
        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
   offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please
   check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
   statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for
   the same offering. /_/
        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
   462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
   Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
   registration statement for the same offering. /_/

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
   Rule 434, please check the following box. /_/
                            ____________________
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
   
                                                        PROPOSED  MAXIMUM       PROPOSED  MAXIMUM
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF            AMOUNT TO BE    OFFERING PRICE PER      AGGREGATE OFFERING          AMOUNT OF
      SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED        REGISTERED          UNIT(1)                 PRICE(1)          REGISTRATION FEE(1)
<S>                                       <C>            <C>                    <C>                    <C>
      Common Units  . . . . . . . .       3,000,000      $     23.375           $   70,125,000         $       21,250(2)

</TABLE>

   (1)  Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(c) on the basis of the
        average of the high and low sale prices of the Common Units on
        October 8, 1997, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
        composite tape.

   (2)  Of this fee, $7,878 was paid with the initial filing of this
        Registration Statement on August 28, 1997, and the remaining
        $13,372 is being paid with the filing of this Amendment No. 1.
    
                            ____________________

        THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH
   DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL
   THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY
   STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME
   EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF
   1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON
   SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY
   DETERMINE.
   ______________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>

                              EXPLANATORY NOTE

        This Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectus: one
   to be used by the Partnership in connection with the issuance and sale
   from time to time by the Partnership of Common Units in connection
   with its acquisition of the securities and assets of other businesses
   (the "Partnership Prospectus") and one to be used principally by
   persons who have received Common Units of the Partnership in
   connection with acquisitions by the Partnership of securities or
   assets held by such persons, or their transferees, and who wish to
   offer and sell such Common Units in transactions in which they and any
   broker-dealer through whom such Common Units are sold may be deemed to
   be Underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as
   amended (the "Selling Unitholders Prospectus").  The Partnership
   Prospectus and the Selling Unitholders Prospectus will be identical in
   all respects except that they will contain different front cover pages
   and the Selling Unitholders Prospectus will contain an ADDITIONAL
   section under the caption "Manner of Offering."  The Partnership
   Prospectus is included herein and is followed by those pages to be
   used in the Selling Unitholders Prospectus which differ from, or are
   in addition to, those in the Partnership Prospectus.  Each of the
   alternate or additional pages for the Selling Unitholders Prospectus
   included herein has been labeled "Alternate Page for Selling
   Unitholders Prospectus." 

        If required pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the General Rules and
   Regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, copies of
   each of the prospectuses in the forms in which they are used after the
   Registration Statement becomes effective will be filed with the
   Securities and Exchange Commission.
<PAGE>

   INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED
   WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT
   BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
   CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR
   SHALL THERE BY ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH
   OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR
   QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

                            SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
   
                PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER 9, 1997
                           3,000,000 Common Units
    
                   Representing Limited Partner Interests

                     CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.

                            ____________________
   
        This Prospectus relates to up to 3,000,000 Common Units
   representing limited partner interests in Cornerstone Propane
   Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Partnership"),
   which may be issued from time to time by the Partnership in connection
   with its acquisition of other businesses, properties or securities in
   business combination transactions in accordance with Rule
   415(a)(1)(viii) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
   "Securities Act").  It is expected that the terms of such business
   combination transactions will be determined by direct negotiations
   with the owners or controlling persons of the businesses, properties
   or securities to be acquired.  Common Units issued in such business
   combination transactions will be valued at prices reasonably related
   to market prices of the Common Units either at the time the terms of
   an acquisition are agreed upon or at the time of delivery of such
   Common Units.
    
        The Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part
   also relates to the offer and sale of Common Units from time to time
   by persons who have received Common Units in connection with business
   combination transactions by the Partnership, or by transferees of such
   persons, and who wish to offer and sell such Common Units in
   transactions in which they and any broker-dealer through whom such
   Common Units are sold may be deemed to be underwriters within the
   meaning of the Securities Act.
   
        The Partnership has registered with the Secretary of the Treasury
   as a "tax shelter."  No assurance can be given that the Partnership
   will not be audited by the IRS or that tax adjustments will not be
   made.  Any adjustments in the Partnership's tax returns will lead to
   adjustments in the Unitholders' tax returns and may lead to audits of
   the Unitholders' tax returns and adjustments of items unrelated to the
   Partnership.
    
                             ___________________
<PAGE>
   
        LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS ARE INHERENTLY DIFFERENT FROM CAPITAL
   STOCK OF A CORPORATION. PURCHASERS OF COMMON UNITS SHOULD CONSIDER
   EACH OF THE FACTORS DESCRIBED UNDER "RISK FACTORS," STARTING ON
   PAGE 40, IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP, INCLUDING,
   BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:

     *  FUTURE PARTNERSHIP PERFORMANCE WILL DEPEND UPON THE SUCCESS OF
        THE PARTNERSHIP IN MAXIMIZING PROFITS FROM PROPANE SALES. PROPANE
        SALES ARE AFFECTED BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, WEATHER PATTERNS,
        PRODUCT PRICES AND COMPETITION, INCLUDING COMPETITION FROM OTHER
        ENERGY SOURCES.                            (continued on page iii)

                            ____________________

        The Common Units are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
   ("NYSE") under the symbol "CNO."  Application will be made to list the
   Common Units offered hereby on the NYSE.  The last reported sale price
   of Common Units on the NYSE composite tape on October 9, 1997 was $23-9/16
   per Common Unit.
    
        All expenses of this offering will be paid by the Partnership. 
   No underwriting discounts or commissions will be paid in connection
   with the issuance of Common Units, although finder's fees may be paid
   with respect to specific acquisitions.  Any person receiving a
   finder's fee may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning
   of the Securities Act.

        The Partnership will distribute to its partners, on a quarterly
   basis, all of its Available Cash, which is generally all cash on hand
   at the end of a quarter, as adjusted for reserves. The Managing
   General Partner has broad discretion in making cash disbursements and
   establishing reserves. The Partnership intends, to the extent there is
   sufficient Available Cash, to distribute to each holder of Common
   Units at least $.54 per Common Unit per quarter (the "Minimum
   Quarterly Distribution") or $2.16 per Common Unit on an annualized
   basis. 

        To enhance the Partnership's ability to make the Minimum
   Quarterly Distribution on the Common Units during the Subordination
   Period, which will generally extend at least through December 31,
   2001, each holder of Common Units will be entitled to receive the
   Minimum Quarterly Distribution, plus any arrearages thereon, before
   any distributions are made on the outstanding subordinated limited
   partner interests of the Partnership (the "Subordinated Units"). Upon
   expiration of the Subordination Period, all Subordinated Units will
   convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis and will thereafter
   participate pro rata with the other Common Units in distributions of
   Available Cash. Under certain circumstances, up to 50% of the
   Subordinated Units may convert into Common Units prior to the
   expiration of the Subordination Period. See "Cash Distribution
   Policy."


                                    (ii)
<PAGE>
   
        The Common Units offered hereby represent limited partner
   interests in the Partnership, which the Partnership believes is the
   fifth largest retail marketer of propane in the United States. The
   Partnership was formed in 1996 to acquire, own and operate the propane
   businesses and assets (the "Combined Operations") of SYN Inc. and
   Empire Energy Corporation (formerly subsidiaries of Northwestern
   Growth Corporation ("Northwestern Growth")) and CGI Holdings, Inc. The
   Managing General Partner is Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc. The Managing
   General Partner and Northwestern Growth are subsidiaries of
   Northwestern Public Service Company ("NPS"), an NYSE-listed energy
   distribution company.
    
                            ____________________

           THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED
      BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
      AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
    UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION
                   TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


            The date of this Prospectus is ____________ __, 1997































                                    (iii)
<PAGE>

                                                  (continued from page ii)
   
   *    THE MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE ACTUAL
        AMOUNT OF CASH DISTRIBUTIONS WILL DEPEND ON FUTURE PARTNERSHIP
        OPERATING PERFORMANCE AND WILL BE AFFECTED BY THE FUNDING OF
        RESERVES, OPERATING AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURES AND OTHER MATTERS
        WITHIN THE DISCRETION OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER, AS WELL AS
        REQUIRED INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON, AND THE OTHER TERMS
        OF, THE PARTNERSHIP'S INDEBTEDNESS. PRO FORMA AVAILABLE CASH FROM
        OPERATING SURPLUS (AS DEFINED IN THE GLOSSARY) GENERATED DURING
        FISCAL 1997 WOULD HAVE BEEN INSUFFICIENT BY APPROXIMATELY $1.2
        MILLION TO COVER THE MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION FOR SUCH
        FISCAL YEAR ON ALL OF THE COMMON UNITS OUTSTANDING AS OF THE DATE
        OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED DISTRIBUTION ON THE GENERAL
        PARTNER INTERESTS, AND WOULD HAVE BEEN INSUFFICIENT BY
        APPROXIMATELY $15.4 MILLION TO COVER THE MINIMUM QUARTERLY
        DISTRIBUTION ON ALL THE SUBORDINATED UNITS OUTSTANDING AS OF THE
        DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE RELATED DISTRIBUTION ON THE
        GENERAL PARTNER INTERESTS.
    
   *    THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THE PARTNERSHIP WILL BE ABLE TO
        INTEGRATE SUCCESSFULLY THE COMBINED OPERATIONS, ACHIEVE
        ANTICIPATED COST SAVINGS OR INSTITUTE THE NECESSARY SYSTEMS AND
        PROCEDURES TO SUCCESSFULLY MANAGE THE COMBINED OPERATIONS ON A
        PROFITABLE BASIS.
   
   *    AT JUNE 30, 1997, THE PARTNERSHIP'S TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS WAS
        APPROXIMATELY $237.3 MILLION, CONSTITUTING APPROXIMATELY 49.3% OF
        ITS TOTAL CAPITALIZATION.  AS A RESULT, THE PARTNERSHIP HAS
        INDEBTEDNESS THAT IS SUBSTANTIAL IN RELATION TO ITS PARTNERS'
        CAPITAL.  IN ADDITION, THE PARTNERSHIP'S FINANCING AGREEMENTS
        CONTAIN RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS THAT WILL LIMIT THE PARTNERSHIP'S
        ABILITY TO INCUR ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS AND TO MAKE
        DISTRIBUTIONS TO UNITHOLDERS.
    
   *    HOLDERS OF COMMON UNITS HAVE ONLY LIMITED VOTING RIGHTS, AND THE
        MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER MANAGES AND OPERATES THE PARTNERSHIP.
        THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER MAY NOT BE REMOVED EXCEPT PURSUANT
        TO THE VOTE OF THE HOLDERS OF AT LEAST 66-2/3% OF THE OUTSTANDING
        UNITS (INCLUDING UNITS OWNED BY THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND
        ITS AFFILIATES). THE OWNERSHIP OF THE SUBORDINATED UNITS BY THE
        MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES EFFECTIVELY GIVES THE
        MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER THE ABILITY TO PREVENT ITS REMOVAL. 

   *    CONFLICTS OF INTEREST MAY ARISE BETWEEN THE MANAGING GENERAL
        PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE PARTNERSHIP
        AND THE UNITHOLDERS, ON THE OTHER. THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
        CONTAINS CERTAIN PROVISIONS THAT LIMIT THE LIABILITY AND REDUCE
        THE FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER TO THE
        UNITHOLDERS. HOLDERS OF COMMON UNITS ARE DEEMED TO HAVE CONSENTED
        TO CERTAIN ACTIONS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE
        BE DEEMED A BREACH OF FIDUCIARY OR OTHER DUTIES UNDER APPLICABLE

                                    (iv)
<PAGE>

        STATE LAW. THE VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THESE TYPES OF
        PROVISIONS UNDER DELAWARE LAW ARE UNCERTAIN. UNDER CERTAIN
        CIRCUMSTANCES, AFFILIATES OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER MAY
        COMPETE WITH THE PARTNERSHIP. 

   *    THE ISSUANCE OF THE COMMON UNITS OFFERED HEREBY MIGHT BE DILUTIVE
        TO EARNINGS OF THE PARTNERSHIP AND DISTRIBUTIONS TO THE
        UNITHOLDERS.
   
   *    PRIOR TO MAKING ANY DISTRIBUTION ON THE COMMON UNITS, THE
        PARTNERSHIP WILL REIMBURSE THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS
        AFFILIATES AT COST FOR ALL EXPENSES INCURRED ON BEHALF OF THE
        PARTNERSHIP AS DETERMINED BY THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER IN ANY
        REASONABLE MANNER IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. ON A PRO FORMA BASIS,
        APPROXIMATELY $48.9 MILLION OF EXPENSES (PRIMARILY WAGES AND
        SALARIES) WOULD HAVE BEEN REIMBURSED BY THE PARTNERSHIP TO THE
        MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER IN FISCAL 1997 (INCLUDING $30.7 MILLION
        ACTUALLY REIMBURSED FOR THE SIX AND ONE-HALF MONTH PERIOD ENDED
        JUNE 30, 1997).  THE SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER RECEIVED NO
        REIMBURSEMENTS FROM THE PARTNERSHIP IN FISCAL 1997.
    
   *    THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP ARE
        COMPLEX. THE AVAILABILITY TO A COMMON UNITHOLDER OF THE FEDERAL
        INCOME TAX BENEFITS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP LARGELY
        DEPENDS ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AS A PARTNERSHIP
        FOR THAT PURPOSE. THE PARTNERSHIP WILL RELY UPON AN OPINION OF
        COUNSEL, AND NOT A RULING FROM THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, ON
        THAT ISSUE AND OTHERS RELEVANT TO A COMMON UNITHOLDER. 

   *    BECAUSE THE RETAIL PROPANE INDUSTRY IS MATURE AND OVERALL DEMAND
        FOR PROPANE IS EXPECTED TO EXPERIENCE LIMITED GROWTH IN THE
        FORESEEABLE FUTURE, THE PARTNERSHIP WILL DEPEND ON ACQUISITIONS
        AS THE PRINCIPAL MEANS OF GROWTH. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT
        THE PARTNERSHIP WILL BE ABLE TO COMPLETE FUTURE ACQUISITIONS.

                               _______________

















                                     (v)
<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
   PROSPECTUS SUMMARY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
        Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
        Summary Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data . . . . . . . . 14
        Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
        Cash Available for Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
        Partnership Structure and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
        The Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
        Summary of Tax Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

   RISK FACTORS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
        Risks Inherent in the Partnership's Business . . . . . . . . . 40
        Risks Inherent in an Investment in the Partnership   . . . . . 43
        Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities . . . . . 49
        Tax Risks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

   THE IPO AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

   USE OF PROCEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

   CAPITALIZATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

   PRICE RANGE OF COMMON UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

   CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
        General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
        Quarterly Distributions of Available Cash  . . . . . . . . . . 63
        Distributions from Operating Surplus during Subordination
             Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
        Distributions from Operating Surplus after Subordination 
             Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . .66   
        Incentive Distributions--Hypothetical Annualized Yield . . . . 66
        Distributions from Capital Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
        Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target
             Distribution Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
        Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

   CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

   SELECTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA   . . . . . . . . . 76

   SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA  . . . . . . . . . 79
        The Partnership  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        Synergy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
        Empire Energy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
        Coast  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
     RESULTS OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
        General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

                                    (vi)
<PAGE>

        The Partnership  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
        Synergy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
        Empire Energy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
        Coast  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

   BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
        General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   99
        Business Strategy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  101
        Product  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  104
        Competition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  104
        Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  106
        Seasonality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  106
        Sources of Supply  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  107
        Risks of Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  108
        Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  108
        Trademarks and Tradenames  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  109
        Government Regulation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  109
        Employees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  109
        Litigation and Other Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . .  110

   MANAGEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111
        Partnership Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111
        Directors and Executive Officers of the Managing General 
             Partner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  113 
        Reimbursement of Expenses of the Managing General Partner
             and its Affiliates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  115
        Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  116
        Compensation of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  120
        Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider 
         Participation in Compensation Decisions  .  . . . . . . . .  120

   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT  .  121
        Ownership of Partnership Units by the General Partners and
             Directors and Executive Officers of the 
             Managing General Partner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  121
        Ownership of NPS Common Stock by Directors and Executive
             Officers of the Managing General Partner  . . . . . . .  122 

   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS  . . . . . . . . .  123
        Rights of the General Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123
        Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement  . . . . .  123

   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES  . . . . . .  124 
        Conflicts of Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  124
        Fiduciary and Other Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  129

   DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  132
        The Units  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  132
        Transfer Agent and Registrar   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  132
        Transfer of Common Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  133

   THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  135

                                    (vii)
<PAGE>

        Organization and Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  135
        Purpose  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136
        Power of Attorney  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136
        Capital Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136
        Limited Liability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136
        Issuance of Additional Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  138
        Amendment of Partnership Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .  140
        Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets  . . . . . . . .  142
        Termination and Dissolution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  142
        Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . .  143
        Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partners  . . . . . . .  143
        Transfer of General Partners' Interests and Incentive
             Distribution Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  145
        Change of Management Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  146
        Limited Call Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  146
        Meetings; Voting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  147
        Status as Limited Partner or Assignee  . . . . . . . . . . .  148
        Non-citizen Assignees; Redemption  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  149
        Indemnification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  149
        Books and Reports  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  150
        Right to Inspect Partnership Books and Records . . . . . . .  151
        Registration Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  151

   UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  152

   PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  154

   TAX CONSIDERATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  155
        Legal Opinions and Advice  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  155
        Tax Rates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  156
        Consequences of Exchanging Property for Common Units . . . .  157
        Ownership of Units by S Corporations . . . . . . . . . . . .  159
        Partnership Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  161
        Limited Partner Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  163
        Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . .  164
        Allocation of Partnership Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction .  167
        Tax Treatment of Operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  169
        Disposition of Common Units  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  173
        Uniformity of Units  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  177
        Administrative Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  179
        State, Local and Other Tax Considerations  . . . . . . . . .  183

   INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS . . . . .  185

   VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  187

   EXPERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  187

   AVAILABLE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  188

   INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-1


                                   (viii)
<PAGE>

   APPENDIX A  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-1

   APPENDIX B  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1
    










        NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE
   HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER
   THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
   INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
   AUTHORIZED BY THE PARTNERSHIP OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
   NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY
   ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION
   IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
   NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
   SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
   NOT BEEN A CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE
   AFFAIRS OF THE PARTNERSHIP SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.



























                                    (ix)
<PAGE>

                             PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
   
   THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE
   READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND HISTORICAL
   AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
   THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED TO THE FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP, THE
   PARTNERSHIP'S ACQUISITION OF THE COMBINED OPERATIONS, THE
   PARTNERSHIP'S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF COMMON UNITS IN DECEMBER 1996
   (THE "IPO"), THE ISSUANCE OF $220.0 MILLION OF SENIOR SECURED NOTES
   DUE 2010 (THE "NOTES") BY CORNERSTONE PROPANE, L.P., THE PARTNERSHIP'S
   OPERATING SUBSIDIARY (THE "OPERATING PARTNERSHIP"), THE ENTERING INTO
   BANK CREDIT FACILITIES AND THE OTHER TRANSACTIONS THAT OCCURRED IN
   CONNECTION THEREWITH ARE REFERRED TO IN THIS PROSPECTUS AS THE
   "TRANSACTIONS."  SEE "THE IPO AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS." EXCEPT AS THE
   CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, REFERENCES TO, OR DESCRIPTIONS OF, THE
   ASSETS, BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP GIVE PRO FORMA
   EFFECT TO THE TRANSACTIONS AND, ACCORDINGLY, INCLUDE THE PROPANE
   ASSETS, BUSINESSES AND OPERATIONS OF SYN INC. ("SYNERGY"; IN ITS
   CAPACITY AS THE SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER OF THE PARTNERSHIP, THE
   "SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER" AND, TOGETHER WITH THE MANAGING GENERAL
   PARTNER, THE "GENERAL PARTNERS"), EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION ("EMPIRE
   ENERGY") AND CGI HOLDINGS, INC. ("COAST") AS CONDUCTED PRIOR TO THE
   IPO.  THE COMMON UNITS AND THE SUBORDINATED UNITS ARE COLLECTIVELY
   REFERRED TO HEREIN AS THE "UNITS," AND HOLDERS OF THE COMMON UNITS AND
   SUBORDINATED UNITS ARE COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREIN AS
   "UNITHOLDERS."  UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, REFERENCES TO THE
   PARTNERSHIP IN THIS PROSPECTUS INCLUDE THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, AND
   REFERENCES TO PERCENTAGE OWNERSHIP OF THE PARTNERSHIP REFLECT THE
   APPROXIMATE EFFECTIVE OWNERSHIP INTEREST OF THE UNITHOLDERS AND THE
   GENERAL PARTNERS IN THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP ON A
   COMBINED BASIS.  FOR EASE OF REFERENCE, A GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TERMS
   USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS INCLUDED AS APPENDIX B TO THIS PROSPECTUS. 
   CAPITALIZED TERMS NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED HEREIN HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN
   IN THE GLOSSARY.

                     CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.

        The Partnership believes that it is the fifth largest retail
   marketer of propane in the United States in terms of volume, serving
   more than 360,000 residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural
   customers from 296 customer service centers in 26 states as of June
   30, 1997. The Partnership's operations are concentrated in the east
   coast, south-central and west coast regions of the United States.  For
   the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, the Partnership had combined
   retail propane sales of approximately 214 million gallons and pro
   forma operating income plus depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")
   of approximately $41.0 million.

        The Partnership was formed in 1996 to acquire, own and operate
   the propane businesses and assets of Synergy and Empire Energy



                                    - 1 -
<PAGE>

   (formerly subsidiaries of Northwestern Growth) and Coast. Northwestern
   Growth is a wholly owned subsidiary of NPS, an NYSE-listed energy
   distribution company.  Northwestern Growth was formed in 1994 to
   pursue and manage nonutility investments and development activities
   for NPS, with a primary focus on growth opportunities in the energy,
   energy equipment and energy services industries.  To capitalize on the
   growth and consolidation opportunities in the propane distribution
   market, in August 1995, Northwestern Growth acquired the predecessor
   of Synergy, then the sixth largest retail marketer of propane in the
   United States; in October 1996 it acquired Empire Energy, then the
   eighth largest retail marketer of propane in the United States; and
   immediately prior to the IPO it acquired Coast, then the 18th largest
   retail marketer of propane in the United States.  The Partnership
   commenced operation on December 17, 1996, concurrently with the
   closing of the IPO when substantially all of the assets and
   liabilities of Synergy, Empire Energy and Coast were contributed to
   the Operating Partnership.  Information in this Prospectus related to
   the pro forma year ended June 30, 1997, reflects a full year of
   activity for the three predecessor companies, as if the Partnership
   had been in operation on July 1, 1996.
    
        The Partnership believes that it is well positioned to compete
   successfully in the propane business for the following reasons: 
   (i) management's experience in generating profitable growth at its
   customer service centers by fostering an entrepreneurial approach by
   local managers; (ii) the Partnership's large national and
   geographically diversified operations, which the Partnership believes
   reduces the effects of adverse weather conditions in any one region on
   EBITDA and allows it to achieve economies of scale; (iii) the
   significant proportion of the Partnership's retail sales that is made
   to residential customers, which are generally more profitable than
   sales to other customers; (iv) management's experience in identifying,
   evaluating and completing both small and large acquisitions; (v) the
   Partnership's substantial national wholesale supply and logistics
   business, which provides it with a national presence and a relatively
   secure source of propane to support the service goals of its customer
   service centers; (vi) the Partnership's centralized administrative
   systems that enable local managers to focus on customer service and
   growth; and (vii) the Partnership's relationship with Northwestern
   Growth, which has proven experience in the energy distribution
   business and in the acquisition and growth of propane businesses.
   
        Although the Partnership believes it has a number of competitive
   strengths, the propane industry is highly competitive and includes a
   number of large national firms and regional firms and several thousand
   small independent firms. Certain competitors may have greater
   financial resources or lower operating costs than the Partnership.
   Further, variations in the weather or the economy in one or more
   regions in which the Partnership operates can significantly affect the




                                    - 2 -
<PAGE>

   total volume of propane sold by the Partnership and, consequently, the
   Partnership's results of operations.  See "Risk Factors."
    
   BUSINESS STRATEGY

        The principal elements of the Partnership's business strategy are
   to (i) extend and refine its existing service orientation,
   (ii) continue to pursue balanced growth through small and large
   acquisitions, internal growth at its existing customer service centers
   and start-ups of new customer service centers, (iii) enhance the
   profitability of its existing operations by integrating the Combined
   Operations, implementing entrepreneurially oriented local manager
   incentive programs, where appropriate, and continuing to centralize
   administrative systems and (iv) capitalize on the Partnership's
   national wholesale supply and logistics business. 

        FOCUS ON CUSTOMER SERVICE.  The Partnership seeks to be
   recognized in the marketplace as the most customer service-oriented
   propane supplier.  Although propane is a commodity product, the
   Partnership believes that it will be able to distinguish itself from
   the competition by providing reliable and timely delivery of propane
   at competitive prices. The Partnership believes that establishing and
   clearly communicating standards of service and performance
   expectations at all levels of the Partnership, and rewarding its
   employees accordingly, will enable the Partnership to achieve its
   service goals.  The Partnership has incentive programs at certain
   customer service centers targeted to fostering an entrepreneurial
   environment at the customer service center level.  These programs
   provide substantial rewards to local managers for managing
   service-oriented and profitable operations.  The Partnership intends
   to expand such incentive programs to additional customer service
   locations, where appropriate.

        CONTINUED BALANCED GROWTH.  The Partnership intends to continue
   to pursue balanced growth through small and large acquisitions,
   internal growth at its existing customer service centers and start-ups
   of new customer service centers. Acquisitions are expected to be the
   principal means of growth for the Partnership, as the retail propane
   industry is mature and overall demand for propane is expected to
   experience limited growth in the foreseeable future.  The Partnership
   believes that the fragmented nature of the retail propane industry
   provides significant opportunities for growth through strategic
   acquisitions.  Industry sources indicate that there are over 8,000
   retail propane operations in the United States, of which the ten
   largest account for approximately 33% of industry volumes.  The
   Partnership's  acquisition strategy will concentrate on companies that
   have one or more of the following characteristics: (i) locations in
   areas serviced by the Partnership that may be combined with existing
   operations, providing greater economies of scale at the customer
   service center level, (ii) a recent record of growth and a local



                                    - 3 -
<PAGE>

   reputation for quality service, (iii) locations in areas that are
   relatively colder and (iv) operations with a relatively high
   proportion of sales to the more profitable residential customer
   segment.  As part of its acquisition program, the Partnership
   generally expects to retain the name and identity of the acquired
   entity, which the Partnership believes will preserve the goodwill of
   the acquired business and promote continued local customer loyalty. 
   The Partnership's ability to make acquisitions is facilitated by the
   availability of a $75.0 million acquisition credit facility and the
   ability to issue additional limited partner interests.  In the first
   six months of 1997, the Partnership acquired businesses in California,
   Florida and New Hampshire which added approximately 12,000 customers
   and annual retail propane sales of approximately 12.5 million gallons. 
   The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was approximately
   $20.9 million, of which approximately $14.8 million was in the form of
   Common Units (approximately 700,000 Common Units). There can be no
   assurance, however, that the Partnership will continue to identify
   attractive acquisition candidates in the future, that the Partnership
   will be able to acquire such businesses on economically acceptable
   terms, that any acquisitions will not be dilutive to earnings and
   distributions to the Unitholders or that any additional debt incurred
   to finance an acquisition will not affect the ability of the
   Partnership to make distributions to the Unitholders. The Partnership
   is not required under the Partnership Agreement to seek Unitholder
   approval of any acquisition. 

        The Partnership is from time to time engaged in ongoing
   discussions with respect to acquisitions, and expects to continue to
   pursue such acquisition opportunities actively.  As of the date of
   this Prospectus, the Partnership does not have any agreements with
   respect to any material acquisitions but is involved in ongoing
   discussions with several companies and is continuing to assess these
   and other acquisition opportunities. The Partnership is unable to
   predict the size, number or timing of any future acquisitions.

        In addition to pursuing growth through acquisitions, the
   Partnership continues to focus on internal growth at its existing
   customer service centers.  The Partnership seeks to achieve internal
   growth by, among other things, providing superior service and
   instituting programs that encourage employees, existing customers and
   local real estate agents and contractors to refer new accounts.  This
   strategy is being implemented primarily through the Partnership's
   incentive programs that reward local managers for managing
   service-oriented and profitable operations. 

        In some instances, the Partnership may identify a market that has
   one or more of the characteristics that would make it attractive for
   an acquisition but in which there are no attractive available
   acquisition candidates.  In certain of these cases, the Partnership
   may seek to penetrate the market by establishing a new customer



                                    - 4 -
<PAGE>

   service center.  The Partnership believes it can successfully initiate
   these start-up operations in attractive markets by identifying and
   hiring local managers with proven propane service experience and
   establishing programs that reward service-oriented and profitable
   operations and that allow the managers to share in the growth of the
   business.

        ENHANCE PROFITABILITY OF ITS EXISTING OPERATIONS.  The
   Partnership believes that it can enhance the profitability of its
   customer service centers by integrating the Combined Operations,
   reducing inefficiencies in areas where there is a geographic overlap
   of services and implementing "best practices" and management incentive
   programs throughout the Partnership's operations.  In integrating the
   Combined Operations, the Partnership is in the process of
   consolidating and centralizing ongoing administrative functions and
   systems, which should enable local managers to devote their time to
   providing customer service and achieving other performance goals. In
   addition, the Partnership believes it can improve efficiencies in
   areas where there is a geographic overlap of services provided by
   customer service centers.  The Partnership's management has identified
   effective operating programs and strategies used by one of the
   constituent companies prior to the IPO but not used by one or more of
   the others.  The Partnership believes that the implementation of these
   "best practices" throughout the Combined Operations will improve
   customer retention, foster expansion of its customer base and create
   operating efficiencies and cost savings opportunities. Furthermore,
   the Partnership believes that instituting management incentive
   programs, where appropriate, and fostering an entrepreneurial approach
   at additional customer service centers will give managers the
   incentive to increase such customer service centers' profitability. 
   
        CAPITALIZE ON NATIONAL SUPPLY AND LOGISTICS BUSINESS.  The Partner-
   hip has a national wholesale natural gas liquids supply and logistics
   business with sales of approximately 330 million gallons in fiscal
   1997.  The Partnership believes that this business provides it with a
   reasonably secure, competitively priced and efficient supply base to
   support the service goals of its existing customer service centers. In
   addition, the Partnership believes its wholesale and logistics
   business positions  it well for expansion through acquisitions or
   start-up operations in new markets.  As part of its wholesale
   business, the Partnership also provides product supply and financial
   and technical assistance to certain small independent retailers. 
   While these arrangements provide some economic return to the
   Partnership, the Partnership believes their greater value lies in the
   resulting relationships, which position the Partnership to acquire
   such businesses in the event they become available for purchase. 
    






                                    - 5 -
<PAGE>

   GENERAL

        The Partnership is principally engaged in (i) the retail
   distribution of propane for residential, commercial, industrial,
   agricultural and other retail uses, (ii) the wholesale marketing and
   distribution of propane and natural gas liquids to the retail propane
   industry, the chemical and petrochemical industries and other
   commercial and agricultural markets, (iii) the repair and maintenance
   of propane heating systems and appliances and (iv) the sale of
   propane-related supplies, appliances  and other equipment. 

        Propane, a by-product of natural gas processing and petroleum
   refining, is a clean-burning energy source recognized for its
   transportability and ease of use relative to alternative stand-alone
   energy sources.  The retail propane business of the Partnership
   consists principally of transporting propane to its retail
   distribution outlets and then to tanks located on its customers'
   premises.  Retail propane use falls into four broad categories: 
   (i) residential, (ii) industrial and commercial, (iii) agricultural
   and (iv) other applications, including motor fuel sales.  Residential
   customers use propane primarily for space and water heating. 
   Industrial customers use propane primarily as fuel for forklifts and
   stationary engines, to fire furnaces, as a cutting gas, in mining
   operations and in other process applications.  Commercial customers,
   such as restaurants, motels, laundries and commercial buildings, use
   propane in a variety of applications, including cooking, heating and
   drying.  In the agricultural market, propane is primarily used for
   tobacco curing, crop drying, poultry brooding and weed control.  Other
   retail uses include motor fuel for cars and trucks, outdoor cooking
   and other recreational purposes, propane resales and sales to state
   and local governments.  In its wholesale operations, the Partnership
   sells propane principally to large industrial customers and other
   propane distributors. 
   
        The retail propane business is a "margin-based" business in which
   gross profits depend on the excess of sales prices over propane supply
   costs.  Sales of propane to residential and commercial customers,
   which account for the vast majority of the Partnership's gross profit,
   have provided a relatively stable source of income for the
   Partnership.  Based on pro forma fiscal 1997 retail propane gallons
   sold, the customer base consisted of 55% residential, 26% commercial
   and industrial and 19% agricultural and other customers.  Sales to
   residential customers have generally provided higher gross margins
   than other retail propane sales.  While commercial propane sales are
   generally less profitable than residential retail sales, the
   Partnership has traditionally relied on this customer base to provide
   a steady, noncyclical source of revenues.  No single customer
   accounted for more than 1% of total revenues.





                                    - 6 -
<PAGE>

        Because a substantial amount of propane is sold for heating
   purposes, the severity of winter and resulting residential and
   commercial heating usage have an important impact on the Partnership's
   earnings.  Approximately two-thirds of the Partnership's retail
   propane sales usually occur during the six-month heating season from
   October through March.  As a result of this seasonality, the
   Partnership's sales and operating profits are concentrated in its
   second and third fiscal quarters.  Cash flows from operations,
   however, are greatest from November through April, when customers pay
   for propane purchased during the six-month peak season.  To the extent
   the Managing General Partner deems appropriate, the Partnership may
   reserve cash from these periods for distribution to Unitholders during
   periods with lower cash flows from operations.  Sales and profits are
   subject to variation from month to month and from year to year,
   depending on temperature fluctuations.
    
        The Partnership's wholesale operations engage in the marketing of
   propane to independent dealers, major interstate marketers and the
   chemical and petrochemical industries. The Partnership participates to
   a lesser extent in the marketing of other natural gas liquids, the
   processing and marketing of natural gas and the gathering of crude
   oil. The Partnership either owns or has contractual rights to use
   transshipment terminals, rail cars, long-haul tanker trucks, pipelines
   and storage capacity. The Partnership believes that its wholesale
   marketing and processing activities position it to achieve product
   cost advantages and to avoid shortages during periods of tight supply
   to an extent not generally available to other retail propane
   distributors. 

        Propane competes primarily with natural gas, electricity and fuel
   oil as an energy source, principally on the basis of price,
   availability and portability.  Propane is more expensive than natural
   gas on an equivalent BTU basis in locations served by natural gas, but
   serves as a substitute for natural gas in rural and suburban areas
   where natural gas is unavailable or portability of product is
   required.  Propane is generally less expensive to use than electricity
   for space heating, water heating, clothes drying and cooking. 
   Although propane is similar to fuel oil in certain applications and
   market demand, propane and fuel oil compete to a lesser extent
   primarily because of the cost of converting from one to the other. 
   
        As of June 30, 1997, the Partnership's retail operations
   consisted of 296 customer service centers in 26 states.  As of such
   date, the Partnership owned a fleet of 38 transport truck tractors, 53
   transport trailers, approximately 900 bobtail trucks and approximately
   1,000 other delivery and service vehicles.  In addition, in its retail
   operations, the Partnership owns an aggregate of approximately
   21 million gallons of above-ground propane storage capacity at its
   customer service centers. In many states, certain fire safety
   regulations restrict the refilling of a leased tank solely to the



                                    - 7 -
<PAGE>

   propane supplier that owns the tank.  The inconvenience of switching
   tanks minimizes a customer's tendency to switch among suppliers of
   propane.
    
   THE IPO AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
   
        On December 17, 1996, the Partnership consummated the IPO,
   issuing 9,821,000 Common Units (including 1,281,000 Common Units
   issued pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters' over-
   allotment option), and received gross proceeds of $206.2 million.  In
   addition, the Operating Partnership issued $220.0 million aggregate
   principal amount of Notes to certain institutional investors in a
   private placement (the "Note Placement").

        Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, Synergy, Empire Energy
   and Coast entered into a series of transactions which resulted in the
   Combined Operations being owned by the General Partners. Concurrently
   with the IPO closing, the General Partners contributed, or caused to
   be contributed, the Combined Operations to the Operating Partnership
   in exchange for all of the interests in the Operating Partnership, and
   the Operating Partnership assumed substantially all of the liabilities
   associated with the Combined Operations. Immediately after such
   contributions, all of the limited partner interests in the Operating
   Partnership were conveyed to the Partnership in exchange for interests
   in the Partnership.  In addition, the Operating Partnership
   contributed the portion of the Combined Operations utilized in the
   parts and appliance sales and service business to its corporate
   subsidiary.  As a result of these transactions, the General Partners
   own an aggregate of 6,597,619 Subordinated Units, representing an
   aggregate 39.4% limited partner interest in the Partnership, an
   aggregate 2% general partner interest in the Partnership and the right
   to receive Incentive Distributions (as defined below). 

        Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, the Operating
   Partnership entered into a $125.0 million bank credit facility (the
   "Bank Credit Facility"), which includes a $50.0 million revolving
   credit facility to be used for working capital and other general
   partnership purposes (the "Working Capital Facility"), and a
   $75.0 million revolving credit facility (the "Acquisition Facility")
   to be used for acquisitions and capital improvements.  For additional
   information regarding the terms of the Notes and the Bank Credit
   Facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations -- The Partnership -- Liquidity
   and Capital Resources -- Financing and Sources of Liquidity."
    
   DISTRIBUTIONS AND PAYMENTS TO THE GENERAL PARTNERS AND THEIR
   AFFILIATES

        The following information summarizes the distributions and
   payments made and to be made by the Partnership to the General



                                    - 8 -
<PAGE>

   Partners and their affiliates in connection with the Transactions and
   the ongoing operations of the Partnership. Such distributions and
   payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and,
   consequently, were not the result of arm's length negotiations. See
   "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities."

                               FORMATION STAGE
   
   The Consideration Paid to
     the General Partners and
     their Affiliates for the 
     Transfer of the Propane
     Business of the Combined 
     Operations to the Partner-
     ship  . . . . . . . . . . . In exchange for conveying substantially
                                   all of the assets of the Combined
                                   Operations to the Operating
                                   Partnership, the General Partners
                                   received 6,597,619 Subordinated Units,
                                   an aggregate 2% general partner
                                   interest in the Partnership and the
                                   Operating Partnership, and all of the
                                   Incentive Distribution Rights, and the
                                   Operating Partnership assumed
                                   substantially all of the liabilities
                                   associated with the Combined
                                   Operations. Of the proceeds from the
                                   IPO and the Note Placement,
                                   approximately $59.9 million was used
                                   to repay indebtedness owed by Synergy
                                   to NPS (including a prepayment penalty
                                   of $6.5 million), approximately
                                   $81.9 million was used to repay
                                   acquisition financing incurred by
                                   Northwestern Growth principally in
                                   connection with the acquisitions of
                                   Empire Energy and Coast and the
                                   purchase of stock of (and certain
                                   rights related to) Synergy, and
                                   approximately $76.7 million was
                                   distributed to the Special General
                                   Partner and used to redeem its
                                   preferred stock issued in connection
                                   with the August 15, 1995 acquisition
                                   of Synergy's predecessor (the "Synergy
                                   Acquisition") and held by NPS and the
                                   unaffiliated shareholders ($61.2
                                   million) and provide net worth to the
                                   Special General Partner ($15.5
                                   million). The shareholders of Coast



                                    - 9 -
<PAGE>

                                   who became senior executives of the
                                   Managing General Partner received
                                   approximately $9.3 million in
                                   connection with Northwestern Growth's
                                   acquisition of Coast (the "Coast
                                   Merger").  The Partnership used the
                                   proceeds from the exercise of the
                                   over-allotment option to pay certain
                                   expenses relating to the Transactions. 
                                   See "The IPO and Related Transactions"
                                   and "Certain Relationships and Related
                                   Transactions."
    
                              OPERATIONAL STAGE

   Distributions of Available
     Cash to the General 
     Partners  . . . . . . . . . Available Cash will generally be
                                   distributed 98% to the Unitholders
                                   (including any distributions to the
                                   General Partners as holders of the
                                   Subordinated Units) and 2% to the
                                   General Partners, except that if
                                   distributions of Available Cash from
                                   Operating Surplus exceed the Target
                                   Distribution Levels (as defined
                                   below), the General Partners will
                                   receive a percentage of such excess
                                   distributions that will increase to up
                                   to 50% of the excess distributions
                                   above the highest Target Distribution
                                   Level (such distributions to the
                                   General Partners in excess of their
                                   aggregate 2% general partner interest
                                   being referred to as the "Incentive
                                   Distributions"). See "Cash
                                   Distribution Policy."
   
   Other Payments to the Managing 
     General Partner and its
      Affiliates.  . . . . . . . The Managing General Partner does not
                                   receive a management fee or other
                                   compensation in connection with its
                                   management of the Partnership, but is
                                   reimbursed at cost for all direct and
                                   indirect expenses incurred on behalf
                                   of the Partnership, including the
                                   costs of compensation and employee
                                   benefit plans described herein
                                   properly allocable to the Partnership



                                   - 10 -
<PAGE>

                                   (including the Annual Operating
                                   Performance Incentive Plan, the New
                                   Acquisition Incentive Plan and the
                                   Restricted Unit Plan described
                                   herein), and all other expenses
                                   necessary or appropriate to the
                                   conduct of the business of, and
                                   allocable to, the Partnership. On a
                                   pro forma basis in fiscal 1997, an
                                   aggregate of approximately $48.9
                                   million of expenses (primarily wages
                                   and salaries) would have been
                                   reimbursed by the Partnership to the
                                   Managing General Partner (including
                                   $30.7 million actually reimbursed for
                                   the six and one-half month period
                                   ended June 30, 1997).  See "Management
                                   -- Reimbursement of Expenses of the
                                   Managing General Partner and its
                                   Affiliates."

                                 Affiliates of the Managing General
                                   Partner may provide certain
                                   administrative services for the
                                   Managing General Partner on behalf of
                                   the Partnership and will be reimbursed
                                   for all direct and indirect expenses
                                   incurred in connection therewith. In
                                   addition, the Managing General Partner
                                   and its affiliates may provide
                                   additional services to the
                                   Partnership, for which the Partnership
                                   will be charged reasonable fees as
                                   determined by the Managing General
                                   Partner.  See "Management --
                                   Reimbursement of Expenses of the
                                   Managing General Partner and its
                                   Affiliates."

                                 The Managing General Partner adopted the
                                   Restricted Unit Plan, which was
                                   effective upon the consummation of the
                                   Transactions, under which certain
                                   officers and directors of the Managing
                                   General Partner are granted rights to
                                   receive authorized but unissued Common
                                   Units with an aggregate value of $12.5
                                   million (determined as of the IPO
                                   closing). As of June 30, 1997, rights
                                   with respect to Common Units with an



                                   - 11 -
<PAGE>

                                   aggregate value of $8.3 million had
                                   been granted under the Restricted Unit
                                   Plan.  In addition, the Managing
                                   General Partner adopted the Annual
                                   Operating Performance Incentive Plan
                                   and the New Acquisition Incentive
                                   Plan, pursuant to which certain
                                   members of management are eligible to
                                   receive cash bonuses.  See "Management
                                   -- Executive Compensation."
    
   Withdrawal or Removal of
     the General Partners  .     If the Managing General Partner
                                   withdraws in violation of the
                                   Partnership Agreement or is removed by
                                   the Unitholders for Cause, the
                                   successor general partner will have
                                   the option to purchase the general
                                   partner interests of the General
                                   Partners in the Partnership and the
                                   Operating Partnership (and the right
                                   to receive Incentive Distributions)
                                   for a cash payment equal to the fair
                                   market value thereof. If the Managing
                                   General Partner withdraws in
                                   accordance with the Partnership
                                   Agreement or is removed without Cause,
                                   it will have the option to require a
                                   successor general partner to purchase
                                   the general partner interests of the
                                   General Partners in the Partnership
                                   and the Operating Partnership (and the
                                   right to receive Incentive
                                   Distributions) for such price. If the
                                   general partner interests of the
                                   General Partners in the Partnership
                                   and the Operating Partnership (and the
                                   right to receive Incentive
                                   Distributions) are not so purchased by
                                   the successor general partner, such
                                   general partner interests will be
                                   converted into a number of Common
                                   Units equal in value to the fair
                                   market value thereof as determined by
                                   an independent investment banking firm
                                   or other independent experts. The
                                   Special General Partner must withdraw
                                   or be removed as a general partner
                                   upon the withdrawal or removal of the
                                   Managing General Partner. See "The



                                   - 12 -
<PAGE>

                                   Partnership Agreement -- Withdrawal or
                                   Removal of the General Partners."

                              LIQUIDATION STAGE

   Liquidation . . . . . . . . . In the event of any liquidation of the
                                   Partnership, the partners, including
                                   the General Partners, will be entitled
                                   to receive liquidating distributions
                                   in accordance with their respective
                                   capital account balances.  See "Cash
                                   Distribution Policy--Distributions of
                                   Cash Upon Liquidation."








































                                   - 13 -
<PAGE>

               SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
   
        The following Summary Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data
   reflect the consolidated historical operating results of the companies
   that comprised the Combined Operations, as adjusted for the
   Transactions (through December 16, 1996), and the actual consolidated
   operating results of the Partnership (after December 16, 1996) and are
   derived from the unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements
   of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. included elsewhere in this
   Prospectus. For a description of the assumptions used in preparing the
   Summary Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data, see "Pro Forma
   Consolidated Financial Statements of Cornerstone Propane Partners,
   L.P."  The pro forma information set forth below has been prepared by
   combining the historical results of operations of Synergy for the five
   and one-half months ended December 16, 1996; Coast for the four and
   one-half months ended December 16, 1996; Empire Energy for the five
   and one-half months ended December 16, 1996;  and the Partnership for
   the six and one-half months ended June 30, 1997. The Partnership
   believes that it is reasonable to combine the results of operations of
   companies having different fiscal years because each of the fiscal
   years being combined includes the same winter heating seasons in which
   the majority of the Partnership's revenue and cash flow was generated.
   The following information should not be deemed indicative of future
   operating results of the Partnership. 

                                                    PARTNERSHIP PRO
                                                  FORMA, FISCAL YEAR
                                                  ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                                                  -------------------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                    EXCEPT PER UNIT
                                                         DATA)
    STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
      Operating revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $664,197
      Cost of product sold  . . . . . . . . . . . .       534,892
                                                         --------
      Gross profit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       129,305
      Operating expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . .        88,264
      Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . .        15,073
                                                         --------
      Operating income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        25,968
      Interest expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        18,215
                                                         --------
      Net income before income taxes  . . . . . . .         7,753
      Income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           109
                                                         --------
      Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   7,644
                                                         ========





                                   - 14 -
<PAGE>

    BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS OF JUNE 30, 1997):
      Current assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  70,261
      Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       540,993
      Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .        60,742
      Long-term debt (including current maturities)       237,268
      Partners capital -- General Partners  . . . .         4,972
      Partners' capital -- Limited Partners . . . .       238,957

    OPERATING DATA:
      Capital expenditures (a)  . . . . . . . . . .     $  15,977
      EBITDA (b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  41,041
      Net income per Unit (c) . . . . . . . . . . .     $     .46       
      Retail propane gallons sold . . . . . . . . .       213,700


   _________

   (a)  The Partnership's capital expenditures fall generally into three
        categories: (i) growth capital expenditures, which include
        expenditures for the purchase of new propane tanks and other
        equipment to facilitate expansion of the Partnership's retail
        customer base, (ii) maintenance capital expenditures, which
        include expenditures for repairs that extend the life of the
        assets and replacement of property, plant and equipment, and
        (iii) acquisition capital expenditures. 

   (b)  EBITDA consists of net income before depreciation, amortization,
        interest and income taxes.  EBITDA should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating
        performance) or as an alternative to cash flow, and it is not a
        measure of performance or financial condition under generally
        accepted accounting principles, but it provides additional
        information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
        distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and to service and
        incur indebtedness.  Cash flows in accordance with generally
        accepted accounting principles consist of cash flows from
        operating, investing and financing activities; cash flows from
        operating activities reflect net income (including charges for
        interest and income taxes, which are not reflected in EBITDA),
        adjusted for noncash charges or income (which are reflected in
        EBITDA) and changes in operating assets and liabilities (which
        are not reflected in EBITDA).  Further, cash flows from investing
        and financing activities are not included in EBITDA

   (c)  Net income per Unit is computed by dividing the limited partners'
        interest in net income by the weighted average number of Units
        outstanding. 
    





                                   - 15 -
<PAGE>

                                RISK FACTORS
   
        LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS ARE INHERENTLY DIFFERENT FROM CAPITAL
   STOCK OF A CORPORATION, ALTHOUGH MANY OF THE BUSINESS RISKS TO WHICH
   THE PARTNERSHIP IS SUBJECT ARE SIMILAR TO THOSE THAT WOULD BE FACED BY
   A CORPORATION ENGAGED IN A SIMILAR BUSINESS. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF
   THE COMMON UNITS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS IN
   EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON UNITS.
    
   RISKS INHERENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP'S BUSINESS 
   
     *  Weather conditions have a significant impact on the demand for
        propane for both heating and agricultural purposes. Many
        customers of the Partnership rely heavily on propane as a heating
        fuel. Accordingly, the volume of retail propane sold is highest
        during the six-month peak heating season of October through
        March and is directly affected by the severity of the winter
        weather. During fiscal 1997, approximately 68.8% of the
        Partnership's combined retail propane volume and approximately
        90% of the Partnership's pro forma EBITDA were attributable to
        sales during the peak heating season. Actual weather conditions
        can vary substantially from year to year, significantly affecting
        the Partnership's financial performance. Furthermore, variations
        in weather in one or more regions in which the Partnership
        operates can significantly affect the total volumes sold by the
        Partnership and the margins realized on such sales and,
        consequently, the Partnership's results of operations.
    
     *  The retail propane business is a "margin-based" business in which
        gross profits depend on the excess of sales prices over propane
        supply costs. Consequently, the Partnership's profitability will
        be sensitive to changes in wholesale propane prices. Propane is a
        commodity, the market price of which can be subject to volatile
        changes in response to changes in supply or other market
        conditions. As it may not be possible immediately to pass on to
        customers rapid increases in the wholesale cost of propane, such
        increases could reduce the Partnership's gross profits. 

     *  The Partnership's profitability is affected by the competition
        for customers among all participants in the retail propane
        business. Some of the Partnership's competitors are larger or
        have greater financial resources than the Partnership. Should a
        competitor attempt to increase market share by reducing prices,
        the Partnership's financial condition and results of operations
        could be materially adversely affected. In addition, propane
        competes with other sources of energy, some of which are less
        costly for equivalent energy value. 

     *  Acquisitions will be the principal means of growth for the
        Partnership, as the retail propane industry is mature and overall
        demand for propane is expected to experience limited growth.



                                   - 16 -
<PAGE>

        There can be no assurance, however, that the Partnership will
        identify attractive acquisition candidates in the future, that
        the Partnership will be able to acquire such businesses on
        economically acceptable terms, that any acquisitions will not be
        dilutive to earnings and distributions to the Unitholders or that
        any additional debt incurred to finance acquisitions will not
        affect the ability of the Partnership to make distributions to
        the Unitholders. 

     *  The Partnership's operations are subject to all operating hazards
        and risks normally incidental to handling, storing and delivering
        combustible liquids such as propane. As a result, the Partnership
        is a defendant in various legal proceedings and litigation
        arising in the ordinary course of business. The Partnership
        maintains insurance policies with insurers in such amounts and
        with such coverages and deductibles as it believes are reasonable
        and prudent. However, there can be no assurance that such
        insurance will be adequate to protect the Partnership from all
        material expenses related to potential future claims for personal
        injury and property damage or that such levels of insurance will
        be available in the future at economical prices. 

     *  The Partnership believes that its success will depend to a
        significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of its senior
        management team. The failure by the Managing General Partner to
        retain members of its senior management team could adversely
        affect the financial condition or results of operations of the
        Partnership. Each of Keith G. Baxter, Charles J. Kittrell,
        Ronald J. Goedde and Vincent J. DiCosimo is employed by the
        Managing General Partner pursuant to a three-year employment
        contract. 

   RISKS INHERENT IN AN INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP

     *  The Minimum Quarterly Distribution is not guaranteed. The actual
        amount of cash distributions may fluctuate and will depend on
        future Partnership operating performance. Cash distributions are
        dependent primarily on cash flow, including from reserves and
        working capital borrowings, and not on profitability, which is
        affected by non-cash items. Therefore, cash distributions might
        be made during periods when the Partnership records losses and
        might not be made during periods when the Partnership records
        profits. Decisions of the Managing General Partner with respect
        to the amount and timing of cash expenditures, borrowings,
        issuances of additional Units and reserves will affect the amount
        of Available Cash. Because the business of the Partnership is
        seasonal, it is likely that the Managing General Partner will
        make additions to reserves during certain quarters in order to
        fund operating expenses, interest payments and cash distributions
        to partners with respect to other quarters. 



                                   - 17 -
<PAGE>
   
     *  The amount of pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus
        generated during fiscal 1997 was approximately $22.3 million
        (including approximately $2.9 million of Available Cash from
        Operating Surplus of businesses acquired in May and June 1997.  
        Such amount would have been insufficient by approximately $1.2
        million to cover the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such
        fiscal year on all of the Common Units outstanding as of the date
        of this Prospectus and the related distribution on the aggregate
        2% general partner interests, and would have been insufficient by
        approximately $15.4 million to cover the Minimum Quarterly
        Distribution on all the Subordinated Units outstanding as of the
        date of this Prospectus and the related distribution on the
        general partner interests.

     *  There can be no assurance that the Partnership will be able to
        integrate successfully the Combined Operations, achieve
        anticipated cost savings or institute the necessary systems and
        procedures to successfully manage the combined enterprise on a
        profitable basis. The Partnership is managed by the senior
        executives who previously managed Coast, and such executives have
        been involved with the operations of Synergy and Empire Energy
        only since December 17, 1996. The pro forma financial results of
        the Partnership include periods when the Combined Operations were
        not under common control and management and, therefore, may not
        be indicative of the Partnership's future financial and operating
        results. The inability of the Partnership to integrate
        successfully the Combined Operations could have a material
        adverse effect on the Partnership's business, financial condition
        and results of operations. 

     *  At June 30, 1997, the Partnership's total indebtedness was
        approximately $237.3 million, constituting approximately 49.3% of
        its total capitalization.  As a result, the Partnership is
        significantly leveraged and has indebtedness that is substantial
        in relation to its partners' capital. The Partnership's leverage
        may adversely affect the ability of the Partnership to finance
        its future operations and capital needs, limit its ability to
        pursue acquisitions and other business opportunities and make its
        results of operations more susceptible to adverse economic or
        operating conditions. In addition, as of June 30, 1997 the
        Partnership had approximately $120.4 million of unused borrowing
        capacity under the Bank Credit Facility.  Future borrowings could
        result in a significant increase in the Partnership's leverage.
        The Notes and the Bank Credit Facility contain restrictive
        covenants that will limit the ability of the Partnership to incur
        additional indebtedness and to make distributions to Unitholders.
        The payment of principal and interest on the Partnership's
        indebtedness will reduce the cash available to make distributions
        on the Units. 
    



                                   - 18 -
<PAGE>

     *  The Partnership's indebtedness contains provisions relating to
        changes of control. If such provisions are triggered, such
        outstanding indebtedness may become due. There is no restriction
        on the ability of the Managing General Partner or Northwestern
        Growth to enter into a transaction which would trigger such
        change of control provisions. 
   
     *  Prior to making any distribution on the Common Units, the
        Partnership will reimburse the Managing General Partner and its
        affiliates at cost for all expenses incurred on behalf of the
        Partnership. On a pro forma basis, approximately $48.9 million of
        expenses (primarily wages and salaries) would have been
        reimbursed by the Partnership to the Managing General Partner in
        fiscal 1997 (including $30.7 million actually reimbursed for the
        six and one-half month period ended June 30, 1997). In addition,
        the Managing General Partner and its affiliates may provide
        services to the Partnership for which the Partnership will be
        charged reasonable fees as determined by the Managing General
        Partner. The reimbursement of such expenses and the payment of
        any such fees could adversely affect the ability of the
        Partnership to make distributions. 
    
     *  The Managing General Partner manages and operates the
        Partnership. Holders of Common Units have no right to elect the
        Managing General Partner on an annual or other continuing basis
        and have only limited voting rights on matters affecting the
        Partnership's business. The Managing General Partner may not be
        removed except pursuant to the vote of the holders of at least 66
        2/3% of the outstanding Units (including Units owned by the
        Managing General Partner and its affiliates). The ownership of
        the Subordinated Units by the Managing General Partner and its
        affiliates effectively gives the Managing General Partner the
        ability to prevent its removal. The management control exercised
        by the Managing General Partner may make it more difficult for
        others to control, or influence the activities of, the
        Partnership. 

     *  Subject to certain limitations, the Partnership may issue
        additional Common Units and other interests in the Partnership,
        the effect of which may be to dilute the value of the interests
        of the then-existing holders of Common Units in the net assets of
        the Partnership, dilute the interests of holders of Common Units
        in distributions by the Partnership or to make it more difficult
        for a person or group to remove the Managing General Partner or
        otherwise change the management of the Partnership. 

     *  The Partnership Agreement contains certain provisions that may
        have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting
        to remove the Managing General Partner or otherwise change the
        management of the Partnership. The effect of these provisions may



                                   - 19 -
<PAGE>

        be to diminish the price at which the Common Units trade under
        certain circumstances. The ownership of the Subordinated Units by
        the General Partners effectively gives the Managing General
        Partner the ability to prevent its removal. 

     *  If at any time less than 20% of the then-issued and outstanding
        limited partner interests of any class (including Common Units)
        are held by persons other than the Managing General Partner and
        its affiliates, the Managing General Partner will have the right,
        which it may assign to any of its affiliates or the Partnership,
        to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining limited
        partner interests of such class held by such unaffiliated persons
        at a price generally equal to the then-current market price of
        limited partner interests of such class. As a consequence, a
        holder of Common Units may be required to sell his Common Units
        at a time when he may not desire to sell them or at a price that
        is less than the price he would desire to receive upon such sale.


     *  Under certain circumstances, holders of the Common Units could
        lose their limited liability and could become liable for amounts
        improperly distributed to them by the Partnership. 

     *  The holders of the Common Units were not represented by counsel
        in connection with the preparation of the Partnership Agreement
        or the other agreements referred to herein. 

   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

     *  The Managing General Partner and its affiliates may have
        conflicts of interest with the Partnership and its limited
        partners. The Partnership Agreement contains certain provisions
        that limit the liability and reduce the fiduciary duties of the
        Managing General Partner to the Unitholders, as well as
        provisions that may restrict the remedies available to
        Unitholders for actions that might, without such limitations,
        constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. Holders of Common Units
        are deemed to have consented to certain actions and conflicts of
        interest that might otherwise be deemed a breach of fiduciary or
        other duties under applicable state law. The validity and
        enforceability of these types of provisions under Delaware law
        are uncertain. 

     *  Decisions of the Managing General Partner with respect to the
        amount and timing of cash expenditures, borrowings, issuances of
        additional Units and reserves in any quarter will affect whether
        or the extent to which there is sufficient Available Cash from
        Operating Surplus to meet the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and
        Target Distribution Levels on all Units in a given quarter. In
        addition, actions by the Managing General Partner may have the



                                   - 20 -
<PAGE>

        effect of enabling the General Partners to receive distributions
        on the Subordinated Units or Incentive Distributions or hastening
        the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of
        Subordinated Units into Common Units. 

     *  The terms of the New Acquisition Incentive Plan (described below
        under "Management -- Executive Compensation -- Incentive Plans")
        could give the senior executives of the Managing General Partner
        an incentive to cause the Partnership to acquire additional
        propane operations without regard to whether the operations would
        prove beneficial to the Partnership and may present the senior
        executives of the Managing General Partner with a conflict of
        interest in negotiating the acquisition price on behalf of the
        Partnership. 

     *  The Partnership Agreement provides that the Managing General
        Partner is generally restricted from engaging in any business
        activities other than those incidental to its ownership of
        interests in the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
        Partnership Agreement permits affiliates of the Managing General
        Partner (including NPS, Northwestern Growth and the Special
        General Partner) to compete with the Partnership under certain
        circumstances. There can be no assurance that there will not be
        competition between the Partnership and affiliates of the
        Managing General Partner in the future. 

     *  The Partnership Agreement does not prohibit the Partnership from
        engaging in roll-up transactions. Were the Managing General
        Partner to cause the Partnership to engage in a roll-up
        transaction, there could be no assurance that such a transaction
        would not have a material adverse effect on a Unitholder's
        investment in the Partnership. 

   TAX RISKS

     *  The availability to a Common Unitholder of the federal income tax
        benefits of an investment in the Partnership depends, in large
        part, on the classification of the Partnership as a partnership
        for federal income tax purposes. Assuming the accuracy of certain
        factual matters as to which the General Partners and the
        Partnership have made representations, Schiff Hardin & Waite,
        counsel to the General Partners and the Partnership, is of the
        opinion that, under current law, the Partnership will be
        classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. 

     *  No ruling has been requested from the Internal Revenue Service
        (the "IRS") with respect to classification of the Partnership as
        a partnership for federal income tax purposes, whether the
        Partnership's propane operations generate "qualifying income"
        under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as



                                   - 21 -
<PAGE>

        amended (the "Code"), or any other matter affecting the
        Partnership. 

     *  A Unitholder will be required to pay income taxes on his
        allocable share of the Partnership's income, whether or not he
        receives cash distributions from the Partnership. 

     *  Investment in Common Units by certain tax-exempt entities,
        regulated investment companies and foreign persons raises issues
        unique to such persons. For example, virtually all of the taxable
        income derived by most organizations exempt from federal income
        tax (including individual retirement accounts ("IRAs") and other
        retirement plans) from the ownership of  Common Units will be
        unrelated business taxable income and thus will be taxable to
        such a Unitholder. 

     *  In the case of taxpayers subject to the passive loss
        rules (generally, individuals and closely held corporations), any
        losses generated by the Partnership will generally only be
        available to offset future income generated by the Partnership
        and cannot be used to offset income from other activities,
        including other passive activities or investments. Passive losses
        which are not deductible because they exceed the Unitholder's
        income generated by the Partnership may be deducted in full when
        the Unitholder disposes of his entire investment in the
        Partnership in a fully taxable transaction to an unrelated party.


     *  The Partnership has registered with the Secretary of the Treasury
        as a "tax shelter." No assurance can be given that the
        Partnership will not be audited by the IRS or that tax
        adjustments will not be made. Any adjustments in the
        Partnership's tax returns will lead to adjustments in the
        Unitholders' tax returns and may lead to audits of the
        Unitholders' tax returns and adjustments of items unrelated to
        the Partnership. 

     *  The Partnership will adopt certain depreciation and amortization
        conventions that do not conform with all aspects of certain
        proposed and final Treasury regulations. A successful challenge
        to those conventions by the IRS could adversely affect the amount
        of tax benefits available to a purchaser of Common Units or could
        affect the timing of such tax benefits or the amount of gain from
        the sale of Units and could have a negative impact on the value
        of the Common Units or result in audit adjustments to the tax
        returns of Unitholders. 

     *  A Unitholder will likely be required to file state and local
        income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some
        or all of the jurisdictions in which the Partnership does



                                   - 22 -
<PAGE>

        business or owns property. The Partnership currently owns
        property and conducts business in the following states which
        currently impose a personal income tax: Alabama, Arkansas,
        California, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland,
        Mississippi, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New
        York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee,
        Utah, Vermont and Virginia. 

        See "Risk Factors," "Cash Distribution Policy," "Cash Available
   for Distribution," "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
   Responsibilities," "The Partnership Agreement" and "Tax
   Considerations" for a more detailed description of these and other
   risk factors and conflicts of interest that should be considered in
   evaluating an investment in the Common Units. 

                       CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION
   
        The amount of Available Cash from Operating Surplus needed to
   distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for four quarters on the
   Common Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of the date of this
   Prospectus and on the aggregate 2% general partner interests of the
   General Partners is approximately $37.7 million (22.7 million for the
   Common Units, $14.3 million for the Subordinated Units and $754,000
   for the aggregate 2% general partner interest of the General
   Partners). The amount of pro forma Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus generated during fiscal 1997 was approximately $22.3 million
   (including approximately $2.9 million of Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus of businesses acquired in May and June, 1997).   Such amount
   would have been insufficient by approximately $1.2 million to cover
   the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such fiscal year on all of the
   Common Units currently outstanding and the related distribution on the
   general partner interests, and would have been insufficient by
   approximately $15.4 million to cover the Minimum Quarterly
   Distribution for such fiscal year on all Subordinated Units currently
   outstanding and the related distribution on the general partner
   interests.  See "Risk Factors -- Risks Inherent in an Investment in
   the Partnership -- Partnership Profitability Will Depend on Successful
   Integration of the Combined Operations" and "Management's Discussion
   and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." 

        The amount of pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus for
   fiscal 1997 set forth above was derived from the Selected Pro Forma
   Financial and Operating Data of the Partnership in the manner set
   forth in "Cash Available for Distribution." The pro forma adjustments
   are based upon currently available information and certain estimates
   and assumptions.  The Selected Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data
   do not purport to present the results of operations of the Partnership
   had the Transactions referred to therein actually been completed as of
   the dates indicated. Furthermore, the Selected Pro Forma Financial and
   Operating Data are based on accrual accounting concepts while



                                   - 23 -
<PAGE>

   Operating Surplus is defined in the Partnership Agreement on a cash
   accounting basis. As a consequence, the amount of pro forma Available
   Cash from Operating Surplus shown above should only be viewed as a
   general indication of the amount of Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus that might in fact have been generated by the Partnership had
   it been formed in earlier periods. Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus generated during a specified period refers generally to
   (i) all cash receipts of the Partnership from its operations generated
   during such period, less (ii) all Partnership operating expenses, debt
   service payments (including any increases in reserves therefor but not
   including amounts paid from any reduction in reserves, or payments
   required in connection with the sale of assets, or any refinancing
   with the proceeds of new indebtedness or an equity offering) and
   maintenance capital expenditures, in each case during such period. For
   a complete definition of Operating Surplus, see the Glossary. 

        The Partnership is required to establish reserves for the future
   payment of principal and interest on the Notes and the indebtedness
   under the Bank Credit Facility. There are other provisions in such
   agreements which will, under certain circumstances, restrict the
   Partnership's ability to make distributions to its partners. See
   "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
   Results of Operations -- The Partnership -- Liquidity and Capital
   Resources --Financing and Sources of Liquidity ." 
    
                    PARTNERSHIP STRUCTURE AND MANAGEMENT
   
        The Partnership conducts, in substantially every respect, the
   propane businesses that were formerly conducted by Synergy, Empire
   Energy and Coast. The operations of the Partnership are conducted
   through, and the operating assets are owned by, the Operating
   Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, and any other subsidiary
   operating partnerships and corporations. The Partnership owns a
   98.9899% limited partner interest in the Operating Partnership. The
   General Partners are also the general partners of the Operating
   Partnership, with an aggregate 1.0101% general partner interest in the
   Operating Partnership. The General Partners therefore own an aggregate
   2% general partner interest in the Partnership and the Operating
   Partnership on a combined basis. 
    
        The senior executives who managed Coast prior to the IPO manage
   and operate the Partnership's business as the senior executives of the
   Managing General Partner. The Managing General Partner and its
   affiliates do not receive any management fee or other compensation in
   connection with its management of the Partnership, but are reimbursed
   at cost for all direct and indirect expenses incurred on behalf of the
   Partnership and all other necessary or appropriate expenses allocable
   to the Partnership or otherwise reasonably incurred by the Managing
   General Partner or its affiliates in connection with the operation of
   the Partnership's business. The Special General Partner has no duty or



                                   - 24 -
<PAGE>

   right to participate in the management or operation of the
   Partnership. 

        Conflicts of interest may arise between the Managing General
   Partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, the
   Operating Partnership and the Unitholders, on the other, including
   conflicts relating to the compensation of the officers and employees
   of the Managing General Partner and the determination of fees and
   expenses that are allocable to the Partnership. The Managing General
   Partner has an audit committee (the "Audit Committee"), consisting of
   three members, including two independent members of its Board of
   Directors, that is available at the Managing General Partner's
   discretion to review matters involving conflicts of interest. See
   "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities." 

        The principal executive offices of the Partnership and the
   Operating Partnership are located at 432 Westridge Drive, Watsonville,
   California  95076. The telephone number at such offices is (408)
   724-1921. 

        The following chart depicts the organization and ownership of the
   Partnership and the Operating Partnership as of the date of this
   Prospectus.  The percentages reflected in the following chart
   represent the approximate ownership interest in each of the
   Partnership and the Operating Partnership individually and not on an
   aggregate basis. Except in the following chart, the ownership
   percentages referred to in this Prospectus reflect the approximate
   effective ownership interest of the Unitholders in the Partnership and
   the Operating Partnership on a combined basis. The 2% ownership
   percentage of the General Partners referred to in this Prospectus
   reflects the approximate effective ownership interest of the General
   Partners in the Partnership and the Operating Partnership on a
   combined basis.




















                                   - 25 -
<PAGE>
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     <S>                                            <C>                                            <C>
     |-------------------------------------------|
     | EFFECTIVE AGGREGATE OWNERSHIP             |   |---------------------|
     | OF THE PARTNERSHIP AND THE                |   | NORTHWESTERN PUBLIC |
     | OPERATING PARTNERSHIP                     |   |   SERVICE COMPANY   |
     |                                           |   |       ("NPS")       |
     | Public Unitholders' Common                |   |---------------------|
     |  Units.............................60.2%  |              |           
     | General Partners Subordinated             |      100%    |
     |  Units.............................37.8%  |    Ownership |
     | General Partners' Combined General        |              |
     |  Partner Interest...................2.0%  |    |------------------------|
     |-------------------------------------------|    |  NORTHWESTERN GROWTH   |
                                                      |     CORPORATION        |
                                                      |("Northwestern Growth") |
                                                      |------------------------|                    |---------------------------|
                                                        100%    |                                   |       UNAFFILIATED        |
                                                      Ownership |                                   |       SHAREHOLDERS        |
                                                                |                                   |---------------------------|
     |-------------------------|                  |------------------------------|                        17.5%   |
     | PUBLIC UNITHOLDERS      |                  | CORNERSTONE PROPANE GP, INC. |                       Common   |
     | 10,512,805 Common Units |                  | ("Managing General Partner") |                       Stock    |
     |-------------------------|                  | 5,677,040 Subordinated Units |                     Ownership  |
                  |                               |------------------------------|------------------|             |
                  |                                        |     |             |                    |             |
     60.8265%     |                               32.8576% |     | 0.7686%     |    82.5%     |-----------------------------| 
     Limited      |                               Limited  |     | Managing    |    Common    |    SYN, INC. ("Synergy" of  |
     Partnership   ------------------|            Partner  |     | General     |    Stock     |   "Special General Partner" |
     Interest                        |            Interest |     | Partner     |  Ownership   |     920,579 Subordinated    |
                                     |                     |     | Interest    |              |           Units             |
                                     |                     |     |             |              |-----------------------------|
                                     |                     |     |             |         5.3281% Limited    |   | 0.2314% |
                              |---------------------------------------------|  |         Partner Interest   |   | Special |
                              |     CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.      |--)----------------------------|   | General |
                              |                ("Partnership")              |  (                                | Partner |
                              |---------------------------------------------|--)--------------------------------| Interest|
                                                    |                          |                                          |
                                       98.9899%     |                          | 0.7764%                                  |
                                    Limited Partner |                          | Managing                                 |
                                       Interest     |                          | General                                  |
                                                    |                          | Partner                                  | 0.2337%
                                      |---------------------------|            | Interest                                 | Special
                                      | CORNERSTONE PROPANE, L.P. |------------|                                          | General
                                      | ("Operating Partnership") |                                                       | Partner
                                      |---------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------| Interest
                                                    |
                                          100%      |
                                        Ownership   |
                                                    |
                                       |--------------------------|
                                       |   CORNERSTONE SALES &    |
                                       |         SERVICE          |
                                       |       CORPORATION        |
                                       |--------------------------|

</TABLE>

                                   - 26 -
<PAGE>

                                THE OFFERING
   
   Securities Offered  . . . . . 3,000,000 Common Units to be issued in
                                   connection with the acquisition of
                                   businesses, properties or securities
                                   in business combinations.
    
   Units Outstanding As of The
     Date of This Prospectus . . 10,512,805 Common Units and 6,597,619
                                   Subordinated Units, representing an
                                   aggregate 60.2% and 37.8% limited
                                   partner interest in the Partnership,
                                   respectively. 

   Distributions of Available
     Cash  . . . . . . . . . . . The Partnership will distribute all of
                                   its Available Cash within 45 days
                                   after the end of each quarter to the
                                   Unitholders of record on the
                                   applicable record date and to the
                                   General Partners. "Available Cash" for
                                   any quarter will consist generally of
                                   all cash on hand at the end of such
                                   quarter, as adjusted for reserves. The
                                   complete definition of Available Cash
                                   is set forth in the Glossary. The
                                   Managing General Partner has broad
                                   discretion in making cash
                                   disbursements and establishing
                                   reserves, thereby affecting the amount
                                   of Available Cash that will be
                                   distributed with respect to any
                                   quarter. In addition, the terms of the
                                   Partnership's indebtedness require
                                   that certain reserves for the payment
                                   of principal and interest be
                                   maintained. See "Risk Factors -- Risks
                                   Inherent in an Investment in the
                                   Partnership -- Cash Distributions Are
                                   Not Guaranteed and May Fluctuate with
                                   Partnership Performance" for a
                                   description of the reserves for the
                                   payment of principal and interest that
                                   the Partnership will be required to
                                   maintain. Available Cash will
                                   generally be distributed 98% to
                                   Unitholders and 2% to the General
                                   Partners, except that if distributions
                                   of Available Cash from Operating
                                   Surplus exceed specified target levels



                                   - 27 -
<PAGE>

                                   ("Target Distribution Levels") in
                                   excess of the Minimum Quarterly
                                   Distribution, the General Partners
                                   will receive a percentage of such
                                   excess distributions that will
                                   increase to up to 50% of the excess
                                   distributions above the highest Target
                                   Distribution Level. See "Cash
                                   Distribution Policy -- Incentive
                                   Distributions -- Hypothetical
                                   Annualized Yield."

   Distributions to Common and
     Subordinated Unitholders  . The Partnership intends, to the extent
                                   there is sufficient Available Cash
                                   from Operating Surplus, to distribute
                                   to each holder of Common Units at
                                   least the Minimum Quarterly
                                   Distribution of $.54 per Common Unit
                                   per quarter. The Minimum Quarterly
                                   Distribution is not guaranteed and is
                                   subject to adjustment as described
                                   under "Cash Distribution Policy --
                                   Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly
                                   Distribution and Target Distribution
                                   Levels."

                                 With respect to each quarter during the
                                   Subordination Period, which will
                                   generally not end prior to
                                   December 31, 2001, the Common
                                   Unitholders will generally have the
                                   right to receive the Minimum Quarterly
                                   Distribution, plus any arrearages
                                   thereon ("Common Unit Arrearages"),
                                   and the General Partners will have the
                                   right to receive the related
                                   distribution on the general partner
                                   interests, before any distribution of
                                   Available Cash from Operating Surplus
                                   is made to the Subordinated
                                   Unitholders. This subordination
                                   feature will enhance the Partnership's
                                   ability to distribute the Minimum
                                   Quarterly Distribution on the Common
                                   Units during the Subordination Period.
                                   Subordinated Units will not accrue
                                   distribution arrearages. Upon
                                   expiration of the Subordination
                                   Period, Common Units will no longer



                                   - 28 -
<PAGE>

                                   accrue distribution arrearages. See
                                   "Cash Distribution Policy."

   Subordination Period  . . . . The Subordination Period will generally
                                   extend until the first day of any
                                   quarter beginning after December 31,
                                   2001 in respect of which
                                   (i) distributions of Available Cash
                                   from Operating Surplus on the Common
                                   Units and the Subordinated Units with
                                   respect to each of the three
                                   consecutive four-quarter periods
                                   immediately preceding such date
                                   equaled or exceeded the sum of the
                                   Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all
                                   of the outstanding Common Units and
                                   Subordinated Units during such
                                   periods, (ii) the Adjusted Operating
                                   Surplus generated during each of the
                                   three consecutive four-quarter periods
                                   immediately preceding such date
                                   equaled or exceeded the sum of the
                                   Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all
                                   of the outstanding Common Units and
                                   Subordinated Units and the related
                                   distribution on the general partner
                                   interests in the Partnership during
                                   such periods, and (iii) there are no
                                   outstanding Common Unit Arrearages.
                                   Upon expiration of the Subordination
                                   Period, all remaining Subordinated
                                   Units will convert into Common Units
                                   on a one-for-one basis and will
                                   thereafter participate pro rata with
                                   the other Common Units in
                                   distributions of Available Cash.

   Early Conversion of Subordi-
     nated Units . . . . . . . . A portion of the Subordinated Units will
                                   convert into Common Units on the first
                                   day after the record date established
                                   for the distribution in respect of any
                                   quarter ending on or after
                                   (a) December 31, 1999 (with respect to
                                   one-quarter of the Subordinated Units)
                                   and (b) December 31, 2000 (with
                                   respect to one-quarter of the
                                   Subordinated Units), in respect of
                                   which (i) distributions of Available
                                   Cash from Operating Surplus on the



                                   - 29 -
<PAGE>

                                   Common Units and the Subordinated
                                   Units with respect to each of the
                                   three consecutive four-quarter periods
                                   immediately preceding such date
                                   equaled or exceeded the sum of the
                                   Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all
                                   of the outstanding Common Units and
                                   Subordinated Units during such
                                   periods, (ii) the Adjusted Operating
                                   Surplus generated during each of the
                                   two consecutive four-quarter periods
                                   immediately preceding such date
                                   equaled or exceeded the sum of the
                                   Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all
                                   of the outstanding Common Units and
                                   Subordinated Units and the related
                                   distribution on the general partner
                                   interests in the Partnership during
                                   such periods, and (iii) there are no
                                   outstanding Common Unit Arrearages;
                                   provided, however, that the early
                                   conversion of the second one-quarter
                                   of Subordinated Units may not occur
                                   until at least one year following the
                                   early conversion of the first
                                   one-quarter of Subordinated Units. See
                                   "Cash Distribution Policy --
                                   Distributions from Operating Surplus
                                   During Subordination Period."

   Incentive Distributions . . . If quarterly distributions of Available
                                   Cash exceed the Target Distribution
                                   Levels, the General Partners will
                                   receive distributions which are
                                   generally equal to 15%, then 25% and
                                   then 50% of the distributions of
                                   Available Cash that exceed such Target
                                   Distribution Levels. The Target
                                   Distribution Levels are based on the
                                   amounts of Available Cash from
                                   Operating Surplus distributed with
                                   respect to a given quarter that exceed
                                   distributions made with respect to the
                                   Minimum Quarterly Distribution and
                                   Common Unit Arrearages, if any. See
                                   "Cash Distribution Policy -- Incentive
                                   Distributions --Hypothetical
                                   Annualized Yield."  The distributions
                                   to the General Partners described
                                   above that are in excess of their



                                   - 30 -
<PAGE>

                                   aggregate 2% general partner interest
                                   are referred to herein as the
                                   "Incentive Distributions."
   
   Adjustment of Minimum
     Quarterly Distribution
     and Target Distribution
     Levels  . . . . . . . . . . The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and
                                   the Target Distribution Levels are
                                   subject to downward adjustments in the
                                   event that the Unitholders receive
                                   distributions of Available Cash from
                                   Capital Surplus or legislation is
                                   enacted or existing law is modified or
                                   interpreted by the relevant
                                   governmental authority in a manner
                                   that causes the Partnership to be
                                   treated as an association taxable as a
                                   corporation or otherwise taxable as an
                                   entity for federal, state or local
                                   income tax purposes. Distributions of
                                   Available Cash from Capital Surplus
                                   represent a "return of capital" rather
                                   than a "return on capital."  If, as a
                                   result of distributions of Available
                                   Cash from Capital Surplus, the
                                   Unitholders receive an amount equal to
                                   the initial public offering price of
                                   the Common Units and any unpaid Common
                                   Unit Arrearages, the distributions of
                                   Available Cash payable to the General
                                   Partners and their affiliates will
                                   increase to 50% of all amounts
                                   distributed thereafter. See "Cash
                                   Distribution Policy -- General," "--
                                   Distributions from Capital Surplus"
                                   and "-- Adjustment of Minimum
                                   Quarterly Distribution and Target
                                   Distribution Levels."
    
   Partnership's Ability to
     Issue Additional Units  . . The Partnership Agreement generally
                                   authorizes the Partnership to issue an
                                   unlimited number of additional limited
                                   partner interests and other equity
                                   securities of the Partnership for such
                                   consideration and on such terms and
                                   conditions as shall be established by
                                   the Managing General Partner in its
                                   sole discretion without the approval



                                   - 31 -
<PAGE>

                                   of the Unitholders. During the
                                   Subordination Period, however, the
                                   Partnership may not issue equity
                                   securities ranking prior or senior to
                                   the Common Units or an aggregate of
                                   more than 4,270,000 Common Units
                                   (excluding Common Units issued upon
                                   conversion of Subordinated Units,
                                   pursuant to employee benefit plans or
                                   in connection with certain
                                   acquisitions (such as the Common Units
                                   offered hereby) or capital
                                   improvements or the repayment of
                                   certain indebtedness) or an equivalent
                                   number of securities ranking on a
                                   parity with the Common Units, without
                                   the approval of the holders of a Unit
                                   Majority. See "The Partnership
                                   Agreement -- Issuance of Additional
                                   Securities."

   Limited Call Right  . . . . . If at any time less than 20% of the
                                   issued and outstanding Common Units
                                   are held by persons other than the
                                   Managing General Partner and its
                                   affiliates, the Managing General
                                   Partner may purchase all of the
                                   remaining Common Units at a price
                                   generally equal to the then current
                                   market price of the Common Units. See
                                   "The Partnership Agreement -- Limited
                                   Call Right."

   Limited Voting Rights . . . . Unitholders do not have voting rights
                                   except with respect to the following
                                   matters, for which the Partnership
                                   Agreement requires the approval of at
                                   least a majority (and in certain cases
                                   a greater percentage) of all of the
                                   holders of the Subordinated Units and
                                   of all of the holders of the Common
                                   Units: a sale or exchange of all or
                                   substantially all of the Partnership's
                                   assets, the removal or the withdrawal
                                   of the General Partners, the election
                                   of a successor Managing General
                                   Partner, a dissolution or
                                   reconstitution of the Partnership, a
                                   merger of the Partnership, issuance of
                                   limited partner interests in certain



                                   - 32 -
<PAGE>

                                   circumstances, approval of certain
                                   actions of the General Partners
                                   (including the transfer by either of
                                   the General Partners of its general
                                   partner interest or Incentive
                                   Distribution Rights under certain
                                   circumstances) and certain amendments
                                   to the Partnership Agreement,
                                   including any amendment that would
                                   cause the Partnership to be treated as
                                   an association taxable as a
                                   corporation. Holders of Subordinated
                                   Units will generally vote as a class
                                   separate from the holders of Common
                                   Units. After Subordinated Units
                                   convert into Common Units (either upon
                                   termination of the Subordination
                                   Period or upon early conversion),
                                   holders of such Common Units will vote
                                   as a single class together with the
                                   holders of the other Common Units.
                                   Under the Partnership Agreement, the
                                   Managing General Partner generally is
                                   permitted to effect amendments to the
                                   Partnership Agreement that do not
                                   adversely affect Unitholders. See "The
                                   Partnership Agreement."

   Change of Management 
     Provisions  . . . . . . . . Any person or group (other than the
                                   Managing General Partner and its
                                   affiliates) that acquires beneficial
                                   ownership of 20% or more of the Common
                                   Units will lose its voting rights with
                                   respect to all of its Common Units. In
                                   addition, if the Managing General
                                   Partner is removed other than for
                                   Cause and Units held by the General
                                   Partners and their affiliates are not
                                   voted in favor of such removal,
                                   (i) the Subordination Period will end
                                   and all outstanding Subordinated Units
                                   will immediately convert into Common
                                   Units on a one-for-one basis, (ii) any
                                   existing Common Unit Arrearages will
                                   be extinguished and (iii) the General
                                   Partners will have the right to
                                   convert their general partner
                                   interests (and their rights to receive
                                   Incentive Distributions) into Common



                                   - 33 -
<PAGE>

                                   Units or to receive cash in exchange
                                   for such interests. These provisions
                                   are intended to discourage a person or
                                   group from attempting to remove the
                                   current Managing General Partner or
                                   otherwise change the management of the
                                   Partnership. The effect of these
                                   provisions may be to diminish the
                                   price at which the Common Units trade
                                   under certain circumstances. See "The
                                   Partnership Agreement -- Change of
                                   Management Provisions."

   Removal and Withdrawal of the
     General Partners  . . . . . Subject to certain conditions, the
                                   Managing General Partner may be
                                   removed upon the approval of the
                                   holders of at least 662/3% of the
                                   outstanding Units (including Units
                                   held by the General Partners and their
                                   affiliates) and the election of a
                                   successor general partner by the vote
                                   of the holders of not less than a
                                   majority of the outstanding Units. A
                                   meeting of holders of the Common Units
                                   may be called only by the Managing
                                   General Partner or by the holders of
                                   20% or more of the outstanding Common
                                   Units. The ownership of the
                                   Subordinated Units by the Managing
                                   General Partner and its affiliates
                                   effectively gives the Managing General
                                   Partner the ability to prevent its
                                   removal. The Managing General Partner
                                   has agreed not to voluntarily withdraw
                                   as general partner of the Partnership
                                   and the Operating Partnership prior to
                                   December 31, 2006, subject to limited
                                   exceptions, without obtaining the
                                   approval of at least a Unit Majority
                                   and furnishing an Opinion of Counsel
                                   (as defined in the Glossary). The
                                   Special General Partner must withdraw
                                   or be removed as a general partner
                                   upon the withdrawal or removal of the
                                   Managing General Partner. See "The
                                   Partnership Agreement -- Withdrawal or
                                   Removal of the General Partners" and
                                   "-- Meetings; Voting."




                                   - 34 -
<PAGE>

   Distributions Upon 
     Liquidation . . . . . . . . If the Partnership liquidates during the
                                   Subordination Period, under certain
                                   circumstances holders of outstanding
                                   Common Units will be entitled to
                                   receive more per Unit in liquidating
                                   distributions than holders of
                                   outstanding Subordinated Units. The
                                   per Unit difference will be dependent
                                   upon the amount of gain or loss
                                   recognized by the Partnership in
                                   liquidating its assets and will be
                                   limited to the Unrecovered Capital of
                                   a Common Unit and any Common Unit
                                   Arrearages thereon. Under certain
                                   circumstances there may be
                                   insufficient gain for the holders of
                                   Common Units to fully recover all such
                                   amounts, even though there may be cash
                                   available for distribution to holders
                                   of Subordinated Units. Following
                                   conversion of the Subordinated Units
                                   into Common Units, all Units will be
                                   treated the same upon liquidation of
                                   the Partnership.  See "Cash
                                   Distribution Policy -- Distributions
                                   of Cash Upon Liquidation."

   Listing . . . . . . . . . . . The Common Units are listed on the New
                                   York Stock Exchange.  Application will
                                   be made to list the Common Units
                                   offered hereby on the New York Stock
                                   Exchange.

   NYSE Symbol . . . . . . . . . "CNO"


















                                   - 35 -
<PAGE>

                        SUMMARY OF TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The tax consequences of an investment in the Partnership to a
   particular investor will depend in part on the investor's own tax
   circumstances.  Each prospective investor should consult his own tax
   advisor about the United States  federal, state and local tax
   consequences of an investment in Common Units. 
   
        The following is a brief summary of certain expected tax
   consequences of acquiring and disposing of Common Units.  This
   summary, insofar as it relates to United States federal income tax
   laws, reflects the opinion of Schiff Hardin & Waite, counsel to the
   General Partners and the Partnership ("Counsel"), described in "Tax
   Considerations." This summary is qualified by the discussion in "Tax
   Considerations,"  particularly the  qualifications on  the  opinion of
   Counsel described therein. 
    
   PARTNERSHIP STATUS

        In the opinion of Counsel, the Partnership will be classified for
   federal income tax purposes as a partnership, and the beneficial
   owners of Common Units will generally be considered partners in the
   Partnership. Accordingly, the Partnership will pay no federal income
   taxes, and a holder of Common Units will be required to report in his
   federal income tax return his share of the Partnership's income,
   gains, losses and deductions.  In general, cash distributions to a
   holder of Common Units will be taxable only if, and to the extent
   that, they exceed the tax basis in his Common Units. 

   PARTNERSHIP ALLOCATIONS

        In general, income and loss of the Partnership will be allocated
   to the General Partners and the Unitholders for each taxable year in
   accordance with their respective percentage interests in the
   Partnership, as determined annually and prorated on a monthly basis
   and subsequently apportioned among the General Partners and the
   Unitholders of record as of the opening of the first business day of
   the month to which they relate, even though Unitholders may dispose of
   their Units during the month in question.  As described in greater
   detail in "Consequences of Exchanging Property for Common Units,"
   however, a Unitholder acquiring Units in exchange for a conveyance of
   assets to the Partnership will be required to take into account
   certain special allocations of income and loss for federal income tax
   purposes related to the conveyed assets.  At any time that
   distributions are made on the Common Units and not on the Subordinated
   Units, or that Incentive Distributions are made to the General
   Partners, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the
   extent of such distribution.  A Unitholder will be required to take
   into account, in determining his federal income tax liability, his
   share of income generated by the Partnership for each taxable year of



                                   - 36 -
<PAGE>

   the Partnership ending within or with the Unitholder's taxable year
   even if cash distributions are not made to him. As a consequence, a
   Unitholder's share of taxable income of the Partnership (and possibly
   the income tax payable by him with respect to such income) may exceed
   the cash actually distributed to him. 

   CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING PROPERTY FOR COMMON UNITS

        In general, no gain or loss will be recognized for federal income
   tax purposes by the Partnership or by a person (including any
   individual, partnership, S corporation or corporation taxed under
   Subchapter C of the Code) contributing property (including stock) to
   the Partnership in exchange for Common Units.  If the Partnership
   assumes  liabilities or takes assets subject to liabilities in
   connection with a contribution of assets in exchange for Common Units,
   however, taxable gain may be recognized by the contributing person in
   certain circumstances.  Any existing tax gain (generally, the excess
   of fair market value over tax basis) is recognized over the period of
   time during which the Partnership claims depreciation or amortization
   deductions with respect to the contributed property, or when the
   contributed property is disposed of by the Partnership.  See "Tax
   Considerations--Consequences of Exchanging Property for Common Units."

   BASIS OF COMMON UNITS

        A person who contributes property (including stock) to the
   Partnership in exchange for Common Units will generally have an
   initial tax basis for his Common Units equal to the tax basis of the
   property contributed to the Partnership in exchange for Common Units.
   The tax basis for a Common Unit will be increased by the Unitholder's
   share of Partnership income and his share of increases in Partnership
   debt. The basis for a Common Unit will be decreased (but not below
   zero) by distributions  from the Partnership  (including deemed
   distributions resulting from the assumption of indebtedness by the
   Partnership), by the Unitholder's share of Partnership losses, by his
   share of decreases in Partnership debt and by the Unitholder's share
   of expenditures of the Partnership that are not deductible in
   computing the taxable income and are not required to be capitalized.

  LIMITATIONS ON DEDUCTIBILITY OF PARTNERSHIP LOSSES

       In  the case of  taxpayers subject  to the  passive loss
   rules (generally, individuals and closely held corporations), any
   Partnership losses will only be available to offset future income
   generated by the Partnership and cannot be used to offset income from
   other activities, including passive activities or investments. Any
   losses unused by virtue of the passive loss rules may be fully
   deducted when the Unitholder disposes of all of his Common Units in a
   taxable transaction with an unrelated party. 



                                   - 37 -
<PAGE>

   SECTION 754 ELECTION

        The Partnership intends to make the election provided for by
   Section 754 of the Code, which will generally result in a Unitholder
   being allocated income and deductions calculated by reference to the
   portion of his purchase price attributable to each asset of the
   Partnership. 

   DISPOSITION OF COMMON UNITS

        A Unitholder who sells Common Units will recognize gain or loss
   equal to the difference between the amount realized and the adjusted
   tax basis of those Common Units. Thus, distributions of cash from the
   Partnership to a Unitholder in excess of the income allocated to him
   will, in effect, become taxable income if he sells the Common Units at
   a price greater than his adjusted tax basis even if the price is less
   than his original cost.  A portion of the amount realized (whether or
   not representing gain) may be ordinary income. 

   STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        In addition to federal income taxes, Unitholders will likely be
   subject to other taxes, such as state and local income taxes,
   unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible
   taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which a
   Unitholder resides or in which the Partnership does business or owns
   property. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented
   here, each prospective Unitholder should consider their potential
   impact on his investment in the Partnership. The Partnership currently
   owns property and conducts business in the following states which
   currently impose a personal income tax: Alabama, Arkansas, California,
   Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, Mississippi, Missouri,
   New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
   Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Utah, Vermont and Virginia.  In
   certain states, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year
   incurred (if, for example, the Partnership has no income from sources
   within that state) and also may not be available to offset income in
   subsequent taxable years. Some of the  states may require the
   Partnership, or the Partnership may elect, to withhold a percentage of
   income from amounts to be distributed to a Unitholder. Withholding,
   the amount of which may be more or less than a particular Unitholder's
   income tax liability owed to the state, may not relieve the
   nonresident Unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax
   return.  Amounts withheld may be treated as if distributed to
   Unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by the
   Partnership.  Based on current law and its estimate of future
   Partnership operations, the Partnership anticipates that any amounts
   required to be withheld will not be material. 





                                   - 38 -
<PAGE>

        It is the responsibility of each prospective Unitholder to
   investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of
   pertinent states and localities, of his investment in the Partnership.
   Accordingly, each prospective Unitholder should consult, and must
   depend upon, his own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those
   matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each Unitholder to file
   all U.S. federal, state and local tax returns that may be required of
   such Unitholder. Counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or
   local tax consequences of an investment in the Partnership.
 
   OWNERSHIP OF COMMON UNITS BY TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS AND CERTAIN
   OTHER INVESTORS

        An investment in Common Units by tax-exempt organizations
   (including IRAs) and other retirement plans), regulated investment
   companies and foreign persons raises issues unique to such persons.
   Virtually all of the Partnership income allocated to a Unitholder
   which is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable
   income and, thus, will be taxable to such Unitholder; no significant
   amount of the Partnership's gross income will be qualifying income for
   purposes of determining whether a Unitholder will qualify as a
   regulated investment company; and a Unitholder who is a nonresident
   alien, foreign corporation or other foreign person will be regarded as
   being engaged in a trade or business in the United States as a result
   of ownership of Common Units and thus will be required to file
   federal income tax returns and to pay tax on such Unitholder's share
   of Partnership taxable income. Furthermore, distributions to foreign
   Unitholders will be subject to federal income tax withholding. See
   "Tax Considerations -- Uniformity of Units -- Tax-Exempt Organizations
   and Certain Other Investors." 

   TAX SHELTER REGISTRATION

        The Code generally requires that "tax shelters" be registered
   with the Secretary of the Treasury.  It is arguable that the
   Partnership is not subject to this registration requirement.
   Nevertheless, the Partnership has registered as a tax shelter (I.D.
   No. 97071000067) with the Secretary of the Treasury.  ISSUANCE OF THE
   REGISTRATION NUMBER DOES NOT INDICATE THAT AN INVESTMENT IN THE
   PARTNERSHIP OR THE CLAIMED TAX BENEFITS HAS BEEN REVIEWED, EXAMINED OR
   APPROVED BY THE IRS.  See "Tax Considerations --  Administrative
   Matters -- Registration as a Tax Shelter." 












                                   - 39 -
<PAGE>

                                RISK FACTORS

   
        LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS ARE INHERENTLY DIFFERENT FROM CAPITAL
   STOCK OF A CORPORATION, ALTHOUGH MANY OF THE BUSINESS RISKS TO WHICH
   THE PARTNERSHIP IS SUBJECT ARE SIMILAR TO THOSE THAT WOULD BE FACED BY
   A CORPORATION ENGAGED IN A SIMILAR BUSINESS. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF
   THE COMMON UNITS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS IN
   EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON UNITS.
    
   RISKS INHERENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP'S BUSINESS

        WEATHER CONDITIONS AFFECT THE DEMAND FOR PROPANE 
   
        Weather conditions have a significant impact on the demand for
   propane for both heating and agricultural purposes. Many customers of
   the Partnership rely heavily on propane as a heating fuel.
   Accordingly, the volume of retail propane sold is highest during the
   six-month peak heating season of October through March and is directly
   affected by the severity of the winter weather. During fiscal 1997,
   approximately 68.8% of the Partnership's combined retail propane
   volume and approximately 90% of the Partnership's pro forma EBITDA
   were attributable to sales during the peak heating season.  Actual
   weather conditions can vary substantially from year to year,
   significantly affecting the Partnership's financial performance.
   Furthermore, variations in weather in one or more regions in which the
   Partnership operates can significantly affect the total volume of
   propane sold by the Partnership and the margins realized on such sales
   and, consequently, the Partnership's results of operations.
   Agricultural demand is also affected by weather, as dry weather during
   the harvest season reduces demand for propane used in crop drying. See
   "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
   Results of Operations." 
    
        THE PARTNERSHIP WILL BE SUBJECT TO PRICING AND INVENTORY RISKS

        The retail propane business is a "margin-based" business in which
   gross profits depend on the excess of sales prices over propane supply
   costs. Consequently, the Partnership's profitability will be sensitive
   to changes in wholesale propane prices. Propane is a commodity, the
   market price of which can be subject to volatile changes in response
   to changes in supply or other market conditions. The Partnership will
   have no control over these market conditions. Consequently, the unit
   price of propane purchased by the Partnership, as well as other
   propane marketers, can change rapidly over a short period of time. In
   general, product supply contracts permit suppliers to charge posted
   prices (plus transportation costs) at the time of delivery or the
   current prices established at major delivery points. As it may not be
   possible immediately to pass on to customers rapid increases in the
   wholesale cost of propane, such increases could reduce the



                                   - 40 -
<PAGE>

   Partnership's gross profits. See "-- The Retail Propane Business Is
   Highly Competitive." 

        Propane is available from numerous sources, including integrated
   international oil companies, independent refiners and independent
   wholesalers. The Partnership purchases propane from a variety of
   suppliers pursuant to supply contracts or on the spot market. To the
   extent that the Partnership purchases propane from foreign (including
   Canadian) sources, its propane business will be subject to risks of
   disruption in foreign supply. The Partnership generally attempts to
   minimize inventory risk by purchasing propane on a short-term basis.
   However, the Partnership may purchase large volumes of propane during
   periods of low demand, which generally occur during the summer months,
   at the then current market price. Because of the potential volatility
   of propane prices, if the Partnership makes such purchases, the market
   price for propane could fall below the price at which the Partnership
   made the purchases, thereby adversely affecting gross margins or sales
   or rendering sales from such inventory unprofitable. The Partnership
   engages in hedging of product cost and supply through common hedging
   practices.  See "Business and Properties -- Propane Supply and
   Storage." 

        THE RETAIL PROPANE BUSINESS IS HIGHLY COMPETITIVE

        The Partnership's profitability is affected by the competition
   for customers among all participants in the retail propane business.
   The Partnership competes with other distributors of propane, including
   a number of large national and regional firms and several thousand
   small independent firms. Some of these competitors are larger or have
   greater financial resources than the Partnership. Should a competitor
   attempt to increase market share by reducing prices, the Partnership's
   financial condition and results of operations could be materially
   adversely affected. Generally, warmer-than-normal weather further
   intensifies competition. The Partnership believes that its ability to
   compete effectively depends on the reliability of its service, its
   responsiveness to customers and its ability to maintain competitive
   retail prices. 

        THE RETAIL PROPANE BUSINESS FACES COMPETITION FROM ALTERNATIVE
        ENERGY SOURCES

        Propane competes with other sources of energy, some of which are
   less costly for equivalent energy value. The Partnership competes for
   customers against suppliers of electricity, natural gas and fuel oil.
   Electricity is a major competitor of propane, but propane generally
   enjoys a competitive price advantage over electricity. Except for
   certain industrial and commercial applications, propane is generally
   not competitive with natural gas in areas where natural gas pipelines
   already exist because natural gas is a significantly less expensive
   source of energy than propane. The gradual expansion of the nation's



                                   - 41 -
<PAGE>

   natural gas distribution systems has resulted in the availability of
   natural gas in many areas that previously depended upon propane.
   Although propane is similar to fuel oil in certain applications and
   market demand, propane and fuel oil compete to a lesser extent
   primarily because of the cost of converting from one to the other. The
   Partnership cannot predict the effect that the development of
   alternative energy sources might have on its operations. 

        THE PARTNERSHIP MAY NOT BE SUCCESSFUL IN GROWING THROUGH
        ACQUISITIONS

        The retail propane industry is mature, and the Partnership
   foresees only limited growth in total retail demand for propane.
   Moreover, as a result of long-standing customer relationships that are
   typical in the retail home propane industry, the inconvenience of
   switching tanks and suppliers and propane's higher cost as compared to
   certain other energy sources, such as natural gas, the Partnership may
   experience difficulty in acquiring new retail customers, other than
   through acquisitions. Therefore, while the Partnership's business
   strategy includes internal growth and start-ups of new customer
   service locations, the ability of the Partnership's propane business
   to grow will depend principally upon its ability to acquire other
   retail propane distributors. There can be no assurance that the
   Partnership will identify attractive acquisition candidates in the
   future, that the Partnership will be able to acquire such businesses
   on economically acceptable terms, that any acquisitions will not be
   dilutive  to earnings and distributions to the Unitholders or that any
   additional debt incurred to finance acquisitions will not affect the
   ability of the Partnership to make distributions to the Unitholders.
   The Partnership is not required under the Partnership Agreement to
   seek Unitholder approval of any acquisition. The Partnership is
   subject to certain covenants in agreements governing its indebtedness
   that restrict the Partnership's ability to incur indebtedness to
   finance acquisitions. In addition, to the extent that warm weather
   adversely affects the Partnership's operating and financial results,
   the Partnership's access to capital and its acquisition activities may
   be limited. 

        THE PARTNERSHIP IS SUBJECT TO OPERATING AND LITIGATION RISKS
        WHICH MAY NOT BE COVERED BY INSURANCE

        The Partnership's operations are subject to all operating hazards
   and risks normally incidental to handling, storing and delivering
   combustible liquids such as propane. As a result, the Partnership is a
   defendant in various legal proceedings and litigation arising in the
   ordinary course of business.  The Partnership maintains insurance
   policies with insurers in such amounts and with such coverages and
   deductibles as it believes are reasonable and prudent. However, there
   can be no assurance that such insurance will be adequate to protect
   the Partnership from all material expenses related to potential future



                                   - 42 -
<PAGE>

   claims for personal injury and property damage or that such levels of
   insurance will be available in the future at economical prices. 

        THE PARTNERSHIP IS DEPENDENT UPON KEY PERSONNEL

        The Partnership believes that its success depends to a
   significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of its senior
   management team. The failure by the Managing General Partner to retain
   members of its senior management team could adversely affect the
   financial condition or results of operations of the Partnership. Each
   of Messrs. Baxter, Kittrell, Goedde and DiCosimo is employed by the
   Managing General Partner pursuant to a three-year employment contract.
   However, each of the executives will be entitled to terminate his
   agreement and receive a severance amount equal to the total
   compensation due for the remainder of the employment term upon a
   "change of control" of NPS, which is defined to include any person or
   group becoming the beneficial owner of 10% of the voting securities of
   NPS, and upon certain other circumstances. See "Management --
   Executive Compensation -- Employment Agreements, Severance
   Arrangements." 

        ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND TECHNOLOGY ADVANCES MAY AFFECT DEMAND

        The national trend toward increased conservation and
   technological advances, including installation of improved insulation
   and the development of more efficient furnaces and other heating
   devices, has adversely affected the demand for propane by retail
   customers. The Partnership cannot predict the materiality of the
   effect of future conservation measures or the effect that any
   technological advances in heating, conservation, energy generation or
   other devices might have on its operations. 

   RISKS INHERENT IN AN INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP 

        CASH DISTRIBUTIONS ARE NOT GUARANTEED AND MAY FLUCTUATE WITH
        PARTNERSHIP PERFORMANCE 
   
        Although the Partnership will distribute all of its Available
   Cash, there can be no assurance regarding the amounts of Available
   Cash to be generated by the Partnership.  The actual amounts of
   Available Cash will depend upon numerous factors, including cash flow
   generated by operations, required principal and interest payments on
   the Partnership's debt, the costs of acquisitions (including related
   debt service payments), restrictions contained in the Partnership's
   debt instruments, issuances of debt and equity securities by the
   Partnership, fluctuations in working capital, capital expenditures,
   adjustments in reserves, prevailing economic conditions and financial,
   business and other factors, a number of which are beyond the control
   of the Partnership and the Managing General Partner. Because the
   Partnership is effectively a holding company for the Operating



                                   - 43 -
<PAGE>

   Partnership, distributions by the Partnership are dependent upon
   distributions of cash from the Operating Partnership to the
   Partnership.  Cash distributions are dependent primarily on cash flow,
   including from reserves and working capital borrowings, and not on
   profitability, which is affected by non-cash items. Therefore, cash
   distributions might be made during periods when the Partnership
   records losses and might not be made during periods when the
   Partnership records profits. 

        The amount of Available Cash from Operating Surplus needed to
   distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for four quarters on the
   Common Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of the date of this
   Prospectus and on the General Partners' aggregate 2% general partner
   interest is approximately $37.7 million (22.7 million for the Common
   Units, $14.3 million for the Subordinated Units and $754,000 for the
   aggregate 2% general partner interest). The amount of pro forma
   Available Cash from Operating Surplus generated during fiscal 1997 was
   approximately $22.3 million (including approximately $2.9 million of
   Available Cash from Operating Surplus of businesses acquired in May
   and June, 1997).  Such amount would have been insufficient by
   approximately $1.2 million to cover the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
   for such fiscal year on all of the Common Units currently outstanding
   and the related distribution on the general partner interests, and
   would have been insufficient by approximately $15.4  million to cover
   the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Subordinated Units and the
   related distribution on the general partner interests.  See
   "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
   Results of Operations."  For the calculation of pro forma Available
   Cash from Operating Surplus, see "Cash Available for Distribution." 

        The Partnership Agreement gives the Managing General Partner
   broad discretion in establishing reserves for the proper conduct of
   the Partnership's business that will affect the amount of Available
   Cash. Because the business of the Partnership is seasonal, the
   Managing General Partner will make additions to reserves during
   certain quarters in order to fund operating expenses, interest
   payments and cash distributions to partners with respect to other
   quarters. In addition, the Partnership is required to establish
   reserves in respect of future payments of principal and interest on
   the Notes and, in certain instances, in respect of future payments of
   principal and interest under the Bank Credit Facility. See
   "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
   Results of Operations -- The Partnership -- Liquidity and Capital
   Resources -- Financing and Sources of Liquidity." The Partnership
   anticipates that reserves for interest on the Notes will be
   established at approximately  $4.1 million at each March and
   September, and the reserves will be eliminated when interest payments
   are made on the Notes in June and December.  The $4.1 million reserved
   for interest is approximately 10.9% of the amount of Available Cash
   needed to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for four



                                   - 44 -
<PAGE>

   quarters on the Common Units and the Subordinated Units outstanding as
   of the date of this Prospectus and on the General Partners' general
   partner interests. Reserves for repayment of principal on the Notes
   are not required until March 2003 and then will equal 25%, 50% and 75%
   at each March, June and September, respectively, of the next
   installment of principal, and the reserves will be eliminated when
   principal payments are made on the Notes in December. The $20.6
   million reserved for principal payments is approximately 54.7% of the
   amount of Available Cash needed to distribute the Minimum Quarterly
   Distribution for four quarters on the Common Units and the
   Subordinated Units outstanding as of the date of this Prospectus and
   on the General Partners' general partner interests. Furthermore, the
   Notes and the Bank Credit Facility limit the Operating Partnership's
   ability to distribute cash to the Partnership. Distributions from the
   Operating Partnership will be the Partnership's primary source of
   Available Cash. Any subsequent refinancing of the Notes, the Bank
   Credit Facility or any other indebtedness incurred by the Partnership
   may have similar restrictions, and the Partnership's ability to
   distribute cash may also be limited during the existence of defaults
   under any of the Partnership's debt instruments. As a result of these
   and other factors, there can be no assurance regarding the actual
   levels of cash distributions to Unitholders by the Partnership. 
    
        PARTNERSHIP PROFITABILITY WILL DEPEND ON SUCCESSFUL INTEGRATION
        OF THE COMBINED OPERATIONS
   
        There can be no assurance that the Partnership will be able to
   integrate successfully the Combined Operations, achieve anticipated
   cost savings or institute the necessary systems and procedures to
   successfully manage the combined enterprise on a profitable basis. The
   Partnership is managed by the senior executives who managed Coast
   prior to the IPO, and such executives have been involved with the
   operations of Synergy and Empire Energy only since December 17, 1996.
   The pro forma financial results of the Partnership include periods
   when the Combined Operations were not under common control and
   management and, therefore, may not be indicative of the Partnership's
   future financial and operating results. The inability of the
   Partnership to integrate successfully the Combined Operations could
   have a material adverse effect on the Partnership's business,
   financial condition and results of operations. 
    
        THE PARTNERSHIP'S INDEBTEDNESS MAY LIMIT THE PARTNERSHIP'S
        ABILITY TO MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS AND MAY AFFECT ITS OPERATIONS
   
        At June 30, 1997, the Partnership's total indebtedness was
   approximately $237.3 million, consitituting  approximately 49.3% of
   its total capitalization.   As a result, the Partnership is
   significantly leveraged and has indebtedness that is substantial in
   relation to its partners' capital.  As of June 30, 1997, the
   Partnership had approximately $120.4 million of unused borrowing



                                   - 45 -
<PAGE>

   capacity under the Bank Credit Facility. Future borrowings could
   result in a significant increase in the Partnership's leverage. The
   ability of the Partnership to make principal and interest payments
   depends on future performance, which performance is subject to many
   factors, a number of which will be outside the Partnership's control.
   The Notes and the Bank Credit Facility contain provisions relating to
   change of control. If such change of control provisions are triggered,
   such outstanding indebtedness may become due. In such event, there is
   no assurance that the Partnership would be able to pay the
   indebtedness. There is no restriction on the ability of the Managing
   General Partner or Northwestern Growth to enter into a transaction
   which would trigger such change of control provisions. The Notes and
   the Bank Credit Facility contain restrictive covenants that limit the
   ability of the Operating Partnership to distribute cash and to incur
   additional indebtedness. The payment of principal and interest on such
   indebtedness and the reserves required by the terms of the
   Partnership's indebtedness for the future payment thereof will reduce
   the cash available to make distributions on the Units. The
   Partnership's leverage may adversely affect the ability of the
   Partnership to finance its future operations and capital needs, limit
   its ability to pursue acquisitions and other business opportunities
   and make its results of operations more susceptible to adverse
   economic or operating conditions. See "Management's Discussion and
   Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- The
   Partnership -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Financing and
   Sources of Liquidity." 
    
        COST REIMBURSEMENTS AND FEES DUE TO THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER
        MAY BE SUBSTANTIAL
   
        Prior to making any distribution on the Common Units, the
   Partnership will reimburse the Managing General Partner and its
   affiliates at cost for all expenses incurred on behalf of the
   Partnership. On a pro forma basis, approximately $48.9 million of
   expenses (primarily wages and salaries) would have been reimbursed by
   the Partnership to the Managing General Partner in fiscal 1997
   (including $30.7 million actually reimbursed for the six and one-half
   month period ended June 30, 1997. In addition, the Managing General
   Partner and its affiliates may provide services to the Partnership for
   which the Partnership will be charged reasonable fees as determined by
   the Managing General Partner. The reimbursement of such expenses and
   the payment of any such fees could adversely affect the ability of the
   Partnership to make distributions. 
    
        UNITHOLDERS HAVE CERTAIN LIMITS ON THEIR VOTING RIGHTS; THE
        MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER MANAGES AND OPERATES THE PARTNERSHIP

        The Managing General Partner manages and operates the
   Partnership. Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation,
   holders of Common Units have only limited voting rights on matters



                                   - 46 -
<PAGE>

   affecting the Partnership's business. Holders of Common Units have no
   right to elect the Managing General Partner on an annual or other
   continuing basis, and the Managing General Partner may not be removed
   except pursuant to the vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the
   outstanding Units (including Units owned by the General Partners and
   their affiliates) and upon the election of a successor general partner
   by the vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the
   Outstanding Units. The ownership of the Subordinated Units by the
   Managing General Partner and its affiliates effectively gives the
   Managing General Partner the ability to prevent its removal. As a
   result, holders of Common Units will have limited influence on matters
   affecting the operation of the Partnership, and third parties may find
   it difficult to attempt to gain control, or influence the activities,
   of the Partnership. See "The Partnership Agreement."

        THE PARTNERSHIP MAY ISSUE ADDITIONAL COMMON UNITS THEREBY
        DILUTING EXISTING UNITHOLDERS' INTERESTS
   
        The Partnership has the authority under the Partnership Agreement
   to issue an unlimited number of additional Common Units or other
   equity securities for such consideration and on such terms and
   conditions as are established by the Managing General Partner, in its
   sole discretion without the approval of the Unitholders. During the
   Subordination Period, however, the Partnership may not issue equity
   securities ranking prior or senior to the Common Units or an aggregate
   of more than 4,270,000 additional Common Units (excluding Common Units
   issued upon conversion of Subordinated Units, pursuant to employee
   benefit plans (such as the Restricted Unit Plan) or in connection with
   certain acquisitions (such as the Common Units offered hereby) or
   capital improvements or the repayment of certain indebtedness) or an
   equivalent number of securities ranking on a parity with the Common
   Units without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority. Under the
   Restricted Unit Plan, the executive officers and directors of the
   Managing General Partner are eligible to receive rights which, subject
   to vesting, entitle them to receive Common Units.  The issuance of
   Common Units pursuant to the Restricted Unit Plan may dilute the
   interests of holders of Common Units in distributions by the
   Partnership.  As of June 30, 1997, the Partnership has granted rights
   relating to 394,381 Common Units under the Restricted Unit Plan.
    
        After the end of the Subordination Period, the Partnership may
   issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type
   without the approval of the Unitholders. The Partnership Agreement
   does not give the holders of Common Units the right to approve the
   issuance by the Partnership of equity securities ranking junior to the
   Common Units at any time. Based on the circumstances of each case, the
   issuance of additional Common Units or securities ranking on a parity
   with the Common Units may dilute the value of the interests of the
   then-existing holders of Common Units in the net assets of the
   Partnership, dilute the interests of holders of Common Units in



                                   - 47 -
<PAGE>

   distributions by the Partnership or make it more difficult for a
   person or group to remove the Managing General Partner or otherwise
   change the management of the Partnership. 

        If some or all of the Subordinated Units are converted into
   Common Units, the amount of Available Cash necessary to pay the
   Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to all of the Common Units
   would be increased proportionately, thereby resulting in a dilution of
   the interests of existing Common Unitholders in distributions by the
   Partnership. 

        CHANGE OF MANAGEMENT PROVISIONS
   
        The ownership of Subordinated Units by the Managing General
   Partner and its affiliates effectively preclude the removal of the
   Managing General Partner without its consent. In addition, the
   Partnership Agreement contains certain provisions that may have the
   effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to remove the
   Managing General Partner of the Partnership or otherwise change the
   management of the Partnership. If the Managing General Partner is
   removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances
   where "Cause" does not exist and Units held by the Managing General
   Partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal,
   (i) the Subordination Period will end and all outstanding Subordinated
   Units will immediately convert into Common Units on a one-for-one
   basis, (ii) any existing Common Unit Arrearages will be extinguished
   and (iii) the General Partners will have the right to convert their
   general partner interests (and their rights to receive Incentive
   Distributions) into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange for
   such interests. "Cause"" is defined as a court of competent
   jurisdiction having entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding
   the Managing General Partner liable for actual fraud, gross negligence
   or willful wanton misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of
   the Partnership.  Further, if any person or group (other than the
   Managing General Partner or its affiliates) acquires beneficial
   ownership of 20% or more of any class of Units then outstanding, such
   person or group will lose voting rights with respect to all of its
   Units. In addition, the Partnership has substantial latitude in
   issuing equity securities without Unitholder approval. The Partnership
   Agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of Unitholders
   to call meetings of Unitholders or to acquire information about the
   Partnership's operations as well as other provisions limiting the
   Unitholders' ability to influence the manner or direction of
   management. The effect of these provisions may be to diminish the
   price at which the Common Units trade under certain circumstances. See
   "The Partnership Agreement -- Withdrawal or Removal of the General
   Partners." 
    





                                   - 48 -
<PAGE>

        THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER WILL HAVE A LIMITED CALL RIGHT WITH
        RESPECT TO THE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

        If at any time less than 20% of the then-issued and outstanding
   limited partner interests of any class (including Common Units) are
   held by persons other than the Managing General Partner and its
   affiliates, the Managing General Partner will have the right, which it
   may assign to any of its affiliates or the Partnership, to acquire
   all, but not less than all, of the remaining limited partner interests
   of such class held by such unaffiliated persons at a price generally
   equal to the then-current market price of limited partner interests of
   such class. As a consequence, a holder of Common Units may be required
   to sell his Common Units at a time when he may not desire to sell them
   or at a price that is less than the price he would desire to receive
   upon such sale. See "The Partnership Agreement -- Limited Call Right."

        UNITHOLDERS MAY NOT HAVE LIMITED LIABILITY IN CERTAIN
        CIRCUMSTANCES; LIABILITY FOR RETURN OF CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS

        The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner
   interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been
   clearly established in some states. If it were determined that the
   Partnership had been conducting business in any state without
   compliance with the applicable limited partnership statute, or that
   the right or the exercise of the right by the Unitholders as a group
   to remove or replace the General Partners, to make certain amendments
   to the Partnership Agreement or to take other action pursuant to the
   Partnership Agreement constituted participation in the "control" of
   the Partnership's business, then the Unitholders could be held liable
   in certain circumstances for the Partnership's obligations to the same
   extent as a general partner. In addition, under certain circumstances
   a Unitholder may be liable to the Partnership for the amount of a
   distribution for a period of three years from the date of the
   distribution. See "The Partnership Agreement -- Limited Liability" for
   a discussion of the limitations on liability and the implications
   thereof to a Unitholder.

        HOLDERS OF COMMON UNITS HAVE NOT BEEN REPRESENTED BY COUNSEL

        The holders of the Common Units were not represented by counsel
   in connection with the preparation of the Partnership Agreement or the
   other agreements referred to herein.

   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

        Conflicts of interest could arise as a result of the
   relationships between the Partnership, on the one hand, and the
   General Partners and their affiliates, on the other. The directors and
   officers of the Managing General Partner have fiduciary duties to
   manage the Managing General Partner in a manner beneficial to its



                                   - 49 -
<PAGE>

   stockholder. At the same time, the Managing General Partner has
   fiduciary duties to manage the Partnership in a manner beneficial to
   the Partnership and the Unitholders. The duties of the Managing
   General Partner, as managing general partner, to the Partnership and
   the Unitholders, therefore, may come into conflict with the duties of
   management of the Managing General Partner to its stockholder. 

        Conflicts of interest might arise with respect to the following
   matters, among others: 

             (i)  Decisions of the Managing General Partner with respect
        to the amount and timing of cash expenditures, borrowings,
        issuances of additional Units and reserves in any quarter will
        affect whether, or the extent to which, there is sufficient
        Available Cash from Operating Surplus to meet the Minimum
        Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels on all
        Units in a given quarter. In addition, actions by the Managing
        General Partner may have the effect of enabling the General
        Partners to receive distributions on the Subordinated Units or
        Incentive Distributions or hastening the expiration of the
        Subordination Period or the conversion of Subordinated Units into
        Common Units. 

             (ii) The Partnership does not have any employees and relies
        solely on employees of the Managing General Partner and its
        affiliates. 

             (iii)     Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the
        Partnership reimburses the Managing General Partner and its
        affiliates for costs incurred in managing and operating the
        Partnership, including costs incurred in rendering corporate
        staff and support services to the Partnership. 

             (iv) The terms of the New Acquisition Incentive Plan
        (described below under "Management -- Executive Compensation --
        Incentive Plans") could give the senior executives of the
        Managing General Partner an incentive to cause the Partnership to
        acquire additional propane operations without regard to whether
        the operations would prove beneficial to the Partnership and may
        present the senior executives of the Managing General Partner
        with a conflict of interest in negotiating the acquisition price
        on behalf of the Partnership. 

             (v)  Whenever possible, the Managing General Partner intends
        to limit the Partnership's liability under contractual
        arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with
        the other party thereto to have no recourse against the General
        Partners or their assets. 





                                   - 50 -
<PAGE>

             (vi) Any agreements between the Partnership and the Managing
        General Partner and its affiliates will not grant to the holders
        of Common Units, separate and apart from the Partnership, the
        right to enforce the obligations of the Managing General Partner
        and such affiliates in favor of the Partnership. Therefore, the
        Managing General Partner, in its capacity as the managing general
        partner of the Partnership, will be primarily responsible for
        enforcing such obligations. 

             (vii) Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the
        Managing General Partner is not restricted from causing the
        Partnership to pay the Managing General Partner or its affiliates
        for any services rendered on terms that are fair and reasonable
        to the Partnership or entering into additional contractual
        arrangements with any of such entities on behalf of the
        Partnership. Neither the Partnership Agreement nor any of the
        other agreements, contracts and arrangements between the
        Partnership, on the one hand, and the Managing General Partner
        and its affiliates, on the other, are or will be the result of
        arm's-length negotiations. 

             (viii) The Managing General Partner may exercise its right
        to call for and purchase Units as provided in the Partnership
        Agreement or assign such right to one of its affiliates or to the
        Partnership. 

             (ix) The Partnership Agreement provides that the Managing
        General Partner is generally restricted from engaging in any
        business activities other than those incidental to its ownership
        of interests in the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
        the Partnership Agreement permits affiliates of the Managing
        General Partner (including NPS, Northwestern Growth and the
        Special General Partner) to compete with the Partnership in the
        retail sale of propane in the continental United States only if
        (A) the Managing General Partner determines, in its reasonable
        judgment prior to the commencement of such activity, that it is
        not in the best interests of the Partnership to engage in such
        activity either (1) because of the financial commitments or
        operating characteristics associated with such activity, or
        (2) because such activity is not consistent with the
        Partnership's business strategy or cannot otherwise be integrated
        with the Partnership's operations on a basis beneficial to the
        Partnership; or (B) such activity is being undertaken as provided
        in a joint venture agreement or other agreement between the
        Partnership and an affiliate of the Managing General Partner and
        such joint venture or other agreement was determined at the time
        it was entered into to be fair to the Partnership in the
        reasonable judgment of the Managing General Partner. See
        "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities --
        Conflicts of Interest -- The General Partners' Affiliates May



                                   - 51 -
<PAGE>

        Compete with the Partnership." In addition, affiliates of the
        Managing General Partner (including the Special General Partner)
        may compete with the Partnership in businesses other than the
        retail sale of propane in the continental United States. There
        can be no assurance that there will not be competition between
        the Partnership and affiliates of the Managing General Partner in
        the future. 

             (x)  The Partnership Agreement does not prohibit the
        Partnership from engaging in roll-up transactions. Were the
        Managing General Partner to cause the Partnership to engage in a
        roll-up transaction, there could be no assurance that such a
        transaction would not have a material adverse effect on a
        Unitholder's investment in the Partnership. 

        Unless provided for otherwise in the partnership agreement,
   Delaware law generally requires a general partner of a Delaware
   limited partnership to adhere to fiduciary duty standards under which
   it owes its limited partners the highest duties of good faith,
   fairness and loyalty and which generally prohibit such general partner
   from taking any action or engaging in any transaction as to which it
   has a conflict of interest. The Partnership Agreement expressly
   permits the Managing General Partner to resolve conflicts of interest
   between itself or its affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership
   or the Unitholders, on the other, and to consider, in resolving such
   conflicts of interest, the interests of other parties in addition to
   the interests of the Unitholders. In addition, the Partnership
   Agreement provides that a purchaser of Common Units is deemed to have
   consented to certain conflicts of interest and actions of the Managing
   General Partner and its affiliates that might otherwise be prohibited,
   including those described in clauses (i)-(x) above, and to have agreed
   that such conflicts of interest and actions do not constitute a breach
   by the Managing General Partner of any duty stated or implied by law
   or equity. The Managing General Partner will not be in breach of its
   obligations under the Partnership Agreement or its duties to the
   Partnership or the Unitholders if the resolution of such conflict is
   fair and reasonable to the Partnership. The latitude given in the
   Partnership Agreement to the Managing General Partner in resolving
   conflicts of interest may significantly limit the ability of a
   Unitholder to challenge what might otherwise be a breach of fiduciary
   duty. 

        The Partnership Agreement expressly limits the liability of the
   General Partners by providing that the General Partners, their
   affiliates and their officers and directors will not be liable for
   monetary damages to the Partnership, the limited partners or assignees
   for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions if the General
   Partners and such other persons acted in good faith. In addition, the
   Partnership is required to indemnify the General Partners, their
   affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents



                                   - 52 -
<PAGE>

   and trustees to the fullest extent permitted by law against
   liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by the General Partners or
   such other persons, if the General Partners or such persons acted in
   good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in, or (in
   the case of a person other than a General Partner) not opposed to, the
   best interests of the Partnership and, with respect to any criminal
   proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was
   unlawful. 

        The provisions of Delaware law that allow the common law
   fiduciary duties of a general partner to be modified by a partnership
   agreement have not been tested in a court of law, and the Managing
   General Partner has not obtained an opinion of counsel covering the
   provisions set forth in the Partnership Agreement that purport to
   waive or restrict the fiduciary duties of the General Partners that
   would be in effect under common law were it not for the Partnership
   Agreement. See "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities -
   - Conflicts of Interest." 

   TAX RISKS

        For a general discussion of the expected federal income tax
   consequences of owning and disposing of Common Units, see "Tax
   Considerations."

        TAX TREATMENT IS DEPENDENT ON PARTNERSHIP STATUS

        The availability to a Common Unitholder of the federal income tax
   benefits of an investment in the Partnership depends, in large part,
   on the classification of the Partnership as a partnership for federal
   income tax purposes. Assuming the accuracy of certain factual matters
   as to which the General Partners and the Partnership have made
   representations, Counsel is of the opinion that, under current law,
   the Partnership will be classified as a partnership for federal income
   tax purposes. No ruling from the IRS as to classification has been or
   is expected to be requested. Instead, the Partnership intends to rely
   on such opinion of Counsel (which is not binding on the IRS). One of
   the representations of the Partnership on which the opinion of Counsel
   is based is that at least 90% of the Partnership's gross income for
   each taxable year in the future will be "qualifying income."  Whether
   the Partnership will continue to be classified as a partnership in
   part depends, therefore, on the Partnership's ability to meet this
   qualifying income test in the future. See "Tax Considerations --
   Partnership Status." 

        If the Partnership were classified as an association taxable as a
   corporation for federal income tax purposes, the Partnership would pay
   tax on its income at corporate rates (currently a 35% federal rate),
   distributions would generally be taxed again to the Unitholders as
   corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses or deductions



                                   - 53 -
<PAGE>

   would flow through to the Unitholders. Because a tax would be imposed
   upon the Partnership as an entity, the cash available for distribution
   to the holders of Common Units would be substantially reduced.
   Treatment of the Partnership as an association taxable as a
   corporation or otherwise as a taxable entity would result in a
   material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return
   to the holders of Common Units and thus would likely result in a
   substantial reduction in the value of the Common Units. See "Tax
   Considerations -- Partnership Status." 

        There can be no assurance that the law will not be changed so as
   to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a
   corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise to be subject
   to entity-level taxation. The Partnership Agreement provides that, if
   a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a
   manner that subjects the Partnership to taxation as a corporation or
   otherwise subjects the Partnership to entity-level taxation for
   federal, state or local income tax purposes, certain provisions of the
   Partnership Agreement will be subject to change, including a decrease
   in the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distribution
   Levels to reflect the impact of such law on the Partnership. See "Cash
   Distribution Policy -- Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution
   and Target Distribution Levels." 

        NO IRS RULING WITH RESPECT TO TAX CONSEQUENCES

        No ruling has been requested from the IRS with respect to
   classification of the Partnership as a partnership for federal income
   tax purposes, whether the Partnership's propane operations generate
   "qualifying income" under Section 7704 of the Code or any other matter
   affecting the Partnership. Accordingly, the IRS may adopt positions
   that differ from Counsel's conclusions expressed herein. It may be
   necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings in an
   effort to sustain some or all of Counsel's conclusions, and some or
   all of such conclusions ultimately may not be sustained. Any such
   contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market
   for the Common Units and the prices at which Common Units trade. In
   addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne directly
   or indirectly by some or all of the Unitholders and the General
   Partners. 

        CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING PROPERTY FOR COMMON UNITS
   
        In general, no gain or loss will be recognized for federal income
   tax purposes by the Partnership or by a person (including any
   individual, partnership, corporation or corporation taxed under
   Subchapter S of the Code) contributing property (including stock) to
   the Partnership in exchange for Common Units.  If the Partnership
   assumes liabilities in connection with a contribution of assets in




                                   - 54 -
<PAGE>

   exchange for Common Units, however, taxable gain may be recognized by
   the contributing person in certain circumstances.
    
        TAX LIABILITY EXCEEDING CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

        A Unitholder will be required to pay federal income taxes and, in
   certain cases, state and local income taxes on his allocable share of
   the Partnership's income, whether or not he receives cash
   distributions from the Partnership. There is no assurance that a
   Unitholder will receive cash distributions equal to his allocable
   share of taxable income from the Partnership or even the tax liability
   to him resulting from that income. Further, a holder of Common Units
   may incur a tax liability, in excess of the amount of cash received,
   upon the sale of his Common Units. See "Tax Considerations -- Tax
   Consequences of Unit Ownership" and "-- Disposition of Common Units." 

        OWNERSHIP OF COMMON UNITS BY TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS AND CERTAIN
        OTHER INVESTORS

        Investment in Common Units by certain tax-exempt entities,
   regulated investment companies and foreign persons raises issues
   unique to such persons. For example, virtually all of the taxable
   income derived by most organizations exempt from federal income tax
   (including IRAs and other retirement plans) from the ownership of 
   Common Units will be unrelated business taxable income and thus will
   be taxable to such a Unitholder. See "Tax Considerations -- Uniformity
   of Units -- Tax-Exempt Organizations and Certain Other Investors." 

        DEDUCTIBILITY OF LOSSES

        In the case of taxpayers subject to the passive loss
   rules (generally, individuals and closely held corporations), losses
   generated by the Partnership will only be available to offset future
   income generated by the Partnership and cannot be used to offset
   income from other activities, including passive activities or
   investments. Passive losses which are not deductible because they
   exceed the Unitholder's income generated by the Partnership may be
   deducted in full when the Unitholder disposes of his entire investment
   in the Partnership in a fully taxable transaction to an unrelated
   party. Net passive income from the Partnership may be offset by unused
   Partnership losses carried over from prior years, but not by losses
   from other passive activities, including losses from other publicly
   traded partnerships. See "Tax Considerations -- Tax Consequences of
   Unit Ownership -- Limitations on Deductibility of Partnership Losses."

        TAX SHELTER REGISTRATION; POTENTIAL IRS AUDIT

        The Partnership has registered with the Secretary of the Treasury
   as a "tax shelter."  No assurance can be given that the Partnership
   will not be audited by the IRS or that tax adjustments will not be



                                   - 55 -
<PAGE>

   made. The rights of a Unitholder owning less than a 1% profits
   interest in the Partnership to participate in the income tax audit
   process are very limited. Further, any adjustments in the
   Partnership's tax returns will lead to adjustments in the Unitholders'
   tax returns and may lead to audits of Unitholders' tax returns and
   adjustments of items unrelated to the Partnership. Each Unitholder
   would bear the cost of any expenses incurred in connection with an
   examination of such Unitholder's personal tax return. 

        UNIFORMITY OF COMMON UNITS AND NONCONFORMING DEPRECIATION
        CONVENTIONS

        Because the Partnership cannot match transferors and transferees
   of Common Units, uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of
   the Common Units to a purchaser of Common Units must be maintained. To
   maintain uniformity and for other reasons, the Partnership will adopt
   certain depreciation and amortization conventions that do not conform
   with all aspects of certain proposed and final Treasury Regulations. A
   successful challenge to those conventions by the IRS could adversely
   affect the amount of tax benefits available to a purchaser of Common
   Units and could have a negative impact on the value of the Common
   Units. See "Tax Considerations -- Uniformity of Units." 

        STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        In addition to federal income taxes, Unitholders will likely be
   subject to other taxes, such as state and local taxes, unincorporated
   business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are
   imposed by the various jurisdictions in which the Partnership does
   business or owns property. A Unitholder will likely be required to
   file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income
   taxes in some or all of the various jurisdictions in which the
   Partnership does business or owns property and may be subject to
   penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. The
   Partnership currently owns property and conducts business in the
   following states which currently impose a personal income tax:
   Alabama, Arkansas, California, Georgia,  Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky,
   Maryland, Mississippi, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New
   Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina,
   Tennessee, Utah, Vermont and Virginia.  It is the responsibility of
   each Unitholder to file all United States federal, state and local tax
   returns that may be required of such Unitholder. Counsel has not
   rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences of an
   investment in the Partnership. See "Tax Considerations -- State, Local
   and Other Tax Considerations."

        DISPOSITION OF COMMON UNITS

        A Unitholder who sells Common Units will recognize gain or loss
   equal to the difference between the amount realized (including his



                                   - 56 -
<PAGE>

   share of Partnership nonrecourse liabilities) and his adjusted tax
   basis in such Common Units. Thus, prior Partnership distributions in
   excess of cumulative net taxable income in respect of a Common Unit
   which decreased a Unitholder's tax basis in such Common Unit will, in
   effect, become taxable income if the Common Unit is sold at a price
   greater than the Unitholder's tax basis in such Common Units, even if
   the price is less than his original cost. A portion of the amount
   realized (whether or not representing gain) may be ordinary income.
   Furthermore, should the IRS successfully contest certain conventions
   to be used by the Partnership, a Unitholder could realize more gain on
   the sale of Units than would be the case under such conventions
   without the benefit of decreased income in prior years. 

        PARTNERSHIP TAX INFORMATION AND AUDITS

        The Partnership will furnish each holder of Common Units with a
   Schedule K-1 that sets forth his allocable share of income, gains,
   losses and deductions. In preparing these schedules, the Partnership
   will use various accounting and reporting conventions and adopt
   various depreciation and amortization methods. There is no assurance
   that these schedules will yield a result that conforms to statutory or
   regulatory requirements or to administrative pronouncements of the
   IRS. Further, the Partnership's tax return may be audited, and any
   such audit could result in an audit of a partner's individual tax
   return as well as increased liabilities for taxes because of
   adjustments resulting from the audit. 

                      THE IPO AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        On December 17, 1996, the Partnership consummated the IPO,
   issuing 9,821,000 Common Units (including 1,281,000 Common Units
   issued pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option that was
   exercised in full), and received gross proceeds of $206.2 million.  In
   addition, the Operating Partnership issued $220.0 million aggregate
   principal amount of Notes to certain institutional investors in the
   Note Placement. 
   
        Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, Synergy, Empire
   Energy and Coast entered into a series of transactions which resulted
   in the Combined Operations being owned by the General Partners.
   Concurrently with the IPO closing, the General Partners contributed,
   or caused to be contributed, the Combined Operations to the Operating
   Partnership in exchange for all of the interests in the Operating
   Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed substantially all
   of the liabilities associated with the Combined Operations.
   Immediately after such contributions, all of the limited partner
   interests in the Operating Partnership were conveyed to the
   Partnership in exchange for interests in the Partnership.  In
   addition, the Operating Partnership contributed the portion of the
   Combined Operations utilized in the parts and appliance sales and



                                   - 57 -
<PAGE>

   service businesses to its corporate subsidiary.  As a result of such
   transactions, the General Partners own an aggregate of 6,597,619
   Subordinated Units, representing an aggregate 39.4% limited partner
   interest in the Partnership, an aggregate 2% general partner interest
   in the Partnership and the right to receive Incentive Distributions. 

        Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, the Operating
   Partnership entered into the Bank Credit Facility, which included the
   $50.0 million Working Capital Facility to be used for working capital
   and other general partnership purposes, and the $75.0 million
   Acquisition Facility to be used for acquisitions and capital
   improvements. For additional information regarding the terms of the
   Notes and the Bank Credit Facility, see "Management's Discussion and
   Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- The
   Partnership -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Financing and
   Sources of Liquidity." 
    




































                                   - 58 -
<PAGE>

                               USE OF PROCEEDS

        The Common Units offered hereby may be issued from time to time
   by the Partnership in connection with the Partnership's acquisition of
   other businesses, properties or securities in business combination
   transactions.  See "Plan of Distribution."  The Partnership is from
   time to time engaged in ongoing discussions with respect to
   acquisitions, and expects to continue to pursue such acquisition
   opportunities actively.  As of the date of this Prospectus, the
   Partnership does not have any agreements with respect to any material
   acquisitions but is involved in ongoing discussions with several
   companies and is continuing to assess these and other acquisition
   opportunities.

                               CAPITALIZATION
   
        The following table sets forth the capitalization of the
   Partnership at June 30, 1997.  The table should be read in conjunction
   with the historical financial statements and notes thereto included
   elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                           -------------------------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S>                                                                                                <C>
      Short-term indebtedness, including current portion of long-term indebtedness                 $      5,736
      Long-term debt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     231,532
                                                                                                       --------

                                    Total indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     237,268
                                                                                                       --------

      Partners' capital:
      Common Unitholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     146,851
      Subordinated Unitholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      92,106
      General Partners  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       4,972
                                                                                                       --------

      Total partners' capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     243,929
                                                                                                       --------

      Total capitalization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     481,197
                                                                                                       ========
    
</TABLE>








                                   - 59 -
<PAGE>

                         PRICE RANGE OF COMMON UNITS
   
        The Common Units are listed and principally traded on the NYSE
   under the trading symbol "CNO."  The Common Units began trading on the
   NYSE on December 12, 1996, three trading days before the assets and
   liabilities of the predecessor companies were contributed to the
   Partnership in exchange for the proceeds from the IPO and related
   transactions.  The high and low sales prices for the Common Units, as
   reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system, and the
   amount of distributions declared with respect to the Common Units, for
   each calendar quarter since December 12, 1996, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          High           Low            Distributions
                                                                          ----           ---            -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>              <C>
     1996
     ----
     Fourth Quarter (from December  12, 1996)  . . . . . . . . . . . . $21-1/2         $ 21             $    --

     1997 
     ----

     First Quarter   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22-3/8           20-7/8            .63 (1)
     Second Quarter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22-1/8           19-3/4            .54
     Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23-7/8           21-1/16           (2)
     Fourth Quarter (through October 9, 1997)  . . . . . . . . . . . .  23-5/8           22-3/4            (2) 

</TABLE>

   (1)  The distribution of $0.63 per Unit declared for the quarter ended
        March 31, 1997, included the 15-day period commencing
        December 17, 1996.
 
   (2)  The Partnership expects to make distributions of all Available
        Cash within 45 days after the end of each quarter to holders of
        record on the applicable record date. 

        For a recent sale price of the Common Units, please see the cover
   page of this Prospectus.  The Common Units were held by approximately
   12,000 holders as of June 30, 1997.

        For a description of certain limitations on the Partnership's
   ability to make distributions to its partners, see "Management's
   Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
   Operations--The Partnership--Liquidity and Capital Resources --
   Financing and Sources of Liquidity."
    










                                   - 60 -
<PAGE>

                          CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY

   GENERAL

        The Partnership will distribute to its partners, on a quarterly
   basis, all of its Available Cash in the manner described herein.
   Available Cash is defined in the Glossary and generally means, with
   respect to any quarter of the Partnership, all cash on hand at the end
   of such quarter less the amount of cash reserves that is necessary or
   appropriate in the reasonable discretion of the Managing General
   Partner to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the Partnership's
   business, (ii) comply with applicable law or any Partnership debt
   instrument or other agreement, or (iii) provide funds for
   distributions to Unitholders and the General Partners in respect of
   any one or more of the next four quarters. 

        Cash distributions will be characterized as distributions from
   either Operating Surplus or Capital Surplus. This distinction affects
   the amounts distributed to Unitholders relative to the General
   Partners, and under certain circumstances it determines whether
   holders of Subordinated Units receive any distributions. See "--
    Quarterly Distributions of Available Cash." 

        Operating Surplus is defined in the Glossary and refers generally
   to (i) the cash balance of the Partnership on the date the Partnership
   commenced operations, plus $25.0 million, plus all cash receipts of
   the Partnership from its operations since the closing of the
   Transactions, less (ii) all Partnership operating expenses, debt
   service payments (including reserves therefor but not including
   payments required in connection with the sale of assets or any
   refinancing with the proceeds of new indebtedness or an equity
   offering), maintenance capital expenditures and reserves established
   for future Partnership operations, in each case since the closing of
   the Transactions. 

        Capital Surplus is also defined in the Glossary and will
   generally be generated only by borrowings (other than for working
   capital purposes), sales of debt and equity securities and sales or
   other dispositions of assets for cash (other than inventory, accounts
   receivable and other assets all as disposed of in the ordinary course
   of business). 

        To avoid the difficulty of trying to determine whether Available
   Cash distributed by the Partnership is from Operating Surplus or from
   Capital Surplus, all Available Cash distributed by the Partnership
   from any source will be treated as distributed from Operating Surplus
   until the sum of all Available Cash distributed since the commencement
   of the Partnership equals the Operating Surplus as of the end of the
   quarter prior to such distribution. Any Available Cash in excess of




                                   - 61 -
<PAGE>

   such amount (irrespective of its source) will be deemed to be from
   Capital Surplus and distributed accordingly. 

        If Available Cash from Capital Surplus is distributed in respect
   of each Common Unit in an aggregate amount per Common Unit equal to
   $21.00 per Common Unit (the "Initial Unit Price"), plus any Common
   Unit Arrearages, the distinction between Operating Surplus and Capital
   Surplus will cease, and all distributions of Available Cash will be
   treated as if they were from Operating Surplus. The Partnership does
   not anticipate that there will be significant distributions from
   Capital Surplus. 

        The Subordinated Units are a separate class of interests in the
   Partnership, and the rights of holders of such interests to
   participate in distributions to partners differ from the rights of the
   holders of Common Units. For any given quarter, any Available Cash
   will be distributed to the General Partners and to the holders of
   Common Units, and may also be distributed to the holders of
   Subordinated Units depending upon the amount of Available Cash for the
   quarter, the amount of Common Unit Arrearages, if any, and other
   factors discussed below. 

        The Incentive Distributions represent the right to receive an
   increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of Available Cash
   from Operating Surplus after the Target Distribution Levels have been
   achieved. The Target Distribution Levels are based on the amounts of
   Available Cash from Operating Surplus distributed in excess of the
   payments made with respect to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and
   Common Unit Arrearages, if any, and the related 2% distribution to the
   General Partners. 

        Subject to the limitations described under "The Partnership
   Agreement -- Issuance of Additional Securities," the Partnership has
   the authority to issue additional Common Units or other equity
   securities of the Partnership for such consideration and on such terms
   and conditions as are established by the Managing General Partner in
   its sole discretion and without the approval of the Unitholders. It is
   possible that the Partnership will fund acquisitions of other propane
   businesses through the issuance of additional Common Units or other
   equity securities of the Partnership. Holders of any additional Common
   Units issued by the Partnership will be entitled to share equally with
   the then-existing holders of Common Units in distributions of
   Available Cash by the Partnership. In addition, the issuance of
   additional Partnership Interests may dilute the value of the interests
   of the then-existing holders of Common Units in the net assets of the
   Partnership. The General Partners will be required to make an
   additional capital contribution to the Partnership or the Operating
   Partnership in connection with the issuance of additional Partnership
   Interests. 




                                   - 62 -
<PAGE>

        The discussion in the sections below indicates the percentages of
   cash distributions required to be made to the General Partners and the
   holders of Common Units and the circumstances under which holders of
   Subordinated Units are entitled to cash distributions and the amounts
   thereof. Distributions and allocations to the General Partners will be
   made pro rata in accordance with their respective general partner
   interests. For a discussion of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
   available for distributions with respect to the Common Units on a pro
   forma basis, see "Cash Available for Distribution." 

   QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH

        The Partnership will make distributions to its partners with
   respect to each quarter of the Partnership prior to its liquidation in
   an amount equal to 100% of its Available Cash for such quarter. The
   Partnership expects to make distributions of all Available Cash within
   45 days after the end of each quarter to holders of record on the
   applicable record date.  The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the
   Target Distribution Levels are also subject to certain other
   adjustments as described below under "-- Distributions from Capital
   Surplus" and "-- Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and
   Target Distribution Levels." 

        With respect to each quarter during the Subordination Period, to
   the extent there is sufficient Available Cash, the holders of Common
   Units will have the right to receive the Minimum Quarterly
   Distribution, plus any Common Unit Arrearages, prior to any
   distribution of Available Cash to the holders of Subordinated Units.
   This subordination feature will enhance the Partnership's ability to
   distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on the Common Units
   during the Subordination Period. There is no guarantee, however, that
   the Minimum Quarterly Distribution will be made on the Common Units.
   Upon expiration of the Subordination Period, all Subordinated Units
   will be converted on a one-for-one basis into Common Units and will
   participate pro rata with all other Common Units in future
   distributions of Available Cash. Under certain circumstances, up to
   3,298,810 Subordinated Units may convert into Common Units prior to
   the expiration of the Subordination Period. Common Units will not
   accrue arrearages with respect to distributions for any quarter after
   the Subordination Period and Subordinated Units will not accrue any
   arrearages with respect to distributions for any quarter. 

   DISTRIBUTIONS FROM OPERATING SURPLUS DURING SUBORDINATION PERIOD

        The Subordination Period will generally extend until the first
   day of any quarter beginning after December 31, 2001 in respect of
   which (i) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on
   the Common Units and the Subordinated Units with respect to each of
   the three consecutive four-quarter periods immediately preceding such
   date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution



                                   - 63 -
<PAGE>

   on all of the outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units during
   such periods, (ii) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during
   each of the three consecutive four-quarter periods immediately
   preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum
   Quarterly Distribution on all of the outstanding Common Units and
   Subordinated Units and the related distribution on the general partner
   interests in the Partnership during such periods, and (iii) there are
   no outstanding Common Unit Arrearages. 

        Prior to the end of the Subordination Period, a portion of the
   Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units on a one-for-one
   basis on the first day after the record date established for the
   distribution in respect of any quarter ending on or after (a)
   December 31, 1999 with respect to one-quarter of the Subordinated
   Units (1,649,405 Subordinated Units) and (b) December 31, 2000 with
   respect to one-quarter of the Subordinated Units (1,649,405
   Subordinated Units) in respect of which (i) distributions of Available
   Cash from Operating Surplus on the Common Units and the Subordinated
   Units with respect to each of the three consecutive four-quarter
   periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of
   the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the outstanding Common
   Units and Subordinated Units during such periods, (ii) the Adjusted
   Operating Surplus generated during each of the two consecutive
   four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or
   exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the
   outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and the related
   distribution on the general partner interests in the Partnership
   during such periods, and (iii) there are no outstanding Common Unit
   Arrearages; provided, however, that the early conversion of the second
   one-quarter of Subordinated Units may not occur until at least one
   year following the early conversion of the first one-quarter of
   Subordinated Units. 

        Upon expiration of the Subordination Period, all remaining
   Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units on a one-for-one
   basis and will thereafter participate, pro rata, with the other Common
   Units in distributions of Available Cash. In addition, if the Managing
   General Partner is removed as managing general partner of the
   Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units
   held by the Managing General Partner and its affiliates are not voted
   in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and
   all outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately convert into
   Common Units on a one-for-one basis, (ii) any existing Common Unit
   Arrearages will be extinguished and  (iii) the General Partners will
   have the right to convert their general partner interests (and the
   rights of each of them to receive Incentive Distributions) into Common
   Units or to receive cash in exchange for such interests. 

        "Adjusted Operating Surplus" for any period generally means
   Operating Surplus generated during such period, less (a) any net



                                   - 64 -
<PAGE>

   increase in working capital borrowings during such period and (b) any
   net reduction in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures during such
   period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made during such
   period; and plus (x) any net decrease in working capital borrowings
   during such period and (y) any net increase in cash reserves for
   Operating Expenditures during such period required by any debt
   instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.
   Operating Surplus generated during a period is equal to the difference
   between (i) the Operating Surplus determined at the end of such period
   and (ii) the Operating Surplus determined at the beginning of such
   period. 

        Distributions by the Partnership of Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus with respect to any quarter during the Subordination Period
   will be made in the following manner: 

             FIRST, 98% to the Common Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to
        the General Partners, until there has been distributed in respect
        of each outstanding Common Unit an amount equal to the Minimum
        Quarterly Distribution for such quarter;

             SECOND, 98% to the Common Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to
        the General Partners, until there has been distributed in respect
        of each outstanding Common Unit an amount equal to any Common
        Unit Arrearages accrued and unpaid with respect to any prior
        quarters during the Subordination Period;

             THIRD, 98% to the Subordinated Unitholders, pro rata, and 2%
        to the General Partners, until there has been distributed in
        respect of each outstanding Subordinated Unit an amount equal to
        the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such quarter; and

             THEREAFTER, in the manner described in "-- Incentive
        Distributions -- Hypothetical Annualized Yield" below.

        The above references to the 2% of Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus distributed to the General Partners are references to the
   amount of the percentage interest in distributions from the
   Partnership and the Operating Partnership of the General Partners on a
   combined basis (exclusive of their interest as holders of the
   Subordinated Units). The General Partners own a combined 1% general
   partner interest in the Partnership and a combined 1.0101% general
   partner interest in the Operating Partnership. Other references in
   this Prospectus to the General Partners' 2% interest or to
   distributions of 2% of Available Cash are also references to the
   amount of the combined percentage interest in the Partnership and the
   Operating Partnership of the General Partners (exclusive of their
   interest as holders of the Subordinated Units). With respect to any
   Common Unit, the term "Common Unit Arrearages" refers to the amount by
   which the Minimum Quarterly Distribution in any quarter during the
   Subordination Period exceeds the distribution of Available Cash from



                                   - 65 -
<PAGE>

   Operating Surplus actually made for such quarter on a Common Unit,
   cumulative for such quarter and all prior quarters during the
   Subordination Period. Common Unit Arrearages will not accrue interest.

   DISTRIBUTIONS FROM OPERATING SURPLUS AFTER SUBORDINATION PERIOD

        Distributions by the Partnership of Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus with respect to any quarter after the Subordination Period
   will be made in the following manner: 

             FIRST, 98% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the
        General Partners, until there has been distributed in respect of
        each Unit an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
        for such quarter; and

             THEREAFTER, in the manner described in "-- Incentive
        Distributions -- Hypothetical Annualized Yield" below.

   INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS--HYPOTHETICAL ANNUALIZED YIELD

        For any quarter for which Available Cash from Operating Surplus
   is distributed to the Common and Subordinated Unitholders in an amount
   equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Units and to the
   Common Unitholders in an amount equal to any unpaid Common Unit
   Arrearages, then any additional Available Cash from Operating Surplus
   in respect of such quarter will be distributed among the Unitholders
   and the General Partners in the following manner: 

             FIRST, 98% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the
        General Partners, until the Unitholders have received (in
        addition to any distributions to Common Unitholders to eliminate
        Common Unit Arrearages) a total of $0.594 for such quarter in
        respect of each outstanding Unit (the "First Target
        Distribution");

             SECOND, 85% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the
        General Partners, until the Unitholders have received (in
        addition to any distributions to Common Unitholders to eliminate
        Common Unit Arrearages) a total of $0.700 for such quarter in
        respect of each outstanding Unit (the "Second Target
        Distribution");

             THIRD, 75% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the
        General Partners, until the Unitholders have received (in
        addition to any distributions to Common Unitholders to eliminate
        Common Unit Arrearages) a total of $0.900 for such quarter in
        respect of each outstanding Unit (the "Third Target
        Distribution"); and





                                   - 66 -
<PAGE>

             THEREAFTER, 50% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 50% to the
        General Partners.

   The distributions to the General Partners set forth above (other than
   in their capacity as holders of the Subordinated Units) that are in
   excess of their aggregate 2% general partner interest represent the
   Incentive Distributions. The right to receive Incentive Distributions
   is not part of the general partner interest and may be transferred
   separately from such interests. See "The Partnership Agreement--
   Transfer of General Partners' Interests and Incentive Distribution
   Rights." 

        The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of the
   additional Available Cash from Operating Surplus between the
   Unitholders and the General Partners up to the various Target
   Distribution Levels and a hypothetical annualized percentage yield to
   be realized by a Unitholder at each Target Distribution Level. For
   purposes of the following table, the annualized percentage yield is
   calculated on a pretax basis assuming that (i) the Common Unit was
   issued for a capital contribution of $21.00 per Common Unit (equal to
   the initial public offering price) and (ii) the Partnership
   distributed each quarter during the first year following the
   investment the amount set forth under the column "Total Quarterly
   Distribution Target Amount." The calculations are also based on the
   assumption that the quarterly distribution amounts shown do not
   include any Common Unit Arrearages. The amounts set forth under
   "Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions" are the percentage
   interests of the General Partners and the Unitholders in any Available
   Cash from Operating Surplus distributed up to and including the
   corresponding amount in the column "Total Quarterly Distribution
   Target Amount," until Available Cash distributed reaches the next
   Target Distribution Level, if any. The percentage interests shown for
   the Unitholders and the General Partners for the Minimum Quarterly
   Distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts
   that are less than the Minimum Quarterly Distribution.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Marginal Percentage
                                                                                                Interest in Distributions
                                                                                                -------------------------
                                        TOTAL QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION  Hypothetical Annualized                    General
                                               TARGET AMOUNT                   Yield              Unitholders    Partners
                                               -------------                   -----              -----------    --------
<S>                                                <C>                        <C>                    <C>           <C>
      Minimum Quarterly Distribution               $0.540                     10.286%                 98%           2%
      First Target Distribution . . .              $0.594                     11.314%                 98%           2%
      Second Target Distribution  . .              $0.700                     13.333%                 85%          15%
      Third Target Distribution . . .              $0.900                     17.143%                 75%          25%
      Thereafter  . . . . . . . . . .           above $0.900               above 17.143%              50%          50%

</TABLE>




                                   - 67 -
<PAGE>

   DISTRIBUTIONS FROM CAPITAL SURPLUS

        Distributions by the Partnership of Available Cash from Capital
   Surplus will be made in the following manner: 

             FIRST, 98% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the
        General Partners, until the Partnership has distributed, in
        respect of each outstanding Common Unit issued in the IPO, with
        the Available Cash from Capital Surplus in an aggregate amount
        per Common Unit equal to the Initial Unit Price;

             SECOND, 98% to the holders of Common Units, pro rata, and 2%
        to the General Partners, until the Partnership has distributed,
        in respect of each outstanding Common Unit, Available Cash from
        Capital Surplus in an aggregate amount equal to any unpaid Common
        Unit Arrearages with respect to such Common Unit; and

             THEREAFTER, all distributions of Available Cash from Capital
        Surplus will be distributed as if they were from Operating
        Surplus.
   
        As a distribution of Available Cash from Capital Surplus is made,
   it is treated as if it were a repayment of the Initial Unit Price with
   respect to Common Units issued in the IPO -- it is a "return of
   capital" rather than a "return on capital."  To reflect such
   repayment, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target
   Distribution Levels will be adjusted downward by multiplying each such
   amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Unrecovered
   Capital of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such
   repayment and the denominator of which is the Unrecovered Capital of
   the Common Units immediately prior to such repayment. This adjustment
   to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution may make it more likely that
   Subordinated Units will be converted into Common Units (whether
   pursuant to the termination of the Subordination Period or to the
   provisions permitting early conversion of some Subordinated Units) and
   may accelerate the dates at which such conversions occur. 
    
        When "payback" of the Initial Unit Price has occurred, i.e., when
   the Unrecovered Capital of the Common Units is zero (and any accrued
   Common Unit Arrearages have been paid), then in effect the Minimum
   Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target Distribution Levels will
   have been reduced to zero for subsequent quarters. Thereafter, all
   distributions of Available Cash from all sources will be treated as if
   they were from Operating Surplus. Because the Minimum Quarterly
   Distribution and the Target Distribution Levels will have been reduced
   to zero, the General Partners will be entitled thereafter to receive
   50% of all distributions of Available Cash in their capacities as
   General Partners and as holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights
   (in addition to any distributions to which they may be entitled as
   holders of Units).



                                   - 68 -
<PAGE>

        Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus will not
   reduce the Minimum Quarterly Distribution or Target Distribution
   Levels for the quarter with respect to which they are distributed.

   ADJUSTMENT OF MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION AND TARGET DISTRIBUTION
   LEVELS

        In addition to reductions of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
   and Target Distribution Levels made upon a distribution of Available
   Cash from Capital Surplus, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the
   Target Distribution Levels, the Unrecovered Capital, the number of
   additional Common Units issuable during the Subordination Period
   without a Unitholder vote, the number of Common Units issuable upon
   conversion of the Subordinated Units and other amounts calculated on a
   per Unit basis will be proportionately adjusted upward or downward, as
   appropriate, in the event of any combination or subdivision of Common
   Units (whether effected by a distribution payable in Common Units or
   otherwise), but not by reason of the issuance of additional Common
   Units for cash or property. For example, in the event of a two-for-one
   split of the Common Units (assuming no prior adjustments), the Minimum
   Quarterly Distribution, each of the Target Distribution Levels and the
   Unrecovered Capital of the Common Units would each be reduced to 50%
   of its initial level. 

        The Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distribution
   Levels may also be adjusted if legislation is enacted or if existing
   law is modified or interpreted by the relevant governmental authority
   in a manner that causes the Partnership to become taxable as a
   corporation or otherwise subjects the Partnership to taxation as an
   entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes. In such event,
   the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distribution Levels
   would be reduced to an amount equal to the product of (i) the Minimum
   Quarterly Distribution and each of the Target Distribution Levels,
   respectively, multiplied by (ii) one minus the sum of (x) the maximum
   effective federal income tax rate to which the Partnership is then
   subject as an entity plus (y) any increase that results from such
   legislation in the effective overall state and local income tax rate
   to which the Partnership is subject as an entity for the taxable year
   in which such event occurs (after taking into account the benefit of
   any deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect
   to the payment of state and local income taxes). For example, assuming
   the Partnership was not previously subject to state and local income
   tax, if the Partnership were to become taxable as an entity for
   federal income tax purposes and the Partnership became subject to a
   maximum marginal federal, and effective state and local, income tax
   rate of 38%, then the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target







                                   - 69 -
<PAGE>

   Distribution Levels would each be reduced to 62% of the amount thereof
   immediately prior to such adjustment. 

   DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH UPON LIQUIDATION

        Following the commencement of the dissolution and liquidation of
   the Partnership, assets will be sold or otherwise disposed of from
   time to time and the partners' capital account balances will be
   adjusted to reflect any resulting gain or loss. The proceeds of such
   liquidation will, first, be applied to the payment of creditors of the
   Partnership in the order of priority provided in the Partnership
   Agreement and by law and, thereafter, be distributed to the
   Unitholders and the General Partners in accordance with their
   respective capital account balances as so adjusted. 

        Partners are entitled to liquidating distributions in accordance
   with capital account balances. The allocations of gains and losses
   upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the
   holders of outstanding Common Units to a preference over the holders
   of outstanding Subordinated Units upon the liquidation of the
   Partnership, to the extent required to permit Common Unitholders to
   receive their Unrecovered Capital plus any unpaid Common Unit
   Arrearages. Thus, net losses recognized upon liquidation of the
   Partnership will be allocated to the holders of the Subordinated Units
   to the extent of their capital account balances before any loss is
   allocated to the holders of the Common Units, and net gains recognized
   upon liquidation will be allocated first to restore negative balances
   in the capital account of the General Partners and any Unitholders and
   then to the Common Unitholders until their capital account balances
   equal their Unrecovered Capital plus unpaid Common Unit Arrearages.
   However, no assurance can be given that there will be sufficient gain
   upon liquidation of the Partnership to enable the holders of Common
   Units to fully recover all of such amounts, even though there may be
   cash available for distribution to the holders of Subordinated Units. 

        The manner of such adjustment is as provided in the Partnership
   Agreement, which is an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which
   this Prospectus is a part. If the liquidation of the Partnership
   occurs before the end of the Subordination Period, any net gain (or
   unrealized gain attributable to assets distributed in kind) will be
   allocated to the partners as follows:

             FIRST, to the General Partners and the holders of Units
        having negative balances in their capital accounts to the extent
        of and in proportion to such negative balances;

             SECOND, 98% to the holders of Common Units, pro rata, and 2%
        to the General Partners, until the capital account for each
        Common Unit is equal to the sum of (i) the Unrecovered Capital in
        respect of such Common Unit, (ii) the amount of the Minimum



                                   - 70 -
<PAGE>

        Quarterly Distribution for the quarter during which liquidation
        of the Partnership occurs and (iii) any unpaid Common Unit
        Arrearages in respect of such Common Unit;

             THIRD, 98% to the holders of Subordinated Units, pro rata,
        and 2% to the General Partners, until the capital account for
        each Subordinated Unit is equal to the sum of (i) the Unrecovered
        Capital in respect of such Subordinated Unit and (ii) the amount
        of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the quarter during
        which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs;

             FOURTH, 98% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the
        General Partners, until there has been allocated under this
        paragraph FOURTH an amount per Unit equal to (a) the sum of the
        excess of the First Target Distribution per Unit over the Minimum
        Quarterly Distribution per Unit for each quarter of the
        Partnership's existence, less (b) the cumulative amount per Unit
        of any distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus in
        excess of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution per Unit that were
        distributed 98% to the Unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the
        General Partners for each quarter of the Partnership's existence;

             FIFTH, 85% to the Unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the
        General Partners, until there has been allocated under this
        paragraph FIFTH an amount per Unit equal to (a) the sum of the
        excess of the Second Target Distribution per Unit over the First
        Target Distribution per Unit for each quarter of the
        Partnership's existence, less (b) the cumulative amount per Unit
        of any distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus in
        excess of the First Target Distribution per Unit that were
        distributed 85% to the Unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the
        General Partners for each quarter of the Partnership's existence;

             SIXTH, 75% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the
        General Partners, until there has been allocated under this
        paragraph SIXTH an amount per Unit equal to (a) the sum of the
        excess of the Third Target Distribution per Unit over the Second
        Target Distribution per Unit for each quarter of the
        Partnership's existence, less (b) the cumulative amount per Unit
        of any distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus in
        excess of the Second Target Distribution per Unit that were
        distributed 75% to the Unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the
        General Partners for each quarter of the Partnership's existence;
        and

             THEREAFTER, 50% to all Unitholders, pro rata, and 50% to the
        General Partners.

        If the liquidation occurs after the Subordination Period, the
   distinction between Common Units and Subordinated Units will



                                   - 71 -
<PAGE>

   disappear, so that clauses (ii) and (iii) of paragraph SECOND above
   and all of paragraph THIRD above will no longer be applicable. 

        Upon liquidation of the Partnership, any loss will generally be
   allocated to the General Partners and the Unitholders as follows:

             FIRST, 98% to holders of Subordinated Units in proportion to
        the positive balances in their respective capital accounts and 2%
        to the General Partners, until the capital accounts of the
        holders of the Subordinated Units have been reduced to zero;

             SECOND, 98% to the holders of Common Units in proportion to
        the positive balances in their respective capital accounts and 2%
        to the General Partners, until the capital accounts of the Common
        Unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

             THEREAFTER, 100% to the General Partners.

        If the liquidation occurs after the Subordination Period, the
   distinction between Common Units and Subordinated Units will
   disappear, so that all of paragraph FIRST above will no longer be
   applicable. 

        Any allocation made to the General Partners herein shall be made
   to the General Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective
   general partner interests. In addition, interim adjustments to capital
   accounts will be made at the time the Partnership issues additional
   interests in the Partnership or makes distributions of property. Such
   adjustments will be based on the fair market value of the interests or
   the property distributed and any gain or loss resulting therefrom will
   be allocated to the Unitholders and the General Partners in the same
   manner as gain or loss is allocated upon liquidation. In the event
   that positive interim adjustments are made to the capital accounts,
   any subsequent negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting
   from the issuance of additional interests in the Partnership,
   distributions of property by the Partnership, or upon liquidation of
   the Partnership, will be allocated in a manner which results, to the
   extent possible, in the capital account balances of the General
   Partners equaling the amount which would have been the General
   Partners' capital account balances if no prior positive adjustments to
   the capital accounts had been made.

                       CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION
   
        The amount of Available Cash from Operating Surplus needed to
   distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for four quarters on the
   Common Units and Subordinated Units outstanding as of the date of the
   Prospectus and on the aggregate 2% general partner interest of the
   General Partners is approximately 37.7 million ($22.7 million for the
   Common Units, $14.3 million for the Subordinated Units and $754,000



                                   - 72 -
<PAGE>

   for the aggregate 2% general partner interest of the General
   Partners). The amount of pro forma Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus generated during fiscal 1997 was approximately $22.3 million
   (including approximately $2.9 million of Available Cash from Operting
   Surplus of businesses acquired in May and June, 1997). Such amount
   would have been insufficient by approximately $1.2 million to cover
   the full Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such fiscal year on all of
   the Common Units currently outstanding and the related distribution on
   the general partner interests, and would have been insufficient by
   approximately $15.4 million to cover the Minimum Quarterly
   Distribution on all Subordinated Units currently outstanding and the
   related distribution on the general partner interests.  See "Risk
   Factors--Risks Inherent in an Investment in the Partnership--
   Partnership Profitability Will Depend on Successful Integration of the
   Combined Operations" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations." 
    
   Pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus was calculated as
   follows: 

                        PRO FORMA AVAILABLE CASH FROM OPERATING SURPLUS
                                        (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                                         Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                                                           June 30, 1997
                                                                                                         -----------------
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
      Pro forma operating income(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            $25,968
      Add:    Pro forma depreciation and amortization   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             15,073
                                                                                                                --------

      Pro forma EBITDA(a)(b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             41,041
      Less:   Pro forma interest expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             18,215
              Pro forma capital expenditures -- maintenance(c)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              3,500
                                                                                                                --------
      Pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus before acquisitions (a)(d)  . . . . . . . . . .             19,326
      Available Cash from Operating Susrplus of businesses acquired in May and June, 1997(e). . .                  2,951
                                                                                                                --------
                                                                                                                 $22,277
      Pro Forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus (a)(d)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           ========
</TABLE>
     ________

   (a)  The pro forma amounts of operating income, EBITDA and Available
        Cash from Operating Surplus do not reflect (i) savings of certain
        non-recurring expenses incurred by Empire Energy, (ii) propane
        acquisition and logistics costs savings and (iii) insurance
        savings that the Partnership believes are achievable as a result
        of the Transactions.




                                   - 73 -
<PAGE>

   (b)  EBITDA consists of net income before depreciation, amortization,
        interest and income taxes.  EBITDA should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating
        performance) or as an alternative to cash flow, and it is not a
        measure of performance or financial condition under generally
        accepted accounting principles, but it provides additional
        information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
        distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and to service and
        incur indebtedness.  Cash flows in accordance with generally
        accepted accounting principles consist of cash flows from
        operating, investing and financing activities; cash flows from
        operating activities reflect net income (including charges for
        interest and income taxes, which are not reflected in EBITDA),
        adjusted for noncash charges or income (which are reflected in
        EBITDA) and changes in operating assets and liabilities (which
        are not reflected in EBITDA).  Further, cash flows from investing
        and financing activities are not included in EBITDA.Based upon
        historical maintenance capital expenditures for the Combined
        Operations for fiscal 1996. 

   (c)  Based upon estimated maintenance capital expenditures for fiscal
        1998.
    
   (d)  Available Cash from Operating Surplus generated during a
        specified period refers generally to (i) all cash receipts of the
        Partnership from its operations generated during such period,
        less (ii) all Partnership operating expenses, debt service
        payments (including any increases in reserves therefor but not
        including amounts paid from any reduction in reserves, or
        payments required in connection with the sale of assets, or any
        refinancing with the proceeds of new indebtedness or an equity
        offering) and maintenance capital expenditures, in each case
        during such period. For a complete definition of Operating
        Surplus, see the Glossary. 
   
   (e)  Reflects Available Cash from Operating Surplus of businesses
        acquired in May and June, 1997 as if they had been acquired July
        1, 1996.


        The amount of pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus for
   fiscal 1997 set forth above was derived from the Selected Pro Forma
   Financial and Operating Data of the Partnership. The pro forma
   adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain
   estimates and assumptions.  The Selected Pro Forma Financial and
   Operating Data do not purport to present the results of operations of
   the Partnership had the Transactions actually been completed as of the
   dates indicated. Furthermore, the Selected Pro Forma Financial and
   Operating Data are based on accrual accounting concepts while
   Operating Surplus is defined in the Partnership Agreement on a cash



                                   - 74 -
<PAGE>

   accounting basis. As a consequence, the amount of pro forma Available
   Cash from Operating Surplus shown above should only be viewed as a
   general indication of the amount of Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus that might in fact have been generated by the Partnership had
   it been formed in earlier periods. 
    















































                                   - 75 -
<PAGE>

              SELECTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA 
   
        The following Summary Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data
   reflect the consolidated historical operating results of the companies
   that comprised the Combined Operations, as adjusted for the
   Transactions (through December 16, 1996), and the actual consolidated
   operating results of the Partnership (after December 16, 1996) are
   unaudited. The pro forma information set forth below has been prepared
   by combining the historical results of operations of Synergy for the
   five and one-half months ended December 16, 1996; Coast for the four
   and one-half months ended December 16, 1996; Empire Energy for the
   five and one-half months ended December 16, 1996; and the Partnership
   for the six and one-half months ended March  31, 1997. The Partnership
   believes that it is reasonable to combine the results of operations of
   companies having different fiscal years because each of the fiscal
   years being combined includes the same winter heating seasons in which
   the majority of the Selected Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data
   Partnership's revenue and cash flow was generated. The following
   information should not be deemed indicative of future operating
   results of the Partnership.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                PREDECESSORS
                                            --------------------------------------------------

                               CORNERSTONE                                         ACQUISITION/
                                 PROPANE      SYNERGY                              DISPOSITION
                              PARTNERS, L.P. (JULY 1, EMPIRE ENERGY  COAST (AUG.   ADJUSTMENTS                  Partnership
                              (DECEMBER 17,   1996 TO  (JULY 1, 1996  1, 1996 TO  (JULY 1, 1996                  Pro Forma
                               1996 TO JUNE  DEC. 16,   TO DEC. 16,    DEC. 16,  TO DECEMBER 16,   Pro-forma    Year Ended
                                30, 1997)      1996)       1996)        1996)       1996) (A)     Adjustments  June 30, 1997
                                 --------      -----       -----        -----       ----------    -----------  -------------

     STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
     DATA:
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>       <C>              <C>
     Operating revenue           $389,630     $44,066      $43,201     $185,460        $1,840    $               $ 664,197

     Cost of product sold         315,324      23,322       23,310      173,155         1,339     (1,558) (b)      534,892
                                  -------    --------      --------     --------      --------  --------    

     Gross profit                  74,306      20,744       19,891       12,305           501      1,558           129,305

     Operating expenses            50,023      15,071       13,394       10,579           360     (1,163) (c)       88,264
     Depreciation and               8,519       1,904        2,930        1,604            71         45  (d)       15,073
     amortization                --------    --------      --------     --------       -------   -------          --------

     Operating income              15,764       3,769        3,567          122            70     2,676             25,968






                                   - 76 -
<PAGE>

     Interest expense               9,944       3,311        3,621        2,238              86     (985) (e)       18,215
                                 --------    --------      --------     --------      --------    --------        --------

     Net income (loss)
     before income taxes            5,820         458          (54)      (2,116)            (16)   3,661             7,753

     Income taxes (benefit)            64         298           32         (748)              7      456 (f)           109
                                 --------    --------      --------    --------        --------   ------          --------
     Net income (loss)             $5,756        $160         $(86)     $(1,368)           $(23)  $3,205            $7,644
                                 ========    ========      ========     ========        ========  ======          ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PARTNERSHIP PRO FORMA YEAR ENDED
                                                                                         JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                --------------------------------
                 BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS OF JUNE 30, 1997):                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER UNIT
                                                                                             DATA)
<S>              <C>                                                                        <C>
                   Current assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  $  70,261
                   Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    540,993
                   Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     60,742
                   Long-term debt (including current maturities) . . . . .                    237,268
                   Partners capital -- General Partners  . . . . . . . . .                      4,972
                   Partners' capital -- Limited Partners . . . . . . . . .                    238,957

                 OPERATING DATA:
                   Capital expenditures (g)                                                 $  15,977
                   EBITDA (h)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  $  41,041
                   Net income per Unit (i) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  $     .46
                   Retail propane gallons sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    213,700
</TABLE>
    _______________

   (a)  Reflects the results of Myers Propane Gas Company, a subsidiary
        of NPS, and pro forma five and one-half month results of propane
        operations acquired by Northwestern Growth subsequent to July 1,
        1996, all of which were contributed to the Operating Partnership
        as part of the Transactions.

   (b)  Reflects elimination of last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventory
        adjustment as of December 16, 1996, because historically higher
        inventory levels as of June 30 fiscal year end would not require
        depletion of LIFO layers.

   (c)  Reflects the elimination of certain general and administrative
        expenses relating to corporate overhead consolidation, the
        elimination of bank and consulting fees and the estimated
        incremental general and administrative costs associated with the
        Partnership.

   (d)  Reflects the additional depreciation and amortization expense due
        to the increase in property and intangibles that result from



                                   - 77 -
<PAGE>

        applying the purchase method of accounting to the Empire Energy
        and Coast acquisitions.

   (e)  Reflects lower interest rates applicable to the Partnership debt.

   (f)  Reflects the elimination of income tax provision (benefit),
        because income taxes are not borne by the Partnership (except for
        income taxes applicable to operations conducted by the
        Partnership's corporate subsidiary).

   (g)  The Partnership's capital expenditures fall generally into three
        categories: (i) growth capital expenditures, which include
        expenditures for the purchase of new propane tanks and other
        equipment to facilitate expansion of the Partnership's retail
        customer base, (ii) maintenance capital expenditures, which
        include expenditures for repairs that extend the life of the
        assets and replacement of property, plant and equipment, and
        (iii) acquisition capital expenditures. 

   (h)  EBITDA consists of net income before depreciation, amortization,
        interest and income taxes.  EBITDA should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating
        performance) or as an alternative to cash flow, and it is not a
        measure of performance or financial condition under generally
        accepted accounting principles, but it provides additional
        information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
        distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and to service and
        incur indebtedness.  Cash flows in accordance with generally
        accepted accounting principles consist of cash flows from
        operating, investing and financing activities; cash flows from
        operating activities reflect net income (including charges for
        interest and income taxes, which are not reflected in EBITDA),
        adjusted for noncash charges or income (which are reflected in
        EBITDA) and changes in operating assets and liabilities (which
        are not reflected in EBITDA).  Further, cash flows from investing
        and financing activities are not included in EBITDA.

   (i)  Net income per Unit is computed by dividing the limited partners'
        interest in net income by the weighted average number of Units
        outstanding.













                                   - 78 -
<PAGE>

              SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

   THE PARTNERSHIP

        The following table presents selected consolidated operating and
   balance sheet data of the Partnership as of June 30, 1997, and for the
   period from inception (December 17, 1996) to June 30, 1997.  The
   financial data of the Partnership as of June 30, 1997, and for the
   period from inception (December 17, 1996) to June 30, 1997, were
   derived from the Partnership's audited consolidated financial
   statements.  The financial data set forth below should be read in
   conjunction with the Partnership's consolidated financial statements,
   together with the notes thereto, and the "Management's Discussion and
   Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- The
   Partnership" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                                    PARTNERSHIP
                                                --------------------
                                               PERIOD FROM INCEPTION
                                                (DECEMBER 17, 1996)
                                                  TO JUNE 30, 1997
                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT 
                                                   PER UNIT DATA)

    STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Operating revenue . . . . . . . . . . . .              $ 389,630
    Cost of product sold  . . . . . . . . . .                315,324
                                                            --------
    Gross profit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 74,306
    Operating expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .                 50,023
    Depreciation and amortization . . . . . .                  8,519
                                                            --------

    Operating income  . . . . . . . . . . . .                 15,764

    Interest expense  . . . . . . . . . . . .                  9,944
                                                            --------

    Net income before income taxes  . . . . .                  5,820

    Income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     64
                                                            --------

    Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              $   5,756
                                                            ========

    BALANCE SHEET DATA (AS OF JUNE 30, 1997):
    Current assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . .              $  70,261
    Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                540,993
    Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . .                 60,742
    Long-term debt (including current                        237,268
    maturities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
    Partners' capital . . . . . . . . . . . .                243,929

                                     - 79 -
<PAGE>


    OPERATING DATA:
    Capital expenditures (a)  . . . . . . . .              $   4,227
    Cash from sale of assets  . . . . . . . .              $     473
    EBITDA (b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              $  24,283
    Net income per unit (c) . . . . . . . . .              $     .34
    Retail propane gallons sold . . . . . . .                213,700

   (a)  The Partnership's capital expenditures fall generally into three
        categories: (i) growth capital expenditures, which include
        expenditures for the purchase of new propane tanks and other
        equipment to facilitate expansion of the Partnership's retail
        customer base, (ii) maintenance capital expenditures, which
        include expenditures for repairs that extend the life of the
        assets and replacement of property, plant and equipment, and
        (iii) acquisition capital expenditures. 

   (b)  EBITDA consists of net income before depreciation, amortization,
        interest and income taxes.  EBITDA should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating
        performance) or as an alternative to cash flow, and it is not a
        measure of performance or financial condition under generally
        accepted accounting principles, but it provides additional
        information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
        distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and to service and
        incur indebtedness.  Cash flows in accordance with generally
        accepted accounting principles consist of cash flows from
        operating, investing and financing activities; cash flows from
        operating activities reflect net income (including charges for
        interest and income taxes, which are not reflected in EBITDA),
        adjusted for noncash charges or income (which are reflected in
        EBITDA) and changes in operating assets and liabilities (which
        are not reflected in EBITDA).  Further, cash flows from investing
        and financing activities are not included in EBITDA.

   (c)  Net income per Unit is computed by dividing the limited partners'
        interest in net income by the weighted average number of Units
        outstanding.
    















                                     - 80 -
<PAGE>

   SYNERGY
   
        The financial information below as of June 30, 1996 and December
   16, 1996, and for the ten and one-half month period ended June 30,
   1996 and the five and one-half month period ended December 16, 1996,
   is derived from the audited financial statements of Synergy. On
   August 15, 1995, Synergy Group Incorporated ("SGI"), the predecessor
   of Synergy, was acquired by Synergy in the Synergy Acquisition. The
   five and one-half months ended December 16, 1996 covers the period
   from the date of the Synergy Acquisition to December 16, 1996. The
   financial information below as of March 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 is
   derived from the audited financial statements of SGI. The
   comparability of financial matters is affected by the change in
   ownership of SGI and the concurrent sale of approximately 25% of the
   operations acquired in the Synergy Acquisition to Empire Energy (the
   "Empire Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets"). The Statement of
   Operations Data and the Operating Data for the 4-1/2 months ended
   August 14, 1995 represent information for the period from the end of
   the last fiscal year of SGI until the date of the Synergy Acquisition,
   and are presented only to reflect operations of Synergy for a complete
   five-year period. The retail propane gallons sold for all periods
   presented is derived from the accounting records of Synergy and SGI
   and is unaudited. The Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data
   below should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of
   Synergy and SGI and with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Synergy" included
   elsewhere in this Prospectus. 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED             |             Synergy
                                    ---------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------
                                                                                4-1/2    |    10-1/2
                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,           MONTHS    |    MONTHS      5-1/2 MONTHS
                                    --------------------------------------      ENDED    |    ENDED           ENDED
                                                                             AUGUST 14,  |   JUNE 30,       DEC. 16,
                                       1993         1994        1995            1995     |     1996           1996
                                     --------      ------      ------        ----------  |   --------     ------------
                                                                                         |
                                                                            (UNAUDITED)  |
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)                    |
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>             <C>       |   <C>           <C>
     STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS  DATA:                                                      | 
     Operating revenue . . . . . .     $132,855     $133,731   $123,562        $32,179   |   $96,062      $  44,066
     Cost of product sold  . . . .       66,891       63,498     59,909         15,387   |    46,187         23,322
     Gross profit  . . . . . . . .       65,964       70,233     63,653         16,792   |    49,875         20,744
     Depreciation and amortization        5,381        5,170      5,100          1,845   |     3,329          1,904
     Operating income (loss) . . .         (809)       3,609     (2,291)        (6,600)  |    14,520          3,769
     Interest expense  . . . . . .       13,342       13,126     11,086          3,223   |     5,584          3,311
     Provision (benefit) for                                                             |
     income taxes  . . . . . . . .          351         (400)       (84)            31   |     3,675            298
     Net income (loss) . . . . . .      (15,274)     (11,615)   (13,417)        (9,813)  |     5,261            160

                                     - 81 -
<PAGE>
                                                                                         |
     BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):                                                 |
     Current assets  . . . . . . .     $ 30,903)    $ 31,149   $ 27,542        $ 21,501  |  $ 59,027      $  21,271
     Total assets  . . . . . . . .      112,153      111,914    103,830          96,500  |   166,762        174,140
     Total debt  . . . . . . . . .      123,168      122,626     92,717          89,541  |    79,524         84,585
     Redeemable preferred stock  .           --           --         --              --  |    55,312         55,312
     Stockholders' deficit . . . .      (43,808)     (55,424)   (15,762)        (25,576) |    (1,899)        (5,617)
                                                                                         |
     OPERATING DATA:                                                                     |
     EBITDA (a)  . . . . . . . . .       $4,572       $8,779     $2,809         $(4,815) |   $17,849        $ 5,673
     Capital expenditures (b)  . .       $2,504       $3,141     $3,737          $  596  |   $ 8,708        $ 3,751
     Retail propane gallons sold .      137,316      137,937    126,205          27,282  |    92,621         39,468
     _________

   (a)  EBITDA consists of net income before depreciation, amortization,
        interest and income taxes.  EBITDA should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating
        performance) or as an alternative to cash flow, and it is not a
        measure of performance or financial condition under generally
        accepted accounting principles, but it provides additional
        information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
        distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and to service and
        incur indebtedness.  Cash flows in accordance with generally
        accepted accounting principles consist of cash flows from
        operating, investing and financing activities; cash flows from
        operating activities reflect net income (including charges for
        interest and income taxes, which are not reflected in EBITDA),
        adjusted for noncash charges or income (which are reflected in
        EBITDA) and changes in operating assets and liabilities (which
        are not reflected in EBITDA).  Further, cash flows from investing
        and financing activities are not included in EBITDA.

   (b)  Capital expenditures fall generally into three categories:
        (i) growth capital expenditures, which include expenditures for
        the purchase of new propane tanks and other equipment to
        facilitate expansion of the retail customer base,
        (ii) maintenance capital expenditures, which include expenditures
        for repair and replacement of property, plant and equipment, and
        (iii) acquisition capital expenditures.

    











                                     - 82 -
<PAGE>

   Empire Energy
   
        The financial information below as of June 30, 1994, 1995 and
   1996 and December 16, 1996, and for the years ended June 30, 1994,
   1995 and 1996 and the five and one-half month period ended December
   16, 1996, is derived from the audited financial statements of Empire
   Energy. Empire Energy was formed in June 1994 as a result of a
   tax-free split-off (the "Split-Off") from Empire Gas Corporation.
   These financial statements give effect to the Split-Off as if it
   occurred on July 1, 1992. As discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus,
   on August 15, 1995, Empire Energy acquired from Synergy approximately
   25% of the operations of SGI. On August 1, 1996, the principal
   founding shareholder of Empire Energy and certain other shareholders
   sold their interests in Empire Energy to certain members of management
   (the "Management Buy-Out").  On October 7, 1996, Northwestern Growth
   purchased 100% of the Empire Energy common stock.   The results of
   operations and other data for the five and one-half months ended
   December 16, 1996 are stated on a pro forma basis to combine the one
   month ended prior to the Management Buy-Out, the two months ended
   prior to the Northwestern Growth acquisition and the two and one-half
   months beginning with the Northwestern Growth acquisition.  The retail
   propane gallons sold for all periods presented is derived from the
   accounting records of Empire Energy and is unaudited. The Selected
   Historical Financial and Operating Data below should be read in
   conjunction with the financial statements of Empire Energy and with
   "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
   Results of Operations -- Empire Energy" included elsewhere in this
   Prospectus. 


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Empire Energy
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            5-1/2 Months
                                                         Fiscal Year Ended June 30
                                                                                                                Ended
                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              Dec. 16,
                                         1993             1994             1995              1996               1996
                                    ---------------   ------------   ---------------    --------------    ----------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>
      Statement of Operations
      Data:                                                                    (in thousands)
        Revenues  . . . . . . . .        $61,057        $60,216            $56,689           $98,821             $43,201
        Cost of product sold  . .         29,157         28,029             26,848            50,080              23,310
        Gross profit(a) . . . . .         31,900         32,187             29,841            48,741              19,891
        Depreciation and amortization      4,257          4,652              4,322             5,875               2,929
        Operating income  . . . .          8,097          6,015              1,084             9,846               3,567
        Interest expense  . . . .            366            118                 39             2,598               3,621
        Provision for income taxes         2,900          2,400                600             3,550                  32
        Net income (loss) . . . .          4,726          3,497                445             3,698                 (86)




                                     - 83 -
<PAGE>


      BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
        Current assets  . . . . .         $8,751         $9,292             $9,615           $16,046             $27,491
        Total assets  . . . . . .         58,584         64,734             69,075           107,102             183,046
        Current liabilities . . .          3,620          2,697              4,277            12,126              11,210
        Long-term debt  . . . . .          2,258            135              1,701            25,442             111,853
        Stockholders' equity  . .         42,614         46,111             46,535            50,233              15,922

      OPERATING DATA:
        EBITDA (a)  . . . . . . .        $12,354        $10,667             $5,406           $15,721         $     6,496
        Capital expenditures (b)  
                                        $  2,446       $  4,058             $8,365           $39,164         $     2,823
        Retail propane gallons sold       66,456         67,286             62,630           104,036              40,847
</TABLE>
     _________

   (a)  EBITDA consists of net income before depreciation, amortization,
        interest and income taxes.  EBITDA should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating
        performance) or as an alternative to cash flow, and it is not a
        measure of performance or financial condition under generally
        accepted accounting principles, but it provides additional
        information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
        distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and to service and
        incur indebtedness.  Cash flows in accordance with generally
        accepted accounting principles consist of cash flows from
        operating, investing and financing activities; cash flows from
        operating activities reflect net income (including charges for
        interest and income taxes, which are not reflected in EBITDA),
        adjusted for noncash charges or income (which are reflected in
        EBITDA) and changes in operating assets and liabilities (which
        are not reflected in EBITDA).  Further, cash flows from investing
        and financing activities are not included in EBITDA.

   (b)  Capital expenditures fall generally into three categories:
        (i) growth capital expenditures, which include expenditures for
        the purchase of new propane tanks and other equipment to
        facilitate expansion of the retail customer base,
        (ii) maintenance capital expenditures, which include expenditures
        for repair and replacement of property, plant and equipment, and
        (iii) acquisition capital expenditures.
    
   COAST
   
        The financial information below as of July 31, 1994, 1995 and
   1996 and as of December 16, 1996 and for the years ended July 31,
   1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the four and one-half months ended
   December 16, 1996 is derived from the audited financial statements of
   Coast. The financial information as of July 31, 1993 and for the year
   ended July 31, 1993 is derived from the accounting records of Coast



                                     - 84 -
<PAGE>

   and is unaudited.   The Selected Historical Financial and Operating
   Data below should be read in conjunction with the financial statements
   of Coast and with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations -- Coast" included elsewhere in
   this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     COAST
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           4-1/2  MONTHS
                                                                                                ENDED
                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,                 DEC. 16,
                                        ------------------------------------------------   -------------
                                            1993          1994          1995        1996         1996
                                        -----------   ------------  ------------  --------  -------------
                                        (UNAUDITED)              (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>             <C>
   STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenues  . . . . . . . . . . . .     $229,860      $242,986      $266,842  $384,354        $185,460
     Cost of product sold  . . . . . .      203,975       214,632       234,538   351,213         173,155 
     Gross profit  . . . . . . . . . .       25,885        28,354        32,304    33,141          12,305 
     Depreciation and amortization . .        3,184         3,282         3,785     4,216           1,604 
     Operating income  . . . . . . . .        3,399         3,843         4,535     4,044             122 
     Interest expense  . . . . . . . .        4,017         4,029         5,120     5,470           2,238 
     Benefit for income taxes  . . . .         (123)          (28)         (202)     (473)          (748) 
     Net loss (a)  . . . . . . . . . .         (495)         (158)         (889)     (953)        (1,368) 

   BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
     Current assets  . . . . . . . . .    $  21,962     $  29,150     $  33,676  $ 35,297       $  49,392 
     Total assets  . . . . . . . . . .       82,626       93,559        101,545   106,179         119,066 
     Current liabilities . . . . . . .       23,182        31,178        27,605    37,849          48,254 
     Long-term debt  . . . . . . . . .       29,241        31,080        46,021    41,801          46,245 
     Mandatorily redeemable securities        8,325         8,874         7,781     8,559           8,675 
     Stockholders' equity  . . . . . .        8,368         7,661         7,853     6,098           4,614 

   OPERATING DTAA (UNAUDITED):
     EBITDA (b)  . . . . . . . . . . .    $   6,583     $   7,125     $   8,320  $  8,260      $    1,726
     Capital expenditures (c)  . . . .    $   6,114     $   4,451     $   5,581  $  6,060      $    1,503 
     Retail propane gallons sold . . .       27,385        30,918        36,569    34,888          13,380 
     _________

   (a)  Included in the net loss for the year ended July 31, 1995 is an
        extraordinary charge to income of $506,000 for the early
        retirement of debt, net of the income tax benefit. 





                                     - 85 -
<PAGE>

   (b)  EBITDA consists of net income before depreciation, amortization,
        interest and income taxes.  EBITDA should not be considered as an
        alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating
        performance) or as an alternative to cash flow, and it is not a
        measure of performance or financial condition under generally
        accepted accounting principles, but it provides additional
        information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
        distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and to service and
        incur indebtedness.  Cash flows in accordance with generally
        accepted accounting principles consist of cash flows from
        operating, investing and financing activities; cash flows from
        operating activities reflect net income (including charges for
        interest and income taxes, which are not reflected in EBITDA),
        adjusted for noncash charges or income (which are reflected in
        EBITDA) and changes in operating assets and liabilities (which
        are not reflected in EBITDA).  Further, cash flows from investing
        and financing activities are not included in EBITDA.

   (c)  Capital expenditures fall generally into three categories:
        (i) growth capital expenditures, which include expenditures for
        the purchase of new propane tanks and other equipment to
        facilitate expansion of the retail customer base,
        (ii) maintenance capital expenditures, which include expenditures
        for repair and replacement of property, plant and equipment, and
        (iii) acquisition capital expenditures. 

    


























                                     - 86 -
<PAGE>

       MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
                            RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
   
        THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE HISTORICAL FINANCIAL CONDITION
   AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE PARTNERSHIP AND ITS PRINCIPAL
   PREDECESSOR ENTITIES, SYNERGY, EMPIRE ENERGY AND COAST, SHOULD BE READ
   IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SELECTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OPERATING
   DATA AND NOTES THERETO, THE SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND
   OPERATING DATA AND NOTES THERETO AND THE HISTORICAL FINANCIAL
   STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
    
   GENERAL
   
        The Partnership is a Delaware limited partnership formed to own
   and operate the propane business and assets of Synergy, Empire Energy
   and Coast. The Partnership believes that it is the fifth largest
   retail marketer of propane in the United States, serving more than
   360,000 residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural customers
   from 296 customer service centers in 26 states. On a combined basis,
   the Partnership's retail propane sales volume was approximately 230
   million, 235 million and 214 million gallons during fiscal  1995, 1996
   and 1997, respectively.  On a combined basis in fiscal 1996 and 1997,
   the Partnership also sold approximately 328 and 330 million gallons of
   natural gas liquids to wholesale customers. 

        Because a substantial portion of the Partnership's propane is
   used in the weather-sensitive residential markets, the temperatures
   realized in the Partnership's areas of operations, particularly during
   the six-month peak heating season, have a significant effect on the
   financial performance of the Partnership. In any given area,
   warmer-than-normal temperatures will tend to result in reduced propane
   use, while sustained colder-than-normal temperatures will tend to
   result in greater propane use. Therefore, information on normal
   temperatures is used by the Partnership in understanding how
   historical results of operations are affected by temperatures that are
   colder or warmer than normal and in preparing forecasts of future
   operations, which are based on the assumption that normal weather will
   prevail in each of the Partnership's regions. 

        Gross profit margins are not only affected by weather patterns
   but also by changes in customer mix. For example, sales to residential
   customers ordinarily generate higher margins than sales to other
   customer groups, such as commercial or agricultural customers. In
   addition, gross profit margins vary by geographic region. Accordingly,









                                     - 87 -
<PAGE>

   profit margins could vary significantly from year to year in a period
   of identical sales volumes. 
    
   THE PARTNERSHIP

        ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
   
        The following discussion compares the results of operations and
   other data of the Partnership for the pro forma year ended June 30,
   1997, to the pro forma year ended June 30, 1996.  Note all information
   has been prepared on a pro forma basis assuming that the Partnership
   had been in existence at the beginning of the periods presented.  All
   references to periods prior to December 17, 1996 (the date the
   Partnership commenced operations) refer to pro forma amounts
   determined by combining the financial information of the predecessor
   companies.

    PRO FORMA FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
    THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS (UNAUDITED)                  1997      1996
    -------------------------------------             ----      ----

    Operating revenue                               $664,197  $595,790
    Cost of product sold                             534,892   455,984
                                                    --------  --------

    Gross profit                                     129,305   139,806

    Operating, general and administrative expenses    88,264    92,771
    Depreciation and amortization                     15,073    14,500
                                                    --------  --------
    Operating income                                  25,968    32,535

    Interest expense, net                             18,215    17,865
    Provision for income taxes                           109       100
                                                    --------  --------

    Net income                                       $ 7,644  $ 14,570
                                                    ========  ========

        During the year ended June 30, 1997, the Partnership sold 213.7
   million retail propane gallons, a decrease of 21.3 million gallons or
   9.1% from the 235.0 million retail propane gallons sold during the
   year ended June 30, 1996.  The decrease in retail volume was primarily
   attributable to the decline in volume of sales in the three months
   ended March 31, 1997, compared to the three months ended March 31,
   1996.  The decline in retail volume was primarily attributed to
   national temperatures that averaged 14% warmer than last year and 13%
   warmer in the markets served by the Partnership.  Wholesale sales
   volumes were 330.1 million gallons and 328.3 million gallons for the
   years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.



                                    - 88 -
<PAGE>

        Revenues increased by $68.4 million or 11.5% to $664.2 million
   for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $595.8 million for
   the year ended June 30, 1996.  This increase was attributable to an
   increase in wholesale revenues of $84.5 million or 26.7% to $400.7
   million for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $316.2
   million for the year ended June 30, 1996, due primarily to higher
   product costs and sales prices.  Revenues for the retail business
   declined by $16.1 million or 5.8% to $263.5 million for the year ended
   June 30, 1997, as compared to $279.6 million for the year ended June
   30, 1996.  This decrease was due to the decline in retail sales volume
   described above.

        Cost of product sold increased by $78.9 million, or 17.3% to
   $534.9 million for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $456.0
   million for the year ended June 30, 1996.  The increase in cost of
   product sold was primarily due to the higher product costs described
   above.  As a percentage of revenues, cost of product sold increased to
   80.5% for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to 76.5% for the
   year ended June 30, 1996.

        Gross profit decreased $10.5 million or 7.5% to $129.3 million
   for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $139.8 million for
   the year ended June 30, 1996, primarily due to the reduction in retail
   sales volume and higher product costs as discussed above.

        Operating, general and administrative expense decreased by $4.5
   million or 4.8% to $88.3 million for the year ended June 30, 1997, as
   compared to $92.8 million for the year ended June 30, 1996.  This
   decrease was primarily attributable to reductions in salaries and
   insurance expense resulting principally from efficiencies in
   operations. As a percentage of revenues, operating, general and
   administrative expenses decreased to 13.3% for the year ended June 30,
   1997, as compared to 15.6% for the year ended June 30, 1996. 
   Depreciation and amortization increased $.6 million or 4.1% to $15.1
   million for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $14.5 million
   for the year ended June 30, 1996.  This increase was primarily due to
   the revaluation of assets in purchase accounting resulting from the
   purchase of Empire Energy and Coast and to the amortization of
   goodwill.

        Operating income decreased $6.5 million, or 20.0% to $26.0
   million for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $32.5 million
   for the year ended June 30, 1996.  This decrease was primarily the
   result of the decreased gross profit described above, offset by the
   reduced operating, general and administrative expenses also described
   above.

        Interest expense increased $.3 million or 1.7% to $18.2 million
   for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $17.9 million for the
   year ended June 30, 1996.  This increase is due to slightly larger



                                    - 89 -
<PAGE>

   borrowings in the current period compared to the same period in the
   prior year.

        Net income decreased $7.0 million or 47.9% to $7.6 million for
   the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $14.6 million for the
   year ended June 30, 1996.  This decrease reflects the decreased
   operating income discussed above.  Total EBITDA decreased by $6.0
   million or 12.8% to $41.0 million for the year ended June 30, 1997, as
   compared to $47.0 million for the year ended June 30, 1996.  The
   decrease in EBITDA reflects the decreased operating income discussed
   above.  As a percentage of revenues, total EBITDA decreased to 6.2%
   for the year ended June 30, 1997, as compared to 7.9% for the year
   ended June 30, 1996.  EBITDA should not be considered as an
   alternative to net income (as an indication of operating performance)
   or as an alternative to cash flow (as a measure of liquidity or
   ability to service debt obligations) but provides additional
   information to evaluate the Partnership's ability to distribute the
   Minimum Quarterly Distribution.
    
   LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
        CASH FLOWS.  Cash provided by operating activities during the
   period from December 17, 1996 to June 30, 1997, was $11.2 million. 
   Cash flow from operations included net income of $5.8 million and
   noncash charges of $8.5 million for the period, comprised principally
   of depreciation and amortization expense.  The impact of working
   capital changes decreased cash flow by approximately $3.1 million.

        Cash used in investment activities for the period from December
   17, 1996 to June 30, 1997, totaled $3.8 million, which was principally
   used for acquisitions and purchases of property and equipment.  Cash
   used in financing activities was $18 million for the period from
   December 17, 1996, to June 30, 1997.  This amount reflects net
   repayments on the Working Capital Facility and the payment of
   partnership distributions.

        On December 17, 1996, the Partnership completed its initial
   public offering, proceeds from which amounted to $191.8 million. 
   Concurrently with the IPO, the Operating Partnership issued $220.0
   million of Senior Notes and borrowed $12.8 million on its Working
   Capital Facility.  Also on the IPO date, the Operating Partnership
   received cash of $22.4 million from the Predecessor Companies. 
   Proceeds from the IPO, Senior Notes and the Working Capital Facility
   were used to repay liabilities assumed by the Operating Partnership
   ($337.6 million), to make distributions to the Partnership's Special
   General Partner to redeem its preferred stock ($61.2 million), to
   provide net worth to the Special General Partner ($15.5 million) and
   to pay expenses of the partnership organization and formation ($13.7
   million).




                                    - 90 -
<PAGE>

        Concurrently with consummation of the IPO, the Partnership and
   the Operating Partnership issued the entire general partner interest
   and 6,597,619 Subordinated Units to the General partners in exchange
   for their contribution to the Operating Partnership of all of the
   assets of the Combined Operations, and the Operating Partnership
   assumed substantially all the liabilities of the Combined Operations. 
   The general partner interests and the Subordinated Units were valued
   at the approximate net book value of the assets contributed to the
   Operating Partnership, which did not exceed the fair market value of
   such assets, net of liabilities assumed.

        FINANCING AND SOURCES OF LIQUIDITY.  On December 17, 1996, the
   Operating Partnership issued $220.0 million of Senior Notes with a
   fixed annual interest rate of 7.53% pursuant to note purchase
   agreements with various investors (collectively, the "Note
   Agreement").  The Senior Notes mature on December 30, 2010, and
   require semi-annual interest payments commencing December 30, 1996. 
   The Note Agreement requires that the principal be paid in equal annual
   payments of $27.5 million starting December 30, 2003. Also on the same
   date, the Operating Partnership entered into a bank credit agreement
   consisting of a working capital facility (the "Working Capital
   Facility") and an acquisition facility (the "Acquisition Facility"). 
   The Working Capital Facility provides for revolving borrowings up to
   $50.0 million (including a $30.0 million sublimit for letters of
   credit through March 31, 1997, and $20.0 million thereafter), and
   matures on December 31, 1999.  The Bank Credit Agreement provides that
   there must be no amount outstanding under the Working Capital Facility
   (excluding letters of credit) in excess of $10.0 million for at least
   30 consecutive days during each fiscal year.  At June 30, 1997, $4.6
   million was outstanding under the Working Capital Facility.  Issued
   outstanding letters of credit totaled $7.6 million at June 30, 1997. 
   The Acquisition Facility provides the Operating Partnership with the
   ability to borrow up to $75.0 million to finance propane business
   acquisitions.  The Acquisition Facility operates as a revolving
   facility through December 31, 1999, at which time any loans then
   outstanding may be converted to term loans and will amortize quarterly
   for a period of four years thereafter.  No amounts were outstanding at
   June 30, 1997.  Loans under the Bank Credit Agreement bear interest at
   variable base or Eurodollar rates.  At June 30, 1997, the applicable
   base and Eurodollar rates were 8.625% and 5.938%, respectively.  In
   addition, an annual fee is payable quarterly by the Operating
   Partnership (whether or not borrowings occur) ranging from .125% to
   .325% depending upon the ratio referenced above.

        The Operating Partnership's obligations under the Note and Bank
   Credit Agreements are secured by a security interest in the Operating
   Partnership's inventory, accounts receivable and certain customer
   storage tanks.  The Note and Bank Credit Agreements contain various
   terms and covenants including financial ratio covenants with respect
   to debt and interest coverage and limitations, among others, on the



                                    - 91 -
<PAGE>

   ability of the Operating Partnership and its subsidiary to incur
   additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments and loans,
   enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially
   all assets and make asset sales.  Generally, so long as no default
   exists or would result, the Partnership is permitted to make
   distributions during each fiscal quarter in an amount not in excess of
   Available Cash with respect to the immediately preceding quarter.  The
   Operating Partnership was in compliance with all terms and covenants
   at June 30, 1997.

        INFLATION AND ECONOMIC TRENDS.  Although its operations are
   affected by general economic trends, the Partnership does not believe
   that inflation had had a material effect on the results of its
   operations during the past three years.
    
   SYNERGY
   
        The following discussion compares the results of operations and
   other data for Synergy for the ten and one-half month period ended
   June 30, 1996 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995. As discussed
   below, the comparability of financial matters for the periods is
   affected by the Synergy Acquisition and the concurrent Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets. 
    
   TEN AND ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR
   ENDED MARCH 31, 1995

        VOLUME.   During fiscal 1996, Synergy sold 92.6 million retail
   propane gallons, a decrease of 33.6 million gallons, or 26.6%, from
   the 126.2 million retail propane gallons sold during fiscal 1995. The
   decrease in volume was primarily attributable to the Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets, partially offset by the colder
   weather during fiscal 1996 in Synergy's marketing areas. The weather
   in Synergy's marketing areas was approximately 3.5% colder than normal
   for such areas during fiscal 1996, and was warmer than normal for such
   areas during fiscal 1995. 

        REVENUES.   Revenues declined by $27.5 million, or 22.2%, to
   $96.1 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $123.6 million for
   fiscal 1995. This decrease was attributable almost entirely to the
   reduced sales volume in fiscal 1996 as a result of the Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets, partially offset by the colder
   than normal weather during fiscal 1996. 

        COST OF SALES.   Cost of product sold decreased by $13.7 million,
   or 22.9%, to $46.2 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $59.9
   million for fiscal 1995. The decrease was attributable to the reduced
   sales volume in fiscal 1996 resulting from the Empire Acquisition of
   Certain Synergy Assets and was partially offset by the colder than
   normal weather during fiscal 1996. As a percentage of revenues, cost



                                    - 92 -
<PAGE>

   of product sold decreased slightly to 48.1% for fiscal 1996, as
   compared to 48.5% for fiscal 1995. 

        GROSS PROFIT.   Gross profit decreased by $13.8 million, or
   21.7%, to $49.9 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $63.7 million
   for fiscal 1995. This decrease was due primarily to the Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets. Gross profit per retail gallon
   (which includes non-propane related sales) increased by $.033 per
   gallon, or 6.5%, to $.538 per gallon for fiscal 1996, as compared to
   $.505 per gallon for fiscal 1995. 

        GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.   General and administrative
   expenses (which include salaries and commissions and related-party
   corporate administration and management fees) decreased by $28.8
   million, or 47.4%, to $32.0 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to
   $60.8 million for fiscal 1995, due to the Empire Acquisition of
   Certain Synergy Assets and the reduction of employee positions,
   corporate overhead and related party salaries and expenses. As a
   percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased
   to 33.3% for fiscal 1996, as compared to 49.2% for fiscal 1995. 

        DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.   Depreciation and amortization
   decreased by $1.8 million, or 35.3%, to $3.3 million for fiscal 1996,
   as compared to $5.1 million for fiscal 1995, due to the Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets, partially offset by an increase
   in depreciation and amortization due to the purchase accounting
   adjustment made in connection with the Synergy Acquisition. 

        OPERATING INCOME.   Operating income increased $16.8 million to
   $14.5 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to a loss of $2.3 million
   for fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily due to the significant
   reduction in general and administrative expenses, partially offset by
   the effect of the Empire Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets. As a
   percentage of revenues, operating income increased to 15.1% for fiscal
   1996, as compared to a loss for fiscal 1995. 

        INTEREST EXPENSE.   Interest expense decreased $5.5 million, or
   49.6%, to $5.6 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $11.1 million
   for fiscal 1995, primarily due to the recapitalization of Synergy in
   connection with the Synergy Acquisition. 

        NET INCOME.   Synergy had net income of $5.3 million for fiscal
   1996, as compared to a net loss of $13.4 million for fiscal 1995. The
   increase was primarily the result of the reduction in general and
   administrative expenses and interest expense, partially offset by the
   effect of the Empire Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets. 

        EBITDA.   EBITDA increased $15.0 million, or 537.7%, to $17.8
   million in fiscal 1996, as compared to $2.8 million for fiscal 1995.
   This increase was primarily due to the reduction in general and



                                    - 93 -
<PAGE>

   administrative expenses and colder than normal weather, and was
   partially offset by the effect of the Empire Acquisition of Certain
   Synergy Assets. As a percentage of revenues, EBITDA increased to 18.6%
   for fiscal 1996, as compared to 2.3% for fiscal 1995. EBITDA should
   not be considered as an alternative to net income (as an indicator of
   operating performance) or as an alternative to cash flow (as a measure
   of liquidity or ability to service debt obligations), but provides
   additional information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
   distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution. 
   
    
   EMPIRE ENERGY
   
        The following discussion compares the results of operations and
   other data for Empire Energy for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996
   to the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995.  As discussed below, the
   comparability of financial matters is affected by the Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets, the operations of which are
   included since the actual date of acquisition in August 1995. 
    
   FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
   1995

        VOLUME.  During fiscal 1996, Empire Energy sold 104.0 million
   retail propane gallons, an increase of 41.4 million gallons, or 66.1%,
   from the 62.6 million retail propane gallons sold during fiscal 1995.
   The increase in volume was primarily attributable to the Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets and was also attributable to
   colder weather during fiscal 1996 in Empire Energy's previously
   existing marketing areas. 

        REVENUES.  Revenues increased by $42.1 million, or 74.3%, to
   $98.8 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $56.7 million for fiscal
   1995. This increase was attributable almost entirely to the Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets and the colder weather in Empire
   Energy's marketing areas in fiscal 1996, both of which had the effect
   of increasing sales. 

        COST OF PRODUCT SOLD.  Cost of product sold increased by $23.3
   million, or 86.9%, to $50.1 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to
   $26.8 million for fiscal 1995. The increase was attributable to
   increased volumes sold as a result of the Empire Acquisition of
   Certain Synergy Assets and the colder weather. As a percentage of
   revenues, cost of products sold increased to 50.7% for fiscal 1996, as
   compared to 47.3% for fiscal 1995. 

        GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased by $18.9 million, or 63.3%,
   to $48.7 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $29.8 million for
   fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily due to the increase in sales
   volume resulting from the Empire Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets
   and colder than normal weather. Gross profit per retail gallon (which



                                    - 94 -
<PAGE>

   includes non-propane related sales) decreased by $.007, or 1.5%, to
   $.469 per gallon for fiscal 1996, as compared to $.476 per gallon for
   fiscal 1995. 

        GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  General and administrative
   expenses (which include provision for doubtful accounts) increased by
   $8.6 million, or 35.1%, to $33.0 million for fiscal 1996, as compared
   to $24.4 million in fiscal 1995, as a result of the Empire Acquisition
   of Certain Synergy Assets and the increase in volumes sold due to the
   colder weather. As a percentage of revenues, general and
   administrative expenses decreased to 33.4% for fiscal 1996, as
   compared to 43.1% for fiscal 1995. 

        DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization
   increased by $1.6 million, or 37.2%, to $5.9 million for fiscal 1996,
   as compared to $4.3 million for fiscal 1995, primarily due to the
   acquisition of assets in connection with the Empire Acquisition of
   Certain Synergy Assets. 

        OPERATING INCOME.  Operating income increased by $8.7 million, or
   790.9%, to $9.8 million for fiscal 1996, compared to $1.1 million for
   fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily the result of the Empire
   Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets, which resulted in significant
   operating efficiencies in Empire Energy's existing business, and an
   increase in propane sales volumes resulting from the colder winter in
   fiscal 1996. As a percentage of revenues, operating income increased
   to 9.9% for fiscal 1996, as compared to 1.9% for fiscal 1995. 

        INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased to $2.6 million for
   fiscal 1996, as compared to $39,000 for fiscal 1995, mainly due to an
   increase in borrowings as a result of the Empire Acquisition of
   Certain Synergy Assets. 

        NET INCOME.  Empire Energy had net income of $3.7 million for
   fiscal 1996, as compared to net income of $.4 million for fiscal 1995.
   The increase was primarily the result of an increase in propane sales
   volume resulting from the Empire Acquisition of Certain Synergy Assets
   and colder weather in fiscal 1996. 

        EBITDA.  EBITDA increased $10.3 million, or 190.8%, to $15.7
   million in fiscal 1996, as compared to $5.4 million for fiscal 1995.
   This increase was due to the Empire Acquisition of Certain Synergy
   Assets, which resulted in increased volumes and significant operating
   efficiencies, and the increase in volumes sold due to the colder
   weather conditions. As a percentage of revenues, EBITDA increased to
   15.9% for fiscal 1996, as compared to 9.5% for fiscal 1995. EBITDA
   should not be considered as an alternative to net income (as an
   indicator of operating performance) or as an alternative to cash flow
   (as a measure of liquidity or ability to service debt obligations),




                                    - 95 -
<PAGE>

   but provides additional information for evaluating the Partnership's
   ability to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution. 
   
    
   COAST
   
        The following discussion compares the results of operations and
   other data for Coast for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1996 to the
   fiscal year ended July 31, 1995.
    
   FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
   1995

        VOLUME.  During fiscal 1996, Coast sold 328.4 million wholesale
   propane gallons of natural gas liquids, an increase of 27.0 million
   gallons, or 9.0%, from the 301.4 million gallons sold in fiscal 1995.
   The increase in volume was primarily attributable to the impact of
   colder weather in the wholesale markets served by Coast in the eastern
   United States. During fiscal 1996, Coast sold 34.9 million retail
   propane gallons, a decrease of 1.7 million gallons, or 4.6%, g  from
   the 36.6 million retail propane gallons sold during fiscal 1995. The
   decrease in retail volume was primarily attributable to warmer weather
   during fiscal 1996 in Coast's retail marketing areas. The weather in
   Coast's areas of retail operations during fiscal 1996 was
   approximately 16% warmer than normal for such areas. The weather in
   Coast's areas of retail operations during fiscal 1995 was
   approximately 2% colder than normal for such areas. 

        REVENUES.  Revenues increased by $117.5 million, or 44.0%, to
   $384.4 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $266.8 million for
   fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily attributable to increased
   wholesale sales from Coast's natural gas marketing efforts that
   resulted in an increase of $82.0 million in fiscal 1996. Retail
   operating revenues decreased by $.1 million, or .3%, to $38.8 million
   for fiscal 1996, as compared to $38.9 million for fiscal 1995. This
   decrease was attributable almost entirely to the warmer than normal
   weather in Coast's marketing areas in fiscal 1996, which adversely
   impacted both sales volumes and revenues. 

        COST OF PRODUCT SOLD.  Cost of product sold increased by $116.7
   million, or 49.7%, to $351.2 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to
   $234.5 million for fiscal 1995. The increase in cost of product sold
   was primarily related to the increase in wholesale sales of natural
   gas. Cost of retail product sold, primarily the cost of propane, was
   constant in fiscal 1996 and 1995 at $17.4 million. The cost per gallon
   of propane for the retail business increased from $.443 in fiscal 1995
   to $.461 in fiscal 1996, reflecting higher national demand resulting
   from colder than normal weather in many regions. As a percentage of
   revenues, cost of product sold increased to 91.4% for fiscal 1996, as
   compared to 87.9% for fiscal 1995. 




                                    - 96 -
<PAGE>

        GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased by $.8 million, or 2.6%, to
   $33.1 million in fiscal 1996, as compared to $32.3 million for fiscal
   1995. This increase was primarily attributable to increased margins in
   Coast's wholesale businesses, due to a colder heating season in the
   eastern United States, where a majority of Coast's wholesale sales are
   currently made. Retail gross profits decreased by $.2 million, or .8%,
   to $21.3 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $21.5 million for
   fiscal 1995. This decrease was due primarily to lower sales volumes as
   a result of warmer than normal weather in Coast's retail marketing
   areas. The decrease in gross profits attributable to the decrease in
   gallons sold was approximately $.9 million. Gross profit per retail
   gallon increased by $.022, or 3.7%, to $.610 per gallon for fiscal
   1996 from $.588 per gallon for fiscal 1995, due to increased average
   propane selling prices. 

        OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses increased $.8 million, or
   4.0%, to $21.0 million in fiscal 1996, as compared to $20.2 million in
   fiscal 1995. Most of this increase was related to increases in Coast's
   retail operations. Operating expense for the retail business segment
   increased by $.3 million, or 2.1%, to $12.1 million in fiscal 1996, as
   compared to $11.9 million in fiscal 1995. The majority of this
   increase was attributable to acquisitions and start-up operations in
   fiscal 1996 that experienced higher operating costs that, due to
   warmer weather, were not offset by added sales volumes. As a
   percentage of revenues, operating expenses decreased to 5.5% for
   fiscal 1996, as compared to 7.6% for fiscal 1995. 

        GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  General and administrative
   expenses (which include corporate administration expenses) increased
   by $.1 million, or 2.4%, to $3.8 million for fiscal 1996, as compared
   to $3.7 million for fiscal 1995. The majority of this increase was
   attributable to normal salary increases and the addition of one staff
   position to assist with future acquisitions. As a percentage of
   revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 1.0% for
   fiscal 1996, as compared to 1.4% for fiscal 1995. 

        DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization
   increased by $.4 million, or 11.4%, to $4.2 million for fiscal 1996,
   as compared to $3.8 million for fiscal 1995. This increase was
   primarily attributable to the acquisition of North Star Fuel and
   Propane, Inc. in fiscal 1996 and the purchase of retail customer
   tanks. 

        OPERATING INCOME.  Operating income decreased by $.5 million, or
   10.8%, to $4.0 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $4.5 million
   for fiscal 1995. This decrease was primarily due to the decrease in
   retail gallons sold because of warmer than normal weather in most of
   Coast's retail marketing areas. As a percentage of revenues, operating
   income decreased to 1.1% for fiscal 1996, as compared to 1.7% for
   fiscal 1995. 

                                      - 97 -
<PAGE>

        INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased by $.4 million, or
   6.8%, to $5.5 million in fiscal 1996, as compared to $5.1 million for
   fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily due to an increase in
   borrowings under Coast's acquisition revolving line of credit in
   fiscal 1996 related to the purchase of North Star Fuel and Propane,
   Inc. 

        NET LOSS.  Coast had a net loss of $1.0 million for fiscal 1996,
   as compared to a net loss of $.4 million for fiscal 1995 before an
   extraordinary charge to income for the early retirement of debt (net
   of income taxes). The $.6 million greater loss in fiscal 1996 reflects
   the impact of the significantly warmer than normal weather and higher
   interest expenses. 

        EBITDA.  Total EBITDA decreased by $.1 million, or .7%, to
   8.2 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $8.3 million for fiscal
   1995. Coast's retail EBITDA decreased by $.4 million, or 4.4%, to $9.2
   million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $9.6 million for fiscal 1995.
   The warmer than normal weather in Coast's retail marketing areas in
   fiscal 1996 more than offset the positive impact of higher earnings
   from recent acquisitions and internal customer growth. As a percentage
   of revenues, total EBITDA decreased to 2.2% for fiscal 1996, as
   compared to 3.1% for fiscal 1995. EBITDA should not be considered as
   an alternative to net income (as an indicator of operating
   performance) or as an alternative to cash flow (as a measure of
   liquidity or ability to service debt obligations), but provides
   additional information for evaluating the Partnership's ability to
   distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution. 

























                                    - 98 -
<PAGE>
   
    
                           BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES
   GENERAL
   
        The Partnership believes that it is the fifth largest retail
   marketer of propane in the United States in terms of volume, serving
   more than 360,000 residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural
   customers from 296 customer service centers in 26 states.  The
   Partnership's operations are concentrated in the east coast,
   south-central and west coast regions of the United States. For the
   fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, the Partnership had combined retail
   propane sales of approximately 214 million gallons and pro forma
   EBITDA of approximately $41.0 million.  The combined sales and pro
   forma EBITDA do not reflect (i) the savings of certain non-recurring
   expenses incurred by Empire Energy, (ii) propane acquisition and
   logistics costs savings and (iii) insurance savings that the
   Partnership believes are achievable as a result of the Transactions. 
   Such amounts also do not reflect sales and EBITDA of businesses
   acquired by the Partnership in late June 1997.

        The Partnership was formed in 1996 to acquire, own and operate
   the propane businesses and assets of Synergy and Empire Energy
   (formerly subsidiaries of Northwestern Growth) and Coast. 
   Northwestern Growth is a wholly owned subsidiary of NPS, an NYSE-
   listed energy distribution company. Northwestern Growth was formed in
   1994 to pursue and manage nonutility investments and development
   activities for NPS, with a primary focus on growth opportunities in
   the energy, energy equipment and energy services industries.  To
   capitalize on the growth and consolidation opportunities in the
   propane distribution market, in August 1995, Northwestern Growth
   acquired the predecessor of Synergy, then the sixth largest retail
   marketer of propane in the United States and, in October 1996, it
   acquired Empire Energy, then the eighth largest retail marketer of
   propane in the United States.  Immediately prior to the IPO,
   Northwestern Growth acquired Coast, then the 18th largest retail
   marketer of propane in the United States.  The Partnership commenced
   operation on December 17, 1996, concurrently with the closing of the
   IPO when substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Synergy,
   Empire Energy and Coast were contributed to the Operating Partnership. 
   Information in this Prospectus related to the pro forma year ended
   June 30, 1997, reflects a full year of activity for the three
   predecessor companies, as if the Partnership had been in operation on
   July 1, 1996.
    
        The Partnership believes that it is well positioned to compete
   successfully in the propane business for the following reasons: 
   (i) management's experience in generating profitable growth at its
   customer service centers by fostering an entrepreneurial approach by
   local managers; (ii) the Partnership's large national and
   geographically diversified operations, which the Partnership believes
   reduces the effects of adverse weather conditions in any one region on



                                    - 99 -
<PAGE>

   EBITDA and allow it to achieve economies of scale; (iii) the
   significant proportion of the Partnership's retail sales that is made
   to residential customers, which are generally more profitable than
   sales to other customers; (iv) management's experience in identifying,
   evaluating and completing both small and large acquisitions; (v) the
   Partnership's substantial national wholesale supply and logistics
   business, which provides it with a national presence and a relatively
   secure source of propane to support the service goals of its customer
   service centers; (vi) the Partnership's centralized administrative
   systems that enable local managers to focus on customer service and
   growth; and (vii) the Partnership's relationship with Northwestern
   Growth, which has proven experience in the energy distribution
   business and in the acquisition and growth of propane businesses.
   Although the Partnership believes it has a number of competitive
   strengths, the propane industry is highly competitive and includes a
   number of large national firms and regional firms and several thousand
   small independent firms. Certain competitors may have greater
   financial resources or lower operating costs than the Partnership.
   Further, variations in the weather or the economy in one or more
   regions in which the Partnership operates can significantly affect the
   total volume of propane sold by the Partnership and, consequently, the
   Partnership's results of operations. 
   
        The Partnership is principally engaged in (i) the retail
   distribution of propane for residential, commercial, industrial,
   agricultural and other retail uses, (ii) the wholesale marketing and
   distribution of propane, natural gas liquids and crude oil to the
   retail propane industry, the chemical and petrochemical industries and
   other commercial and agricultural markets, (iii) the repair and
   maintenance of propane heating systems and appliances and (iv) the
   sale of propane-related supplies, appliances and other equipment. 

        The retail propane business is a "margin-based" business in which
   gross profits depend on the excess of sales prices over propane supply
   costs.  Sales of propane to residential and commercial customers,
   which account for the vast majority of the Partnership's revenue, have
   provided a relatively stable source of revenue for the Partnership. 
   Based on pro forma fiscal 1997 retail propane gallons sold, the
   customer base consisted of 55% residential, 26% commercial and
   industrial and 19% agricultural and other customers.  Sales to
   residential customers have generally provided higher gross margins
   than other retail propane sales.  While commercial propane sales are
   generally less profitable than residential retail sales, the
   Partnership has traditionally relied on this customer base to provide
   a steady, noncyclical source of revenues.  No single customer
   accounted for more than 1% of total revenues.

        The Partnership's wholesale operations engage in the marketing of
   propane to independent dealers, major interstate marketers and the
   chemical and petrochemical industries. The Partnership participates to



                                   - 100 -
<PAGE>

   a lesser extent in the marketing of other natural gas liquids, the
   processing and marketing of natural gas and the gathering of crude
   oil. The Partnership either owns or has contractual rights to use
   transshipment terminals, rail cars, long-haul tanker trucks, pipelines
   and storage capacity. The Partnership believes that its wholesale
   marketing and processing activities position it to achieve product
   cost advantages and to avoid shortages during periods of tight supply
   to an extent not generally available to other retail propane
   distributors. 
    
   BUSINESS STRATEGY

        The principal elements of the Partnership's business strategy are
   to (i) extend and refine its existing service orientation,
   (ii) continue to pursue balanced growth through small and large
   acquisitions, internal growth at its existing customer service centers
   and start-ups of new customer service centers, (iii) enhance the
   profitability of its existing operations by integrating the Combined
   Operations, implementing entrepreneurially oriented local manager
   incentive programs, where appropriate, and continuing to centralize
   administrative systems and (iv) capitalize on the Partnership's
   national wholesale supply and logistics business. 

        FOCUS ON CUSTOMER SERVICE

        The Partnership seeks to be recognized in the marketplace as the
   most customer service-oriented propane supplier.  Although propane is
   a commodity product, the Partnership believes that it is able to
   distinguish itself from the competition by providing reliable and
   timely delivery of propane at competitive prices.  The Partnership
   believes that establishing and clearly communicating standards of
   service and performance expectations at all levels of the Partnership,
   and rewarding its employees accordingly, will enable the Partnership
   to achieve its service goals.  The Partnership has incentive programs
   at certain customer service centers targeted to fostering an
   entrepreneurial environment at the customer service center level. 
   These programs provide substantial rewards to local managers for
   managing service-oriented and profitable operations.  The Partnership
   intends to expand such incentive programs to additional customer
   service locations where appropriate. 

        CONTINUED BALANCED GROWTH 

        The Partnership intends to continue to pursue balanced growth
   through small and large acquisitions, internal growth at its existing
   customer service centers and start-ups of new customer service
   centers. Acquisitions will be the principal means of growth for the
   Partnership, as the retail propane industry is mature and overall
   demand for propane is expected to experience limited growth in the
   foreseeable future.  The Partnership believes that the fragmented



                                   - 101 -
<PAGE>

   nature of the retail propane industry provides significant
   opportunities for growth through strategic acquisitions.  Industry
   sources indicate that there are over 8,000 retail propane operations
   in the United States, of which the ten largest account for
   approximately 33% of industry volumes.  The Partnership's  acquisition
   strategy will concentrate on companies that have one or more of the
   following characteristics: (i) locations in areas serviced by the
   Partnership that may be combined with existing operations, providing
   greater economies of scale at the customer service center level,
   (ii) a recent record of growth and a local reputation for quality
   service, (iii) locations in areas that are relatively colder and
   (iv) operations with a relatively high proportion of sales to the more
   profitable residential customer segment.  As part of its acquisition
   program, the Partnership generally expects to retain the name and
   identity of the acquired entity, which the Partnership believes will
   preserve the goodwill of the acquired business and promote continued
   local customer loyalty.  The Partnership's ability to make
   acquisitions is facilitated by the availability of the Acquisition
   Facility and the ability to issue additional limited partner
   interests.  In the first six months of 1997, the Partnership acquired
   businesses in California, Florida and New Hampshire which added
   approximately 12,000 customers and annual retail propane sales of
   approximately 12.5 million gallons.  The aggregate purchase price for
   these acquisitions was approximately $20.9 million, of which
   approximately $14.8 was in the form of Common Units (approximately 
   700,000 Common Units).  There can be no assurance, however, that the
   Partnership will continue to identify attractive acquisition
   candidates in the future, that the Partnership will be able to acquire
   such businesses on economically acceptable terms, that any
   acquisitions will not be dilutive to earnings and distributions to the
   Unitholders or that any additional debt incurred to finance an
   acquisition will not affect the ability of the Partnership to make
   distributions to the Unitholders. The Partnership is not required
   under the Partnership Agreement to seek Unitholder approval of any
   acquisition. 

        The Partnership is from time to time engaged in ongoing
   discussions with respect to acquisitions, and expects to continue to
   pursue such acquisition opportunities actively.  As of the date of
   this Prospectus, the Partnership does not have any agreements with
   respect to any material acquisitions but is involved in ongoing
   discussions with several companies and is continuing to assess these
   and other acquisition opportunities. The Partnership is unable to
   predict the size, number or timing of any future acquisitions.

        In addition to pursuing growth through acquisitions, the
   Partnership continues to focus on internal growth at its existing
   customer service centers.  The Partnership seeks to achieve internal
   growth by, among other things, providing superior service and
   instituting programs that encourage employees, existing customers and



                                   - 102 -
<PAGE>

   local real estate agents and contractors to refer new accounts.  This
   strategy is being implemented primarily through the Partnership's
   incentive programs that reward local managers for managing
   service-oriented and profitable operations. 

        In some instances, the Partnership may identify a market that has
   one or more of the characteristics that would make it attractive for
   an acquisition but in which there are no attractive available
   acquisition candidates.  In certain of these cases, the Partnership
   may seek to penetrate the market by establishing a new customer
   service center.  The Partnership believes that it can successfully
   initiate these start-up operations in attractive markets by
   identifying and hiring local managers with proven propane service
   experience and establishing programs that reward service-oriented and
   profitable operations and that allow the managers to share in the
   growth of the business. 

        ENHANCE PROFITABILITY OF ITS EXISTING OPERATIONS.

        The Partnership believes that it can enhance the profitability of
   its customer service centers by integrating the Combined Operations,
   reducing inefficiencies in areas where there is a geographic overlap
   of services and implementing "best practices" and management incentive
   programs throughout the Partnership's operations.  In integrating the
   Combined Operations, the Partnership is in the process of
   consolidating and centralizing ongoing administrative functions and
   systems, which should enable local managers to devote their time to
   providing customer service and achieving other performance goals. In
   addition, the Partnership believes it can improve efficiencies in
   areas where there is a geographic overlap of services provided by
   customer service centers.  The Partnership's management has identified
   effective operating programs and strategies used by one of the
   constituent companies prior to the IPO but not used by one or more of
   the others.  The Partnership believes that the implementation of these
   "best practices" throughout the Combined Operations will improve
   customer retention, foster expansion of its customer base and create
   operating efficiencies and cost savings opportunities.  Furthermore,
   the Partnership believes that instituting management incentive
   programs, where appropriate, and fostering an entrepreneurial approach
   at additional customer service centers will give managers the
   incentive to increase such customer service centers' profitability. 

        CAPITALIZE ON NATIONAL SUPPLY AND LOGISTICS BUSINESS.
   
        The Partnership has a national wholesale natural gas liquids
   supply and logistics business with sales of approximately 328 million
   and 330 million gallons in pro forma fiscal 1996 and 1997,
   respectively.  The Partnership believes that this business provides it
   with a reasonably secure, competitively priced and efficient supply
   base to support the service goals of its existing customer service



                                   - 103 -
<PAGE>

   centers. In addition, the Partnership believes its wholesale and
   logistics business positions  it well for expansion through
   acquisitions or start-up operations in new markets.  As part of its
   wholesale business, the Partnership also provides product supply and
   financial and technical assistance to certain small independent
   retailers.  While these arrangements provide some economic return to
   the Partnership, the Partnership believes their greater value lies in
   the resulting relationships, which position the Partnership to acquire
   such businesses in the event they become available for purchase. 

   PRODUCT
    
        Propane, a by-product of natural gas processing and petroleum
   refining, is a clean-burning energy source recognized for its
   transportability and ease of use relative to alternative stand-alone
   energy sources. The retail propane business of the Partnership
   consists principally of transporting propane to its retail
   distribution outlets and then to tanks located on its customers'
   premises. Retail propane use falls into four broad categories:
   (i) residential, (ii) industrial and commercial, (iii) agricultural
   and (iv) other applications, including motor fuel sales. Residential
   customers use propane primarily for space and water heating.
   Industrial customers use propane primarily as fuel for forklifts and
   stationary engines, to fire furnaces, as a cutting gas, in mining
   operations and in other process applications. Commercial customers,
   such as restaurants, motels, laundries and commercial buildings, use
   propane in a variety of applications, including cooking, heating and
   drying. In the agricultural market, propane is primarily used for
   tobacco curing, crop drying, poultry brooding and weed control. Other
   retail uses include motor fuel for cars and trucks, outdoor cooking
   and other recreational uses, propane resales and sales to state and
   local governments. In its wholesale operations, the Partnership sells
   propane principally to large industrial end-users and other propane
   distributors. 

        Propane is extracted from natural gas or oil wellhead gas at
   processing plants or separated from crude oil during the refining
   process. Propane is normally transported and stored in a liquid state
   under moderate pressure or refrigeration for ease of handling in
   shipping and distribution. When the pressure is released or the
   temperature is increased, it is usable as a flammable gas. Propane is
   colorless and odorless; an odorant is added to allow its detection.
   Like natural gas, propane is a clean-burning fuel and is considered an
   environmentally preferred energy source. 
   
   COMPETITION
    
        Based upon information provided by the Energy Information
   Administration, propane accounts for approximately three to four
   percent of household energy consumption in the United States. Propane



                                   - 104 -
<PAGE>

   competes primarily with natural gas, electricity and fuel oil as an
   energy source, principally on the basis of price, availability and
   portability. Propane is more expensive than natural gas on an
   equivalent BTU basis in locations served by natural gas, but serves as
   a substitute for natural gas in rural and suburban areas where natural
   gas is unavailable or portability of product is required.
   Historically, the expansion of natural gas into traditional propane
   markets has been inhibited by the capital costs required to expand
   pipeline and retail distribution systems. Although the extension of
   natural gas pipelines tends to displace propane distribution in areas
   affected, the Partnership believes that new opportunities for propane
   sales arise as more geographically remote neighborhoods are developed.
   Propane is generally less expensive to use than electricity for space
   heating, water heating, clothes drying and cooking. Although propane
   is similar to fuel oil in certain applications and market demand,
   propane and fuel oil compete to a lesser extent primarily because of
   the cost of converting from one to the other. 

        In addition to competing with alternative energy sources, the
   Partnership competes with other companies engaged in the retail
   propane distribution business. Competition in the propane industry is
   highly fragmented and generally occurs on a local basis with other
   large full-service multi-state propane marketers, thousands of smaller
   local independent marketers and farm cooperatives. Based on industry
   publications, the Partnership believes that the domestic retail market
   for propane is approximately 9.2 billion gallons annually, that the 10
   largest retailers, including the Partnership, account for
   approximately 33% of the total retail sales of propane in the United
   States, and that no single marketer has a greater than 10% share of
   the total retail market in the United States. Most of the
   Partnership's customer service centers compete with five or more
   marketers or distributors. Each customer service center operates in
   its own competitive environment, because retail marketers tend to
   locate in close proximity to customers. The Partnership's customer
   service centers generally have an effective marketing radius of
   approximately 25 to 50 miles, although in certain rural areas the
   marketing radius may be extended by a satellite location. 

        The ability to compete effectively further depends on the
   reliability of service, responsiveness to customers and the ability to
   maintain competitive prices. The Partnership also believes that its
   service capabilities and customer responsiveness differentiate it from
   many of these smaller competitors. The Partnership's employees are on
   call 24 hours a day and seven days a week for emergency repairs and
    deliveries. 

        The wholesale propane business is highly competitive. For fiscal
   year 1996, the Partnership's wholesale propane operations accounted
   for 49% of combined total propane volumes but less than 6% of pro
   forma gross profit. The Partnership believes that its wholesale



                                   - 105 -
<PAGE>

   business provides it with a national presence and a reasonably secure,
   efficient supply base, and positions it well for expansion through
   acquisitions or start-up operations in new markets. 
   
   OPERATIONS

        The Partnership has organized its operations in a manner that the
   Partnership believes enables it to provide excellent service to its
   customers and to achieve maximum operating efficiencies.  The
   Partnership's retail propane distribution business is organized into
   regions.  Each region is supervised by Divisional Vice Presidents, or
   Managers.  Personnel located at the retail service centers in the
   various regions are primarily responsible for customer service and
   sales.

        A number of functions are centralized at the Partnership's
   corporate headquarters in order to achieve certain operating
   efficiencies as well as to enable the personnel located in the retail
   service centers to focus on customer service and sales.  The corporate
   headquarters and the retail service centers are linked via a computer
   system.  Each of the Partnership's primary retail service centers is
   equipped with a computer connected to the central management
   information system in the Partnership's corporate headquarters.  This
   computer network system provides retail company personnel with
   accurate and timely information on pricing, inventory and customer
   accounts.  In addition, this system enables management to monitor
   pricing, sales, delivery and the general operations of its numerous
   retail service centers and to plan accordingly to improve the
   operations of the Partnership.  The Partnership makes centralized
   purchases of propane through its corporate headquarters for resale to
   the retail service centers enabling the Partnership to achieve certain
   advantages, including price advantages, because of its status as a
   large volume buyer.  The functions of cash management, accounting,
   taxes, payroll, permits, licensing, asset control, employee benefits,
   human resources, and strategic planning are also performed on a
   centralized basis.

   SEASONALITY

        Because a substantial amount of propane is sold for heating
   purposes, the severity of winter and resulting residential and
   commercial heating usage have an important impact on the Partnership's
   earnings.  Approximately two-thirds of the Partnership's retail
   propane sales usually occur during the six-month heating season from
   October through March.  As a result of this seasonality, the
   Partnership's sales and operating profits are concentrated in its
   second and third fiscal quarters.  Cash flows from operations,
   however, are greatest from November through April when customers pay
   for propane purchased during the six-month peak season.  To the extent
   the Managing General Partner deems appropriate, the Partnership may



                                   - 106 -
<PAGE>

   reserve cash from these periods for distribution to Unitholders during
   periods with lower cash flows from operations.  Sales and profits are
   subject to variation from month to month and from year to year,
   depending on temperature fluctuations.

   SOURCES OF SUPPLY

        The Partnership's propane supply is purchased from oil companies
   and natural gas processors at numerous supply points located in the
   United States and Canada.  During the six and one-half month period
   ended June 30, 1997, approximately 99% of the Partnership's purchases
   of its propane supply was purchased pursuant to agreements with terms
   of less than one year, but the percentage of contract purchases may
   vary from year to year as determined by the Partnership. Supply
   contracts generally provide for pricing in accordance with posted
   prices at the time of delivery or the current prices established at
   major delivery points. Most of these agreements provide maximum and
   minimum seasonal purchase guidelines. In addition, the Partnership
   makes purchases on the spot market from time to time to take advantage
   of favorable pricing. The Partnership receives its supply of propane
   predominantly through railroad tank cars and common carrier transport.

        Supplies of propane from the Partnership's sources historically
   have been readily available. In the six and one-half month period
   ended June 30, 1997, Warren Gas Liquids was the Partnership's largest
   supplier providing approximately 12.8% of the Partnership's total
   propane supply for its retail and wholesale operations (excluding
   propane obtained from the Partnership's natural gas processing
   operations). The Partnership believes that if supplies from Warren Gas
   Liquids were interrupted, it would be able to secure adequate propane
   supplies from other sources without a material disruption of its
   operations. Aside from Warren Gas Liquids, no single supplier provided
   more than 10% of the Partnership's domestic propane supply in the six
   and one-half month period ended June 30, 1997. Although no assurance
   can be given that supplies of propane will be readily available in the
   future, the Partnership expects a sufficient supply to continue to be
   available. However, increased demand for propane in periods of severe
   cold weather, or otherwise, could cause future propane supply
   interruptions or significant volatility in the price of propane. 

        The Partnership will engage in hedging of product cost and supply
   through common hedging practices.  These practices will be monitored
   and maintained by management for the Partnership on a daily basis. 
   Hedging of product cost and supply does not always result in increased
   margins.
    
        The market price of propane is subject to volatile changes as a
   result of supply or other market conditions over which the Partnership
   will have no control. Since it may not be possible to pass rapid



                                   - 107 -
<PAGE>

   increases in the wholesale cost of propane on to customers
   immediately, such increases could reduce the Partnership's gross
   profits. Consequently, the Partnership's profitability will be
   sensitive to changes in wholesale propane prices. The Partnership
   engages in hedging of product cost and supply through common hedging
   practices. The Partnership also engages in the trading of propane,
   natural gas, crude oil and other commodities in amounts that have not
   had and are not expected to have a material effect on the
   Partnership's financial condition or results of operations. 

        The Partnership has from time to time leased space in storage
   facilities to take advantage of supply purchasing opportunities as
   they have occurred, and the Partnership believes that it will have
   adequate third party storage to take advantage of such opportunities
   in the future. Access to storage facilities will allow the
   Partnership, to the extent it may deem it desirable, to buy and store
   large quantities of propane during periods of low demand, which
   generally occur during the summer months, thereby helping to ensure a
   more secure supply of propane uring periods of intense demand or price
   instability. 
   
   RISKS OF BUSINESS

        The Partnership's propane operations are subject to all the
   operating hazards and risks normally incident to handling, storing and
   transporting combustible liquids, such as the risk of personal injury
   and property damages caused by accident or fire.

        Effective December 17, 1996, the Partnership's comprehensive
   general and excess liability policy provides for losses of up to $96.0
   million with a $50,000 self-insured retention.
    
   PROPERTIES

        As of June 30, 1997, the Partnership operated bulk storage
   facilities with total propane storage capacity of approximately
   21 million gallons, all of which was above-ground and all of which was
   owned by the Partnership. The Partnership does not own, operate or
   lease any underground propane storage facilities (excluding customer
   and local distribution tanks) or pipeline transportation assets
   (excluding local delivery systems). In addition, as of June 30, 1997,
   the Partnership operated 296 customer service centers.
   
        The transportation of propane requires specialized equipment. The
   trucks and railroad tank cars utilized for this purpose carry
   specialized steel tanks that maintain the propane in a liquefied
   state. As of June 30, 1997, the Partnership owned a fleet of 38
   transport truck tractors, 53 transport trailers, approximately
   900 bobtail trucks and approximately 1,000 other delivery and service
   vehicles. As of such date, the Partnership owned, and customers



                                   - 108 -
<PAGE>

   leased, approximately 268,000 customer storage tanks with typical
   capacities of 120 to 1,000 gallons. 

   TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES
    
        The Partnership utilizes a variety of trademarks, including
   "Synergy Gas" and its related design, which the Partnership owns, and
   "Empire Gas" and its related design, which the Partnership has the
   right to use, and tradenames, including "Coast Gas."  The Partnership
   generally expects to retain the names and identities of acquired
   entities, which the Partnership believes preserves the goodwill of the
   acquired business and promotes continued local customer loyalty. The
   Partnership regards its trademarks, tradenames and other proprietary
   rights as valuable assets and believes that they have significant
   value in the marketing of its products. 

   GOVERNMENT REGULATION
   
        The Partnership's operations are subject to various federal,
   state and local laws governing the transportation, storage and
   distribution of propane, occupational health and safety, and other
   matters.  All states in which the Partnership operates have adopted
   fire safety codes that regulate the storage and distribution of
   propane.  In some states these laws are administered by state
   agencies, and in others they are administered on a municipal level. 
   Certain municipalities prohibit the below ground installation of
   propane furnaces and appliances, and certain states are considering
   the adoption of similar regulations.  The Partnership cannot predict
   the extent to which any such regulations might affect the Partnership,
   but does not believe that any such effect would be material.  It is
   not anticipated that the Partnership will be required to expend
   material amounts by reason of environmental and safety laws and
   regulations, but inasmuch as such laws and regulations are constantly
   being changed, the Partnership is unable to predict the ultimate cost
   to the Partnership of complying with environmental and safety laws and
   regulations.

        The Partnership currently meets and exceeds federal regulations
   requiring that all persons employed in the handling of propane gas be
   trained in proper handling and operating procedures.  All employees
   have participated or will participate within 90 days of their
   employment date, in hazardous materials training.  The Partnership has
   established ongoing training programs in all phases of product
   knowledge and safety including participation in the National Propane
   Gas Association's ("NPGA") Certified Employee Training Program.

   EMPLOYEES

        The Partnership has no employees.  The Managing General Partner
   conducts, directs and manages all activities of the Partnership.  All



                                   - 109 -
<PAGE>

   references to Partnership management relate to the Managing General
   Partner which has no activities except managing the Partnership.

        As of June 30, 1997, the Managing General Partner had 1,938 full time
   employees, of whom 141 were general and administrative and 1,797 were
   operational employees. Twenty-eight of the Managing General Partner's
   employees at four customer service centers were represented by labor
   unions.  The Partnership believes that its relations with its
   employees are satisfactory. The Managing General Partner generally
   hires seasonal workers to meet peak winter demand.
    
   LITIGATION AND OTHER CONTINGENCIES

        A number of personal injury, property damage and products
   liability suits are pending or threatened against the Partnership. In
   general, these lawsuits have arisen in the ordinary course of the
   Partnership's business and involve claims for actual damages, and in
   some cases, punitive damages, arising from the alleged negligence of
   the Partnership or as a result of product defects or similar matters.
   Of the pending or threatened matters, a number involve property
   damage, and several involve serious personal injuries or deaths and
   the claims made are for relatively large amounts. Although any
   litigation is inherently uncertain, based on past experience, the
   information currently available to it and the availability of
   insurance coverage, the Partnership does not believe that these
   pending or threatened litigation matters will have a material adverse
   effect on its results of operations or its financial condition. 



























                                   - 110 -
<PAGE>

                                 MANAGEMENT

   PARTNERSHIP MANAGEMENT

        The Managing General Partner manages and operates the activities
   of the Partnership. Neither the Special General Partner nor the
   Unitholders directly or indirectly participate in the management or
   operation of the Partnership or have actual or apparent authority to
   enter into contracts on behalf of, or to otherwise bind, the
   Partnership. Notwithstanding any limitation on their obligations or
   duties, the Managing General Partner and the Special General Partner
   will be liable, as general partners of the Partnership, for all debts
   of the Partnership (to the extent not paid by the Partnership), except
   to the extent that indebtedness or other obligations incurred by the
   Partnership are made specifically non-recourse to the General
   Partners. Whenever possible, the Managing General Partner intends to
   make any such indebtedness or other obligations non-recourse to the
   General Partners. 
   
        In March 1997 the Managing General Partner appointed Paul
   Christen and Kurt Katz to its Board of Directors.  Neither Mr. Katz
   nor Mr. Christen is an officer or employee of the General Partners nor
   a director, officer or employee of any affiliate of either of the
   General Partners, however Mr. Katz served as a director of Coast when
   the current executive officers of the Managing General Partner were
   officers of that company.  Such directors, along with Richard Hylland,
   serve on the Audit Committee, which has the authority to review
   specific matters as to which the Board of Directors believes there may
   be a conflict of interest in order to determine if the resolution of
   such conflict proposed by the Managing General Partner is fair and
   reasonable to the Partnership. Any matters approved by the Audit
   Committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to the
   Partnership, approved by all partners of the Partnership and not a
   breach by the Managing General Partner or its Board of Directors of
   any duties they may owe the Partnership or the Unitholders. See
   "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities -- Fiduciary and
   Other Duties." In addition, the Audit Committee will review the
   external financial reporting of the Partnership, will recommend
   engagement of the Partnership's independent public accountants and
   will review the Partnership's procedures for internal auditing and the
   adequacy of the Partnership's internal accounting controls. 
    
        The Nominating and Compensation Committee consists of three
   numbers, Kurt Katz, Merle Lewis and Paul Christen.  The Nominating and
   Compensation Committee advises the Board of Directors with respect to
   nominations of directors and the salary, compensation and benefits of
   directors and officers of the Managing General Partner.

        Merle Lewis, Keith Baxter and Richard Hylland serve on the
   Executive Committee, which may exercise the powers of the Board of



                                   - 111 -
<PAGE>

   Directors while the Board of Directors is not in session, subject to
   limitations imposed by law and the by-laws of the Managing General
   Partner.

        As is commonly the case with publicly traded limited
   partnerships, the Partnership does not directly employ any of the
   persons responsible for managing or operating the Partnership. In
   general, the former management of Coast manages and operates the
   Partnership's business as officers and employees of the Managing
   General Partner and its affiliates. Neither the Special General
   Partner nor the Unitholders will directly or indirectly participate in
   the management or operation of the Partnership. 









































                                   - 112 -
<PAGE>



   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect
   to the executive officers and members of the Board of Directors of the
   Managing General Partner. Executive officers and directors are elected
   for one-year terms. 
   
   NAME                  AGE   POSITION WITH MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER
   ----                  ---   --------------------------------------
   Merle D. Lewis        49    Chairman of the Board of Directors
   Richard R. Hylland    36    Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
   Keith G. Baxter       48    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
   Charles J. Kittrell   57    Executive Vice President, Chief Operating OfficeR
                               and Secretary
   Ronald J. Goedde      48    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
                               and Treasurer
   Vincent J. DiCosimo   39    Executive Vice President
   Paul Christen         68    Director
   Kurt Katz             64    Director
   Daniel K. Newell      40    Director
    

        MERLE D. LEWIS has served as the Chairman of the Board of
   Directors for the Managing General Partner  since its inception in
   1996.  He has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of NPS
   since February 1994, and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive
   Officer of Northwestern Growth since September 1994. Mr. Lewis also
   served as Executive Vice President of NPS from May 1993 to
   February 1994 and Vice President -- Corporate Services of NPS from
   1987 to 1993. Mr. Lewis joined NPS in 1982 and has served as a member
   of the board of directors of NPS since 1993. Mr. Lewis is also
   Chairman of the Special General Partner and is a member of the board
   of directors of Lucht, Inc. (a manufacturer of photographic equipment)
   and Northwestern Energy Corporation (a marketer of non-regulated
   energy products) ("Northwestern Energy"), a subsidiary of NPS. 

        RICHARD R. HYLLAND  has served as the Vice Chairman of the Board
   of Directors of the Managing General Partner since its inception in
   1996.  He has been the Executive Vice President -- Strategic
   Development of NPS since November 1995 and has been President and
   Chief Operating Officer of Northwestern Growth since September 1994.
   Mr. Hylland also served as Vice President -- Strategic Development of
   NPS from August 1995 to November 1995, Vice President -- Corporate
   Development of NPS from May 1993 to August 1995 and Vice President --
   Finance of NPS from April 1991 to August 1995. Mr. Hylland has served
   as a member of the board of directors of NPS since 1995 and also
   serves as Vice Chairman of the Special General Partner and as a member
   of the boards of directors of Northwestern Growth, Lucht, Inc.,
   Franklin Industries (a steel fabricator of highway sign and fence




                                   - 113 -
<PAGE>

   posts), Northwestern Energy and LodgeNet Entertainment Corporation (a
   television-based entertainment and information services company). 

        KEITH G. BAXTER has served as President, Chief Executive Officer
   and a director of the Managing General Partner since its inception in
   1996.  He was the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
   the Board of Directors of Coast from 1986 until the closing of the
   IPO. Prior to joining Coast, Mr. Baxter was Sector Vice President of
   Peabody International Corporation (an integrated manufacturing
   company). 

        CHARLES J. KITTRELL has served as the Executive Vice President
   and Chief Operating Officer of the Managing General Partner since its
   inception in 1996, and as Secretary since January 30, 1997.  He was
   the Executive Vice President -- Chief Operating Officer of Coast from
   1986 until the closing of the IPO. Prior to joining Coast,
   Mr. Kittrell was Vice President in charge of manufacturing, product
   engineering and general operations at five manufacturing and
   distribution centers for Peabody Floway Inc. (a pump manufacturing
   company), a subsidiary of Peabody International Corporation. 

        RONALD J. GOEDDE has served as the Executive Vice President,
   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Managing General Partner
   since its inception in 1996.   He was the Executive Vice President --
   Chief Financial Officer of Coast from 1988 until the closing of the
   IPO. Prior to joining Coast, Mr. Goedde was the Vice President of
   Finance and Controller for Cal Gas Corporation (an integrated propane
   company). 

        VINCENT J. DICOSIMO served as the Senior Vice President of the
   Managing General Partner from its inception in 1996 to January 30,
   1997 and currently serves as the Executive Vice President of the
   Managing General Partner.  He was an Executive Vice President of Coast
   from 1993 until the closing of the IPO.  From 1990 to 1993,
   Mr. DiCosimo was a Vice President of Coast. Before joining Coast, Mr.
   DiCosimo was Manager of Supply/Distribution for Cal Gas Corporation
   from 1981 to 1990 and prior thereto was Senior Financial Analyst with
   Unocal Oil & Gas. 
   
        PAUL CHRISTEN has served as a director of the Managing General
   Partner since March 1997.  Mr. Christen has served as the president
   and director of First Western Bancorp Inc. since 1965 and has served
   as president and a director of PRC, Inc. since 1984.
    
        KURT KATZ has served as a director of the Managing General
   Partner since March 1997.  Mr. Katz retired as president and chief
   operating officer of Peabody International Corporation in 1985 where
   he held a variety of positions from 1973 to 1985, and for the last
   five years has been active in a number of private ventures.  Mr. Katz
   is also a director of Polymeric Resources Corp.



                                   - 114 -
<PAGE>
   
        DANIEL K. NEWELL has served as a director of the Managing General
   Partner since its inception in 1996.  He has been the Executive Vice
   President of Northwestern Growth since July 1995 and has served as
   Vice President -- Finance of NPS since July 1995 and Chief Financial
   Officer of NPS since May 1996. Prior to joining NPS, Mr. Newell was
   Vice President --  Finance and Treasurer and a member of the board of
   directors of Energy Fuels Corporation (a coal mining company) from
   1991 to 1995. Mr. Newell serves as a member of the board of directors
   of Northwestern Growth. 
    
   REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS
   AFFILIATES
   
        The Managing General Partner does not receive any management fee
   or other compensation in connection with its management of the
   Partnership. The Managing General Partner and its affiliates
   (including the Special General Partner) performing services for the
   Partnership are reimbursed at cost for all expenses incurred on behalf
   of the Partnership, including the costs of compensation described
   herein properly allocable to the Partnership, and all other expenses
   necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the business of, and
   allocable to, the Partnership. On a pro forma basis, approximately
   $48.9 million of expenses (primarily wages and salaries) would have
   been reimbursed by the Partnership to the Managing General Partner in
   fiscal 1997 (including $30.7 million actually reimbursed for the six
   and one-half month period ended June 30, 1997).  The Special General
   Partner received no reimbursements from the Partnership in fiscal
   1997. The Partnership Agreement provides that the Managing General
   Partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to the
   Partnership in any reasonable manner determined by the Managing
   General Partner in its sole discretion. 
    
        In addition, the General Partners received a combined 2% general
   partner interest, the right to receive Incentive Distributions and
   6,597,619 Subordinated Units as consideration for their contribution
   to the Partnership of their limited partner interests in the Operating
   Partnership, which interests were received as consideration for their
   contribution of the Combined Operations to the Operating Partnership.
   See "The IPO and Related Transactions." The General Partners will be
   entitled to distributions on their general partner interests,
   Incentive Distributions and distributions on such Subordinated Units
   as described under "Cash Distribution Policy."











                                   - 115 -
<PAGE>

   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
   
        The following table provides compensation information from
   commencement of operations on December 17, 1996 to June 30, 1997, for
   the Chief Executive Officer and for each of the four other most highly
   compensated executive officers of the Managing General Partner whose
   total compensation exceeded $100,000 for the most recent fiscal
   period.


        SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       LONG-TERM
                                               ANNUAL COMPENSATION                    COMPENSATION
                                 ----------------------------------------------

            NAME AND                                                OTHER ANNUAL    RESTRICTED UNIT    ALL OTHER
       PRINCIPAL POSITION         YEAR      SALARY      BONUS(1)       COMP(2)         AWARDS(3)        COMP(4)
       ------------------         ----      ------      --------       -------         ---------       ---------

    <S>                           <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>
    Keith G. Baxter,              1997      $108,333    $  25,000      $124,469       $2,800,000       $3,683
    Chief Executive  Officer
    Robert Wooldridge,            1997       108,333       30,000         -                -                0
    Vice President

    Charles J. Kittrell,          1997        88,125       15,000        67,313        1,600,000        4,256
    Chief Operating Officer

    Ronald J. Goedde,             1997        79,792       15,000        51,094        1,600,000        2,998
    Chief Financial Officer

    Vincent J. DiCosimo,          1997        81,250      175,000        21,667        1,000,000        2,333
    Senior Vice President

</TABLE>

   (1)  Reflects (a) a one-time special consolidating bonus awarded to
        Messrs. Baxter, Kittrell and Goedde, (b) an annual incentive
        bonus payable to Mr. Wooldridge pursuant to his employment
        agreement and (c) the bonus payable to Mr. Di Cosimo under the
        Coast Energy Group Bonus Plan.  No bonus was paid under the
        Annual Operating Performance Incentive Plan with respect to the
        fiscal period ended June 30, 1997.  See "Incentive Plans."

   (2)  Reflects (a) the Management Fees payable to Messrs. Baxter,
        Kittrell, Goedde and Di Cosimo in connection with the acquisition
        of Empire Energy and Coast by Northwestern Growth and (b) amounts
        awarded under the New Acquisition Incentive Plan for Messrs.
        Baxter, Kittrell and Goedde.  See "Employment Agreements,
        Severance Arrangements" and "Incentive Plans."

   (3)  The total number of restricted Common Units and their aggregate
        market value as of June 30, 1997 were:  Mr. Baxter, 133,333




                                   - 116 -
<PAGE>

        Common Units valued at $2,899,993; Mr. Kittrell, 76,190 Common
        Units valued at $1,657,133; Mr. Goedde, 76,190 Common Units
        valued at $1,657,133; and Mr. Di Cosimo, 47,619 Common Units
        valued at $1,035,713.  There were no payouts under the Restricted
        Unit Plan during the fiscal period ended June 30, 1997.

   (4)  The "All Other Compensation" category reflects the Managing
        General Partner's matching contributions to its 401(k) Plan in
        the amount of $2,058 for each of Messrs. Baxter, Kittrell, Goedde
        and DiCosino and payments for life and disability insurance.
    
         EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS, SEVERANCE ARRANGEMENTS

        Employment agreements (the "Employment Agreements") between each
   of Keith G. Baxter, Charles J. Kittrell, Ronald J. Goedde and Vincent
   J. DiCosimo (the "Executives"), and the Managing General Partner,
   provide for the employment of the Executives by the Managing General
   Partner. The summary of the Employment Agreements which follows does
   not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
   reference to the form of Employment Agreement, which has been filed as
   an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
   part. 

        Pursuant to the Employment Agreements, Messrs. Baxter, Kittrell,
   Goedde and DiCosimo serve as President and Chief Executive Officer,
   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice
   President and Chief Financial Officer, and Senior Vice President,
   respectively, of the Managing General Partner. Each of the Employment
   Agreements has a term of three years from the closing of the
   Transactions, unless sooner terminated as provided in the Employment
   Agreements. The Employment Agreements provide for an annual base
   salary of $200,000, $160,000, $150,000 and $150,000 for each of
   Messrs. Baxter, Kittrell, Goedde and DiCosimo, respectively, subject
   to such increases as the Board of Directors of the Managing General
   Partner may authorize from time to time, plus a fee for each of the
   Executives of approximately $135,000, $65,000, $40,000 and $25,000,
   respectively, per year for three years related to the acquisition of
   Empire Energy and Coast by Northwestern Growth (the "Management Fee").
   In addition, the Managing General Partner pays for a $725,000 life
   insurance policy for Mr. Baxter and $410,000 life insurance policies
   for each of Messrs. Kittrell, Goedde and DiCosimo. Each of the
   Executives will participate in the Annual Operating Performance
   Incentive Plan of the Managing General Partner and Messrs. Baxter,
   Kittrell and Goedde will participate in the New Acquisition Incentive
   Plan of the Managing General Partner (together with the Annual
   Operating Performance Incentive Plan, the "Plans,") as described
   below. The Executives will also be entitled to participate in such
   other benefit plans and programs as the Managing General Partner may
   provide for its employees in general (the "Other Benefit Plans"). 




                                   - 117 -
<PAGE>

        The Employment Agreements provide that in the event an
   Executive's employment is terminated without "cause" (as defined in
   the Employment Agreements) or if the Executive terminates his
   employment due to a "Fundamental Change" (as defined below), such
   Executive will be entitled to receive a severance payment in an amount
   equal to his total compensation for the remainder of the employment
   term under the Employment Agreement and will receive benefits under
   the Other Benefit Plans for a period of 12 months after termination.
   In the event of termination due to disability, the Executive will be
   entitled to his base salary, his Management Fee and benefits under the
   Plans and the Other Benefit Plans for 12 months. In the event of
   termination due to death, benefits under the Other Benefit Plans will
   be continued for the Executive's dependents for 12 months. In the
   event the Executive's employment is terminated for "cause," the
   Executive will receive accrued salary and benefits (including his
   Management Fee and benefits under the Plans) up to the date of
   termination and, if the Managing General Partner does not waive the
   Executive's covenant not to compete, benefits under the Other Benefit
   Plans for 12 months.

        A Fundamental Change is defined in the Employment Agreements to
   have occurred (i) if the Executive's duties, authority,
   responsibilities and/or compensation is reduced without performance or
   market-related justification; (ii) if the Executive's primary office
   is moved more than 50 miles from Watsonville, California (or, with
   respect to Mr. DiCosimo, Houston, Texas) without his consent; (iii) if
   the Partnership disposes of business and assets which reduce the
   annual EBITDA of the Partnership below 70% of the annual EBITDA level
   existing at the time employment commenced; or (iv) if securities
   representing 10% of the voting power in elections of directors of NPS
   become beneficially owned by any party or group or other prescribed
   events occur constituting a change of control of NPS. 

        In addition, each Employment Agreement contains non-competition
   and confidentiality provisions. 

        INCENTIVE PLANS
   
        The Managing General Partner has adopted the Annual Operating
   Performance Incentive Plan, which provides for the payment of annual
   incentive bonuses to participants in the plan (who will be determined
   by the Board of Directors of the Managing General Partner from time to
   time and who will include the Executives) equal to a percentage of
   annual salary (plus, in the case of the Executives, his Management
   Fee) based on the Partnership's performance compared to budgeted
   levels of net income and EBITDA.  Such bonuses will range from zero
   for performance at 10% below budget to 50% for performance at budget. 
   In addition, in the event EBITDA exceeds budgeted amounts, there will
   be established a bonus pool equal to 10% of the excess of EBITDA over
   budget, which will be divided among Messrs. Baxter, Kittrell and



                                   - 118 -
<PAGE>

   Goedde and any other participants that the Board of Directors of the
   Managing General Partner may determine.  The period covered by the
   plan began December 16, 1996 and ends on the fifth anniversary
   thereof. 

        The Managing General Partner has also adopted the New Acquisition
   Incentive Plan, which provides for bonuses to participants in the plan
   (who will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Managing
   General Partner from time to time and who will include the Executives)
   for adding new businesses to the Partnership's propane operations. 
   The bonuses will be an amount equal to 4% of the gross acquisition
   purchase price, allocated among the participants in the plan based on
   their relative salaries.  The transactions covered by the plan will
   include those occurring on or after December 17, 1997 through the
   fifth anniversary thereof.  Awards under this program will be payable
   in cash 90 days after the close of  the particular acquisition
   transaction. 
    
        RESTRICTED UNIT PLAN
   
        The following table sets forth the restricted unit grants made
   under the Restricted Unit Plan to the named executive officers of the
   Managing General Partner during the fiscal period ended June 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Number of Shares, Units or Other           Performance or Other Period Until
                  Name                                 Rights (1)                             Maturation or Payout
       --------------------------    -----------------------------------------------    --------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                                                              <C>
       Keith G. Baxter              133,333 Common Units                                              (2)

       Robert Wooldridge                      0                                                        - 

       Charles J. Kittrell          76,190 Common Units                                               (2)

       Ronald J. Goedde             76,190 Common Units                                               (2)

       Vincent J. DiCosimo          47,619 Common Units                                               (2)
</TABLE>

   (1)  Granted on December 17, 1996 upon consummation of the IPO.

   (2)  Restricted units are subject to a bifurcated vesting procedure
        such that (a) 25% of a participant's restricted units will vest
        over time, with one-third vesting on the third, fifth and seventh
        anniversaries of the date of grant and (b) the remaining 75% of a
        participant's restricted units will vest automatically upon, and
        in the same proportions as, the conversion of the Subordinated
        units to Common Units.  See Note 4 to the Partnership's
        Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
        Prospectus.  If a participant's employment is terminated without
        "cause" (as defined in the Restricted Unit Plan) or a participant




                                   - 119 -
<PAGE>

        resigns with "good reason" (as defined in the Restricted Unit
        Plan), the participant's rights to receive Common Units which
        vest over time will immediately vest.  In the event of a "change
        of control" of the Partnership (as defined in the Restricted Unit
        Plan), all rights to receive Common Units pursuant to the
        Restricted Unit Plan will immediately vest.  Until rights to
        receive Common Units have vested, the Common Units to which they
        relate are not issued, and the participant is not entitled to any
        distributions or allocations of income or loss, and has no voting
        or other rights, with respect to such Common Units
    
   COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
   
        The Managing General Partner currently pays no additional
   remuneration to its employees who also serve as directors.  In
   addition to permitting its non-officer directors to participate in the
   benefit plans described above, the Chairman of the Board receives
   $50,000 annually, and each of its other non-employee directors
   receives $15,000 annually, plus $1,000 per Board meeting attended and
   $500 per committee meeting attended.  All expenses associated with
   compensation of directors are reimbursed to the Managing General
   Partner by the Partnership.

        In connection with the consummation of the IPO, the three initial
   nonemployee directors of the Managing General Partner received rights
   with respect to restricted units, as follows:  Mr. Lewis, 19,048
   Common Units valued at $400,000; Mr. Hylland, 14,286 Common Units
   valued at $300,000; and Mr. Newell, 9,524 Common Units valued at
   $200,000.  In addition, under the Restricted Unit Plan, upon his or
   her election to the Board of Directors of the Managing General
   Partner, each nonemployee director receives rights with respect to
   restricted units having an aggregate value of $200,000.  The
   directors' restricted units vest in accordance with the same procedure
   as is described in note 2 to the table under "Executive Compensation--
   Restricted Unit Plan."

   COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION IN
   COMPENSATION DECISIONS

        The Nominating and Compensation Committee of the Board of
   Directors of the Managing General Partner is comprised of Messrs.
   Lewis, Christen and Katz.  None of these persons is an officer,
   employee or former employee of the Managing General Partner, the
   Partnership or any of their subsidiaries, however, Mr. Katz served as
   a director of  Coast when the current executive officers of the
   Managing General Partner were officers of that company.
    






                                   - 120 -
<PAGE>

       SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

   OWNERSHIP OF PARTNERSHIP UNITS BY THE GENERAL PARTNERS AND DIRECTORS
   AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER

        The table below sets forth, as of June 30, 1997 the beneficial 
   ownership of Units by each person known to the Managing General
   Partner to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of
   Units of the Partnership, each director and named executive officer of
   the Managing General Partner, as well as the directors and all of the
   executive officers of the Managing General Partner as a group.  The
   Common Units are traded on the NYSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                NAME AND ADDRESS OF                                      AMOUNT AND NATURE OF         Percent of
                  BENEFICIAL OWNER                 CLASS OF UNITS        BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP           Class
       -------------------------------------     ----------------        --------------------         ---------
<S>                                              <C>                         <C>                        <C>
       Managing General Partner (1)  . . . . .   Subordinated                5,677,040 (3)              86.0%

       Special General Partner (2) . . . . . .   Subordinated                  920,579 (3)              14.0%

       Merle D. Lewis  . . . . . . . . . . . .   Common                          3,000 (3)                *

       Richard R. Hylland  . . . . . . . . . .   Common                             -- (3)                *

       Keith G. Baxter . . . . . . . . . . . .   Common                         23,810 (3)                *

       Charles J. Kittrell . . . . . . . . . .   Common                          9,524 (3)                *

       Ronald J. Goedde  . . . . . . . . . . .   Common                          9,524 (3)                *

       Vincent J. DiCosimo . . . . . . . . . .   Common                          2,500 (3)                *

       Daniel K. Newell  . . . . . . . . . . .   Common                          1,000 (3)                *

       Paul Christen . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Common                           ____ (3)                *
       Kurt Katz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Common                         25,000 (3)                *
   
       All directors and executive officers as
               a group (9 persons)   . . . . .   Common                         74,358 (3)                *
    
</TABLE>
     _______________

   *Less than 1%

   (1)  The business address of the Managing General Partner is 432
        Westridge Drive, Watsonville, California 95076.

   (2)  The business address of the Special General Partner is 33 Third
        Street S.E., Huron, South Dakota 57350.
   




                                   - 121 -
<PAGE>

   (3)  Excludes Common Units awarded under the Restricted Unit Plan as
        follows: Merle D. Lewis - 19,048 Common Units; Richard R. Hylland
        - 14,286 Common Units; Keith G. Baxter - 133,333 Common Units; 
        Charles J. Kittrell - 76,190 Common Units; Ronald J. Goedde -
        76,190 Common Units; Vincent J. Di Cosimo - 47,619 Common Units;
        Daniel K. Newell - 9,524 Common Units; Paul Christen - 8,889
        Common Units; Kurt Katz - 9,302 Common Units; and all directors
        and officers as a group - 394,381 Common Units.
    
   OWNERSHIP OF NPS COMMON STOCK BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF
   THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER
   
        The table below sets forth, as of September 30,  1997, the
   beneficial ownership of the common stock, par value $1.75 per share,
   of NPS owned by each director and each named executive officer of the
   Managing General Partner, as well as the directors and all of the
   executive officers of the Managing General Partner as a group. No
   director or executive officer beneficially owns more than 1% of NPS's
   outstanding shares. The total shares beneficially owned by the
   directors and executive officers as a group represent less than 1% of
   NPS's outstanding shares.   


                                                     AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                       OF BENEFICIAL
      NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                         OWNERSHIP (1)
      -----------------------                        ----------------
      Merle D. Lewis (2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .       39,084
      Richard R. Hylland (3)  . . . . . . . . . . .       10,833
      Keith G. Baxter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        5,882
      Charles J. Kittrell . . . . . . . . . . . . .           --
      Ronald J. Goedde  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           --
      Vincent J. DiCosimo . . . . . . . . . . . . .           --
      Daniel K. Newell (4)  . . . . . . . . . . . .        3,654
      Paul Christen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           --
      Kurt Katz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           --
      All directors and executive officers as a
           group (9 persons)  . . . . . . . . . . .       59,453
   _________
    
   (1)  The nature of beneficial ownership is sole voting and dispositive
        power, unless otherwise noted. 
   
   (2)  Includes 10,384 shares held jointly with spouse, 4,187 shares
        held in IRA by spouse and 162 shares held by daughter. 

   (3)  Includes 688 shares held in custodial accounts for Mr. Hylland's
        children and 2,465 shares held by Mr. Hylland's spouse.

   (4)  Includes 348 shares held jointly with spouse.
    


                                   - 122 -
<PAGE>

        The Managing General Partner is a wholly owned subsidiary of
   Northwestern Growth, which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of
   NPS. No directors or officers of the Managing General Partner or
   Northwestern Growth own any shares of common stock of the Managing
   General Partner or Northwestern Growth. 

               CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   RIGHTS OF THE GENERAL PARTNERS

        As of the date of this Prospectus, the General Partners own all
   of the Subordinated Units, representing an aggregate 37.8% limited
   partner interest in the Partnership. Through the Managing General
   Partner's ability, as managing general partner, to manage and operate
   the Partnership and the ownership of all of the outstanding
   Subordinated Units by the General Partners (effectively giving the
   General Partners the ability to veto certain actions of the
   Partnership), the General Partners will have the ability to control
   the management of the Partnership. 
   
        The Managing General Partner is a wholly-owned subsidiary, and
   the Special General Partner is a majority-owned subsidiary, of NPS. 
   Mr. Lewis serves as the Chairman of the Board, and Messrs. Hylland and
   Newell are executive officers, of NPS.

        The Managing General Partner does not receive any management fee
   or other compensation in connection with its management of the
   Partnership, but it and its affiliates performing services for the
   Partnership are reimbursed at cost for all expenses incurred on behalf
   of the Partnership, including the costs of compensation properly
   allocable to the Partnership.  The Partnership's Partnership Agreement
   provides that the Managing General Partner will determine the expenses
   that are allocable to the Partnership in any reasonable manner.

        In addition, the General Partners are entitled to receive
   distributions on their general partner interests, certain incentive
   distributions and distributions on their Subordinated Units.
    
   CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

        In connection with the Transactions, the Partnership, the
   Operating Partnership, the Managing General Partner, Northwestern
   Growth and certain other parties entered into the Contribution,
   Conveyance and Assumption Agreement (the "Contribution Agreement"),
   which generally governed the Transactions, including the asset
   transfer to and the assumption of liabilities by the Operating
   Partnership, and the application of the proceeds of the IPO. The
   Contribution Agreement was not the result of arm's-length
   negotiations, and there can be no assurance that it, or that any of
   the transactions provided for therein, were effected on terms at least



                                   - 123 -
<PAGE>

   as favorable to the parties to such agreement as could have been
   obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction
   expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, including the
   expenses associated with transferring assets into the Operating
   Partnership, were paid from the proceeds of the IPO.  For additional
   information, see "Prospectus Summary--Cornerstone Propane Partners,
   L.P.--Distributions and Payments to the General Partners and their
   Affiliates--Formation Stage."

            CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
   
        Certain conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future
   as a result of the relationships between the General Partners and
   their stockholders, on the one hand, and the Partnership and its
   limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of the
   Managing General Partner have fiduciary duties to manage the Managing
   General Partner, including  its investments in its subsidiaries and
   affiliates, in a manner beneficial to its stockholder. At the same
   time, the Managing General Partner has a fiduciary duty to manage the
   Partnership in a manner beneficial to the Partnership and the
   Unitholders. The Partnership Agreement contains provisions that allow
   the Managing General Partner to take into account the interests of
   parties in addition to the Partnership in resolving conflicts of
   interest, thereby limiting its fiduciary duty to the Unitholders, as
   well as provisions that may restrict the remedies available to
   Unitholders for actions taken that might, without such limitations,
   constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. The duty of the directors and
   officers of the Managing General Partner to its stockholder may,
   therefore, come into conflict with the duties of the Managing General
   Partner to the Partnership and the Unitholders. The Audit Committee of
   the Board of Directors of the Managing General Partner will, at the
   request of the Managing General Partner, review conflicts of interest
   that may arise between the Managing General Partner or its affiliates,
   on the one hand, and the Partnership, on the other. The Partnership
   Agreement provides that the Managing General Partner may adopt a
   resolution or course of action that has not been approved by a
   majority of the members of the Audit Committee.  See "Management--
   Partnership Management" and "--Fiduciary and Other Duties."
    
        The fiduciary obligations of general partners is a developing
   area of law. The provisions of the Delaware Act that allow the
   fiduciary duties of a general partner to be waived or restricted by a
   partnership agreement have not been resolved in a court of law, and
   the Managing General Partner has not obtained an opinion of counsel
   covering the provisions set forth in the Partnership Agreement that
   purport to waive or restrict fiduciary duties of the Managing General
   Partner. Unitholders should consult their own legal counsel concerning




                                   - 124 -
<PAGE>

   the fiduciary responsibilities of the Managing General Partner and its
   officers and directors and the remedies available to the Unitholders. 

        Conflicts of interest could arise with respect to the situations
   described below, among others: 

        COMMON UNITHOLDERS HAVE NO RIGHT TO ENFORCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE
        MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES UNDER AGREEMENTS WITH
        THE PARTNERSHIP

        The agreements between the Partnership and the Managing General
   Partner do not grant to the Unitholders, separate and apart from the
   Partnership, the right to enforce the obligations of the Managing
   General Partner and its affiliates in favor of the Partnership.
   Therefore, the Partnership will be primarily responsible for enforcing
   such obligations. 

        CONTRACTS BETWEEN THE PARTNERSHIP, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE
        MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES, ON THE OTHER, WILL
        NOT BE THE RESULT OF ARM'S-LENGTH NEGOTIATIONS

        Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the Managing
   General Partner is not restricted from paying the Managing General
   Partner or its affiliates for any services rendered (provided such
   services are rendered on terms fair and reasonable to the Partnership)
   or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of them
   on behalf of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership Agreement nor
   any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between the
   Partnership, on the one hand, and the Managing General Partner and its
   affiliates, on the other, are or will be the result of arm's-length
   negotiations. All of such transactions entered into after the closing
   of IPO are to be on terms which are fair and reasonable to the
   Partnership, provided that any transaction shall be deemed fair and
   reasonable if (i) such transaction is approved by the Audit Committee,
   (ii) its terms are no less favorable to the Partnership than those
   generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties
   or (iii) taking into account the totality of the relationships between
   the parties involved (including other transactions that may be
   particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership), the
   transaction is fair to the Partnership. The Managing General Partner
   and its affiliates have no obligation to permit the Partnership to use
   any facilities or assets of the Managing General Partner and such
   affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from
   time to time specifically dealing with such use, nor is there any
   obligation of the Managing General Partner and its affiliates to enter
   into any such contracts. 







                                   - 125 -
<PAGE>

        CERTAIN ACTIONS TAKEN BY THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER MAY AFFECT
        THE AMOUNT OF CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION TO UNITHOLDERS OR
        ACCELERATE THE CONVERSION OF SUBORDINATED UNITS

        Decisions of the Managing General Partner with respect to the
   amount and timing of cash expenditures, participation in capital
   expansions and acquisitions, borrowings, issuances of additional
   partnership interests and reserves in any quarter will affect whether,
   or the extent to which, there is sufficient Available Cash from
   Operating Surplus to meet the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and
   Target Distributions Levels on all Units in such quarter or in
   subsequent quarters. The Partnership Agreement provides that any
   borrowings by the Partnership or the approval thereof by the Managing
   General Partner shall not constitute a breach of any duty owed by the
   Managing General Partner to the Partnership or the Unitholders,
   including borrowings that have the purpose or effect, directly or
   indirectly, of enabling the General Partners to receive distributions
   on the Subordinated Units or the Incentive Distributions or hasten the
   expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of the
   Subordinated Units into Common Units. The Partnership Agreement
   provides that the Partnership and the Operating Partnership may borrow
   funds from the General Partners and their affiliates. The General
   Partners and their affiliates may not borrow funds from the
   Partnership or the Operating Partnership. Furthermore, any actions
   taken by the Managing General Partner consistent with the standards of
   reasonable discretion set forth in the definitions of Available Cash,
   Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus will be deemed not to constitute
   a breach of any duty of the Managing General Partner to the
   Partnership or the Unitholders. 

        THE PARTNERSHIP REIMBURSES THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS
        AFFILIATES FOR CERTAIN EXPENSES

        Under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the Managing
   General Partner and its affiliates are reimbursed by the Partnership
   for certain expenses incurred on behalf of the Partnership, including
   costs incurred in providing corporate staff and support services to
   the Partnership. The Partnership Agreement provides that the Managing
   General Partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to the
   Partnership in any reasonable manner determined by the Managing
   General Partner in its sole discretion. See "Management --
   Reimbursement of Expenses of the Managing General Partner and its
   Affiliates." 

        THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER INTENDS TO LIMIT ITS LIABILITY WITH
        RESPECT TO THE PARTNERSHIP'S OBLIGATIONS

        Whenever possible, the Managing General Partner intends to limit
   the Partnership's liability under contractual arrangements to all or
   particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party thereto



                                   - 126 -
<PAGE>

   having no recourse against the General Partners or their assets. The
   Partnership Agreement provides that any action by the Managing General
   Partner in so limiting the liability of the General Partners or that
   of the Partnership will not be deemed to be a breach of the Managing
   General Partner's fiduciary duties, even if the Partnership could have
   obtained more favorable terms without such limitation on liability. 

        THE NEW ACQUISITION INCENTIVE PLAN MAY GIVE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVES
        TO MAKE ACQUISITIONS THAT ARE NOT BENEFICIAL TO THE PARTNERSHIP

        The terms of the New Acquisition Incentive Plan (described above
   under "Management--Executive Compensation -- Incentive Plans") could
   give the senior executives of the Managing General Partner an
   incentive to cause the Partnership to acquire additional propane
   operations without regard to whether the operations would prove
   beneficial to the Partnership and may present the senior executives of
   the Managing General Partner with a conflict of interest in
   negotiating the acquisition price on behalf of the Partnership. Mr.
   Baxter, the only participant in the New Acquisition Incentive Plan who
   is a member of the Board of Directors of the Managing General Partner,
   has agreed that he will not participate in any board deliberations
   regarding potential acquisitions subject to the New Acquisition
   Incentive Plan. The Partnership believes that the fact that the
   ultimate decision regarding acquisitions and their terms will be made
   by directors who have no interest in the New Acquisition Incentive
   Plan will significantly reduce the potential conflicts resulting from
   the structure of the plan.

        COMMON UNITS ARE SUBJECT TO THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER'S
        LIMITED CALL RIGHT

        The Managing General Partner may exercise its right to call and
   purchase Units as provided in the Partnership Agreement or assign such
   right to one of its affiliates or to the Partnership. The Managing
   General Partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty
   restrictions, in determining whether to exercise such right. As a
   consequence, a Common Unitholder may have his Common Units purchased
   from him even though he may not desire to sell them, and the price
   paid may be less than the amount the holder would desire to receive
   upon sale of his Common Units. For a description of such right, see
   "The Partnership Agreement -- Limited Call Right." 

        THE PARTNERSHIP MAY RETAIN SEPARATE COUNSEL FOR ITSELF OR FOR THE
        HOLDERS OF COMMON UNITS; ADVISORS RETAINED BY THE PARTNERSHIP
        HAVE NOT BEEN RETAINED TO ACT FOR HOLDERS OF COMMON UNITS

        The Common Unitholders were not represented by counsel in
   connection with the preparation of the Partnership Agreement or other
   agreements referred to herein. The attorneys, independent public
   accountants and others who have performed services for the Partnership



                                   - 127 -
<PAGE>

   in connection with the IPO, the Transactions and the offering made
   hereby have been retained by the Managing General Partner, its
   affiliates and the Partnership and may continue to be retained by the
   Managing General Partner, its affiliates and the Partnership.
   Attorneys, independent public accountants and others who will perform
   services for the Partnership in the future will be selected by the
   Managing General Partner or the Audit Committee and may also perform
   services for the Managing General Partner and its affiliates. The
   Partnership may retain separate counsel for itself or the holders of
   Common Units in the event of a conflict of interest arising between
   the Managing General Partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and
   the Partnership or the holders of Common Units, on the other,
   depending on the nature of such conflict, but it does not intend to do
   so in most cases. 

        THE MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER IS NOT RESTRICTED FROM ENGAGING IN A
        TRANSACTION WHICH WOULD TRIGGER CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS
   
        The Partnership's indebtedness contains provisions relating to
   change of control. If such change of control provisions are triggered,
   such outstanding indebtedness may become due. There is no restriction
   on the ability of the Managing General Partner or Northwestern Growth
   to enter into a transaction which would trigger such change of control
   provisions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations -- The Partnership -- Liquidity
   and Capital Resources --  Financing and Sources of Liquidity." 
    
        THE GENERAL PARTNERS' AFFILIATES MAY COMPETE WITH THE PARTNERSHIP

        The Managing General Partner may not engage in any business or
   activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with
   or incidental to (i) its performance as a general partner of the
   Partnership or one or more affiliates of the Partnership, (ii) the
   acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities of the
   Partnership or such affiliates, and (iii) permitting its employees to
   perform services for its affiliates. Except as limited by the next
   paragraph, the Special General Partner and other affiliates of the
   Managing General Partner (including NPS and Northwestern Growth) are
   not restricted from engaging in any business activities, including
   those in competition with the Partnership. 

        Affiliates of the Managing General Partner may engage in a
   business activity that involves the retail sale of propane to end
   users in the continental United States only if (i) the Managing
   General Partner determines in its reasonable judgment, prior to the
   commencement of such activity, that it is not in the best interests of
   the Partnership to engage in such activity either (A) because of the
   financial commitments or operating characteristics associated with
   such activity or (B) because such activity is not consistent with the
   business strategy or cannot otherwise be integrated with the



                                   - 128 -
<PAGE>

   Partnership's operations on a basis beneficial to the Partnership; or
   (ii) such activity is being undertaken as provided in a joint venture
   agreement or other agreement between the Partnership and an affiliate
   of the Managing General Partner and such joint venture or other
   agreement was determined at the time it was entered into to be fair to
   the Partnership in the reasonable judgment of the Managing General
   Partner. 

        There are no restrictions on the ability of affiliates of the
   Managing General Partner to engage in the retail sale of propane
   outside the continental United States or in the trading,
   transportation, storage and wholesale distribution of propane. The
   Partnership Agreement expressly provides that if the Managing General
   Partner or its affiliates act in accordance with the foregoing, it
   shall not constitute a breach of the Managing General Partner's
   fiduciary duties to the Partnership or the Unitholders if the Managing
   General Partner or its affiliates engage in direct competition with
   the Partnership. 

        THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT PERMITS THE PARTNERSHIP TO ENGAGE IN
        ROLL-UP TRANSACTIONS

        The Partnership Agreement does not prohibit the Partnership from
   engaging in roll-up transactions. Were the Managing General Partner to
   cause the Partnership to engage in a roll-up transaction, there could
   be no assurance that such a transaction would not have a material
   adverse effect on a Unitholder's investment in the Partnership. 

   FIDUCIARY AND OTHER DUTIES
   
        The General Partners will be accountable to the Partnership and
   the Unitholders as fiduciaries. Consequently, the Managing General
   Partner must exercise due care, good faith and integrity in handling
   the assets and affairs of the Partnership. In contrast to the
   relatively well-developed law concerning fiduciary duties owed by
   officers and directors to the shareholders of a corporation, the law
   concerning the duties owed by general partners to other partners and
   to partnerships is relatively undeveloped. Neither the Delaware
   Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the "Delaware Act") nor case
   law defines with particularity the fiduciary duties owed by general
   partners to limited partners or a limited partnership, but the
   Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their
   partnership agreements, restrict or expand the fiduciary duties that
   might otherwise be applied by a court in analyzing the standard of
   duty owed by general partners to limited partners and the partnership.


        Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an
   obligation to act with due care and the highest good faith, fairness
   and loyalty. Such duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a



                                   - 129 -
<PAGE>

   partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a
   general partner of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any
   action or engaging in any transaction as to which it has a conflict of
   interest. In order to induce the Managing General Partner to manage
   the business of the Partnership, the Partnership Agreement, as
   permitted by the Delaware Act, contains various provisions intended to
   have the effect of restricting the fiduciary duties that might
   otherwise be owed by the Managing General Partner to the Partnership
   and its partners and waiving or consenting to conduct by the Managing
   General Partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues
   as to compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. 
    
        The Partnership Agreement provides that in order to become a
   limited partner of the Partnership, a holder of Common Units is
   required to agree to be bound by the provisions thereof, including the
   provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of
   the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the
   enforceability of partnership agreements. The Delaware Act also
   provides that a partnership agreement is not unenforceable by reason
   of its not having been signed by a person being admitted as a limited
   partner or becoming an assignee in accordance with the terms thereof. 

        The Partnership Agreement provides that whenever a conflict
   arises between the General Partners or their affiliates, on the one
   hand, and the Partnership or any other partner, on the other, the
   Managing General Partner shall resolve such conflict. The Managing
   General Partner in general shall not be in breach of its obligations
   under the Partnership Agreement or its duties to the Partnership or
   the Unitholders if the resolution of such conflict is fair and
   reasonable to the Partnership, and any resolution shall conclusively
   be deemed to be fair and reasonable to the Partnership if such
   resolution is (i) approved by the Audit Committee (although no party
   is obligated to seek such approval and the Managing General Partner
   may adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received such
   approval), (ii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than
   those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third
   parties or (iii) fair to the Partnership, taking into account the
   totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including
   other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
   to the Partnership). In resolving such conflict, the Managing General
   Partner may (unless the resolution is specifically provided for in the
   Partnership Agreement) consider the relative interests of the parties
   involved in such conflict or affected by such action, any customary or
   accepted industry practices or historical dealings with a particular
   person or entity and, if applicable, generally accepted accounting
   practices or principles and such other factors as its deems relevant.
   Thus, unlike the strict duty of a fiduciary who must act solely in the
   best interests of his beneficiary, the Partnership Agreement permits
   the Managing General Partner to consider the interests of all parties
   to a conflict of interest, including the interests of the General



                                   - 130 -
<PAGE>

   Partners. In connection with the resolution of any conflict that
   arises, unless the Managing General Partner has acted in bad faith,
   the action taken by the Managing General Partner shall not constitute
   a breach of the Partnership Agreement, any other agreement or any
   standard of care or duty imposed by the Delaware Act or other
   applicable law. The Partnership also provides that in certain
   circumstances the Managing General Partner may act in its sole
   discretion, in good faith or pursuant to other appropriate standards. 

        The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner may institute
   legal action on behalf of the partnership (a partnership derivative
   action) to recover damages from a third party where the general
   partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to
   cause the general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. In
   addition, the statutory or case law of certain jurisdictions may
   permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of
   himself and all other similarly situated limited partners (a class
   action) to recover damages from a general partner for violations of
   its fiduciary duties to the limited partners. 

        The Partnership Agreement also provides that any standard of care
   and duty imposed thereby or under the Delaware Act or any applicable
   law, rule or regulation will be modified, waived or limited, to the 
   extent permitted by law, as required to permit the Managing General
   Partner and its officers and directors to act under the Partnership
   Agreement or any other agreement contemplated therein and to make any
   decisions pursuant to the authority prescribed in the Partnership
   Agreement, so long as such action is reasonably believed by the
   Managing General Partner to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best
   interests of the Partnership. Further, the Partnership Agreement
   provides that the General Partners and their officers and directors
   will not be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the
   limited partners or assignees for errors of judgment or for any acts
   or omissions if the Managing General Partner and such other persons
   acted in good faith. 

        In addition, under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, the
   Partnership is required to indemnify the General Partners and their
   officers, directors, employees, affiliates, partners, members, agents
   and trustees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against
   liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by the General Partners or
   such other persons, if the General Partners or such persons acted in
   good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in, or not
   opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership and, with respect to
   any criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe their
   conduct was unlawful. See  "The Partnership Agreement --
   Indemnification."  Thus, the General Partners could be indemnified for
   their negligent acts if they meet such requirements concerning good
   faith and the best interests of the Partnership. 




                                   - 131 -
<PAGE>

                       DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

        The Common Units are registered under the Securities Exchange Act
   of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the Partnership is
   subject to the reporting and certain other requirements of the
   Exchange Act. The Partnership is required to file periodic reports
   containing financial and other information with the Commission. 

        Persons acquiring Common Units in this offering and subsequent
   transferees of Common Units (or their brokers, agents or nominees on
   their behalf) who wish to become Unitholders of record will be
   required to execute Transfer Applications, the form of which is
   included as Appendix A to this Prospectus, before the acquisition or
   transfer of such Common Units will be registered on the records of the
   Transfer Agent and before cash distributions or federal income tax
   allocations can be made to the acquiror or transferee. The Partnership
   will be entitled to treat the nominee holder of a Common Unit as the
   absolute owner thereof, and the beneficial owner's rights will be
   limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a
   result of or by reason of any understanding or agreement between such
   beneficial owner and nominee holder. 

   THE UNITS
   
        The Common Units and the Subordinated Units represent limited
   partner interests in the Partnership, which entitle the holders
   thereof to participate in Partnership distributions and to exercise
   the rights or privileges available to limited partners under the
   Partnership Agreement. The holders of Common Units do not have
   preemptive rights to acquire additional Common Units or other
   partnership interests that may be issued by the Partnership.  For a
   description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of
   Common Units and Subordinated Units in and to Partnership
   distributions, together with a description of the circumstances under
   which Subordinated Units may convert into Common Units, see "Cash
   Distribution Policy." For a description of the rights and privileges
   of limited partners under the Partnership Agreement, see "The
   Partnership Agreement." 
    
   TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

        Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company serves as registrar
   and transfer agent (the "Transfer Agent") for the Common Units and
   receives a fee from the Partnership for serving in such capacities.
   All fees charged by the Transfer Agent for transfers of Common Units
   will be borne by the Partnership and not by the holders of Common
   Units, except that fees similar to those customarily paid by
   stockholders for surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen
   certificates, taxes and other governmental charges, special charges
   for services requested by a holder of a Common Unit and other similar



                                   - 132 -
<PAGE>

   fees or charges will be borne by the affected holder. There will be no
   charge to holders for disbursements of the Partnership's cash
   distributions. The Partnership has agreed to indemnify the Transfer
   Agent, its agents and each of their respective shareholders,
   directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that
   may arise out of acts performed or omitted in respect of its
   activities as such, except for any liability due to any negligence,
   gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct of the
   indemnified person or entity. 

        The Transfer Agent may at any time resign, by notice to the
   Partnership, or be removed by the Partnership, such resignation or
   removal to become effective upon the appointment by the Partnership of
   a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of such
   appointment. If no successor has been appointed and accepted such
   appointment within 30 days after notice of such resignation or
   removal, the Managing General Partner is authorized to act as the
   transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed. 

   TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS

        Until a Common Unit has been transferred on the books of the
   Partnership, the Partnership and the Transfer Agent, notwithstanding
   any notice to the contrary, may treat the record holder thereof as the
   absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law
   or stock exchange regulations. The transfer of the Common Units to
   persons that purchase or acquire Common Units directly from the
   Partnership will be accomplished through the completion, execution and
   delivery of a Transfer Application by such investor in connection with
   such Common Units. Any subsequent transfers of a Common Unit will not
   be recorded by the Transfer Agent or recognized by the Partnership
   unless the transferee executes and delivers a Transfer Application. By
   executing and delivering a Transfer Application (the form of which is
   set forth as Appendix A to this Prospectus and which is also set forth
   on the reverse side of the certificates representing the Common
   Units), the transferee of Common Units (i) becomes the record holder
   of such Common Units and shall constitute an assignee until admitted
   into the Partnership as a substituted limited partner,
   (ii) automatically requests admission as a substituted limited partner
   in the Partnership, (iii) agrees to be bound by the terms and
   conditions of, and executes, the Partnership Agreement,
   (iv) represents that such transferee has the capacity, power and
   authority to enter into the Partnership Agreement, (v) grants powers
   of attorney to officers of the Managing General Partner and any
   liquidator of the Partnership as specified in the Partnership
   Agreement, and (vi) makes the consents and waivers contained in the
   Partnership Agreement. An assignee will become a substituted limited
   partner of the Partnership in respect of the transferred Common Units
   upon the consent of the Managing General Partner and the recordation
   of the name of the assignee on the books and records of the



                                   - 133 -
<PAGE>

   Partnership. Such consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of
   the Managing General Partner. 

        Common Units are securities and are transferable according to the
   laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights
   acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right
   to request admission as a substituted limited partner in the
   Partnership in respect of the transferred Common Units. A person
   acquiring Common Units who does not execute and deliver a Transfer
   Application obtains only (a) the right to assign the Common Units to a
   purchaser or other transferee and (b) the right to transfer the right
   to seek admission as a substituted limited partner in the Partnership
   with respect to the transferred Common Units. Thus, a person acquiring
   Common Units who does not execute and deliver a Transfer Application
   will not receive cash distributions or federal income tax allocations
   unless the Common Units are held in a nominee or "street name" account
   and the nominee or broker has executed and delivered a Transfer
   Application with respect to such Common Units, and may not receive
   certain federal income tax information or reports furnished to record
   holders of Common Units. The transferor of Common Units will have a
   duty to provide such transferee with all information that may be
   necessary to obtain registration of the transfer of the Common Units,
   but a transferee agrees, by acceptance of the certificate representing
   Common Units, that the transferor will not have a duty to insure the
   execution of the Transfer Application by the transferee and will have
   no liability or responsibility if such transferee neglects to or
   chooses not to execute and forward the Transfer Application to the
   Transfer Agent. See "The Partnership Agreement -- Status as Limited
   Partner or Assignee." 
























                                   - 134 -
<PAGE>

                          THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

        The following paragraphs are a summary of the material provisions
   of the Partnership Agreement. The Partnership Agreement for the
   Partnership and the Partnership Agreement for the Operating
   Partnership (the "Operating Partnership Agreement") are exhibits to
   the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a
   part. The Partnership will provide prospective investors with a copy
   of the Partnership Agreement and the Operating Partnership Agreement
   upon request at no charge. The discussions presented herein and below
   of the material provisions of the Partnership Agreement are qualified
   in their entirety by reference to the Partnership Agreements for the
   Partnership and for the Operating Partnership. The Partnership is the
   sole limited partner of the Operating Partnership, which owns, manages
   and operates the Partnership's business. The General Partners serve as
   the general partners of the Partnership and of the Operating
   Partnership, owning an aggregate 2% general partner interest in the
   Partnership and the Operating Partnership on a combined basis. The
   Managing General Partner manages and operates the Partnership, and the
   Special General Partner has no duty or right to participate in the
   management or operation of the Partnership. Unless the context
   otherwise requires, references herein to the "Partnership Agreement"
   constitute references to the Partnership Agreement and the Operating
   Partnership Agreement, collectively. 

        Certain provisions of the Partnership Agreement are summarized
   elsewhere in this Prospectus under various headings. With regard to
   the transfer of Common Units, see "Description of the Common Units --
   Transfer of Common Units." With regard to distributions of Available
   Cash, see "Cash Distribution Policy." With regard to allocations of
   taxable income and taxable loss, see "Tax Considerations." Prospective
   investors are urged to review these sections of this Prospectus and
   the Partnership Agreement carefully.

   ORGANIZATION AND DURATION

        The Partnership and the Operating Partnership were organized in
   October 1996 and November 1996, respectively, as Delaware limited
   partnerships. The General Partners are the general partners of the
   Partnership and the Operating Partnership.  The General Partners own
   an aggregate 2% interest as general partners and the right to receive
   Incentive Distributions, and the Unitholders (including the General
   Partners as holders of Subordinated Units) own a 98% interest as
   limited partners, in the Partnership and the Operating Partnership on
   a combined basis. The Partnership will dissolve on December 31, 2086,








                                   - 135 -
<PAGE>

   unless sooner dissolved pursuant to the terms of the Partnership
   Agreement. 

   PURPOSE

   The purpose of the Partnership under the Partnership Agreement is
   limited to serving as the limited partner of the Operating Partnership
   and engaging in any business activity that may be engaged in by the
   Operating Partnership. The Operating Partnership Agreement provides
   that the Operating Partnership may, directly or indirectly, engage in
   (i) the Combined Operations as conducted immediately prior to the IPO,
   (ii) any other activity approved by the Managing General Partner but
   only to the extent that the Managing General Partner reasonably
   determines that, as of the date of the acquisition or commencement of
   such activity, such activity generates "qualifying income" (as such
   term is defined in Section 7704 of the Code) or (iii) any activity
   that enhances the operations of an activity that is described in (i)
   or (ii) above.  Although the Managing General Partner has the ability
   under the Partnership Agreement to cause the Partnership and the
   Operating Partnership to engage in activities other than propane
   marketing and related businesses, the Managing General Partner has no
   current intention of doing so. The Managing General Partner is
   authorized in general to perform all acts deemed necessary to carry
   out such purposes and to conduct the business of the Partnership. 

   POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Each Limited Partner, and each person who acquires a Unit from a
   Unitholder and executes and delivers a Transfer Application with
   respect thereto, grants to the Managing General Partner and, if a
   liquidator of the Partnership has been appointed, such liquidator, a
   power of attorney to, among other things, execute and file certain
   documents required in connection with the qualification, continuance
   or dissolution of the Partnership or the amendment of the Partnership
   Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and to make consents
   and waivers contained in the Partnership Agreement.

   CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

        For a description of the initial capital contributions made to
   the Partnership, see "The IPO and Related Transactions."  The
   Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions
   to the Partnership, except as described below under "-- Limited
   Liability." 

   LIMITED LIABILITY

        Assuming that a Limited Partner does not participate in the
   control of the business of the Partnership within the meaning of the
   Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the



                                   - 136 -
<PAGE>

   provisions of the Partnership Agreement, his liability under the
   Delaware Act will be limited, subject to certain possible exceptions,
   to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to the
   Partnership in respect of his Common Units plus his share of any
   undistributed profits and assets of the Partnership. If it were
   determined, however, that the right or exercise of the right by the
   Limited Partners as a group to remove or replace the General Partners,
   to approve certain amendments to the Partnership Agreement or to take
   other action pursuant to the Partnership Agreement constituted
   "participation in the control" of the Partnership's business for the
   purposes of the Delaware Act, then a Limited Partner could be held
   personally liable for the Partnership's obligations under the laws of
   the State of Delaware to the same extent as the General Partners with
   respect to persons who transact business with the Partnership
   reasonably believing, based on the Limited Partner's conduct, that the
   Limited Partner is a general partner. 

        Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a
   distribution to a partner to the extent that at the time of the
   distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities
   of the partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of
   their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of
   creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, exceed
   the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the
   purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited
   partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property
   subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall
   be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the
   extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that nonrecourse
   liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who
   receives such a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution
   that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be
   liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution
   for three years from the date of the distribution. Under the Delaware
   Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted limited partner of a
   limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to
   make contributions to the partnership, except the assignee is not
   obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a
   limited partner and which could not be ascertained from the
   partnership agreement. 

        The Operating Partnership currently conducts business in at least
   26 states. Maintenance of limited liability may require compliance
   with legal requirements in such jurisdictions in which the Operating
   Partnership conducts business, including qualifying the Operating
   Partnership to do business there. Limitations on the liability of
   limited partners for the obligations of a limited partnership have not
   been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If it were determined
   that the Partnership was, by virtue of its limited partner interest in
   the Operating Partnership or otherwise, conducting business in any



                                   - 137 -
<PAGE>

   state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership
   statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the Limited
   Partners as a group to remove or replace the General Partners, to
   approve certain amendments to the Partnership Agreement, or to take
   other action pursuant to the Partnership Agreement constituted
   "participation in the control" of the Partnership's business for the
   purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the
   Limited Partners could be held personally liable for the Partnership's
   obligations under the law of such jurisdiction to the same extent as
   the General Partners under certain circumstances. The Partnership will
   operate in such manner as the Managing General Partner deems
   reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited
   liability of the Limited Partners. 

   ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES

        The Partnership Agreement authorizes the Partnership to issue an
   unlimited number of additional limited partner interests and other
   equity securities of the Partnership for such consideration and on
   such terms and conditions as are established by the Managing General
   Partner in its sole discretion without the approval of any limited
   partners; provided that, during the Subordination Period, except as
   provided in clauses (i) and (ii) below, the Partnership may not issue
   equity securities of the Partnership ranking prior or senior to the
   Common Units or an aggregate of more than 4,270,000 additional Common
   Units (excluding Common Units issued upon conversion of Subordinated
   Units, upon conversion of the general partner interests and Incentive
   Distribution Rights as a result of a withdrawal of a General Partner,
   and pursuant to the employee benefit plans of the Managing General
   Partner, the Partnership or other members of the Partnership Group and
   subject to adjustment in the event of a combination or subdivision of
   Common Units) or an equivalent number of securities ranking on a
   parity with the Common Units without the approval of the holders of at
   least a Unit Majority. During the Subordination Period, the
   Partnership may also issue an unlimited number of additional Common
   Units or parity securities without the approval of the Unitholders (i)
   if such issuance occurs (A) in connection with an Acquisition or a
   Capital Improvement or (B) within 365 days of, and the net proceeds
   from such issuance are used to repay debt incurred in connection with,
   an Acquisition or a Capital Improvement, in each case where such
   Acquisition or Capital Improvement involves assets that, if acquired
   by the Partnership as of the date that is one year prior to the first
   day of the quarter in which such transaction is to be effected, would
   have resulted in an increase in (1) the amount of Adjusted Operating
   Surplus generated by the Partnership on a per-Unit basis (for all
   outstanding Units) with respect to each of the four most recently
   completed quarters (on a pro forma basis) as compared to (2) the
   actual amount of Adjusted Operating Surplus generated by the
   Partnership on a per-Unit basis (for all outstanding Units) (excluding
   Adjusted Operating Surplus attributable to the Acquisition or Capital



                                   - 138 -
<PAGE>

   Improvement) with respect to each of such four most recently completed
   quarters (provided that if the issuance of Units with respect to an
   Acquisition or Capital Improvement occurs within the first four full
   quarters after the closing of the IPO, then Adjusted Operating Surplus
   as used in clauses (1) (determined on a pro forma basis) and (2) above
   will be calculated (A) for each quarter, if any, that commenced after
   the closing of the IPO for which actual results of operations are
   available, based on the actual Adjusted Operating Surplus of the
   Partnership generated with respect to such quarter and (B) for each
   other quarter, on a pro forma basis not inconsistent with the
   procedures, as applicable, set forth in "Cash Available for
   Distribution" (which Units may include all or a portion of the Common
   Units offered hereby); or (ii) if the proceeds from such issuance are
   used exclusively to repay up to $75.0 million in indebtedness of a
   member of the Partnership Group, in each case only where the aggregate
   amount of distributions that would have been paid with respect to such
   newly issued Units and the related additional distributions that would
   have been made to the General Partners in respect of the (actual or
   pro forma) four-quarter period ending prior to the first day of the
   quarter in which the issuance is to be consummated (assuming such
   additional Units had been outstanding throughout such period and that
   distributions equal to the distributions that were actually paid on
   the outstanding Units during the period were paid on such additional
   Units) did not exceed the interest costs actually incurred during such
   period on the indebtedness that is to be repaid (or, if such
   indebtedness was not outstanding throughout the entire period, would
   have been incurred had such indebtedness been outstanding for the
   entire period). In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of
   the Partnership Agreement, the Partnership may also issue additional
   partnership interests that, in the sole discretion of the Managing
   General Partner, may have special voting rights to which the Common
   Units are not entitled. 

        Upon issuance of additional Partnership Securities, the General
   Partners will be required to make additional capital contributions to
   the extent necessary to maintain their 2% general partner interest in
   the Partnership and the Operating Partnership. Moreover, the Managing
   General Partner will have the right, which it may from time to time
   assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase
   Common Units, Subordinated Units or other equity securities of the
   Partnership from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that,
   the Partnership issues such securities or rights to persons other than
   the Managing General Partner and its affiliates, to the extent
   necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the General Partners
   and their affiliates in the Partnership (including their interest
   represented by Subordinated Units) that existed immediately prior to
   each such issuance. The holders of Common Units do not have preemptive
   rights to acquire additional Common Units or other partnership
   interests that may be issued by the Partnership. 




                                   - 139 -
<PAGE>

   AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

        Amendments to the Partnership Agreement may be proposed only by
   or with the consent of the Managing General Partner, which consent may
   be given or withheld in its sole discretion. In order to adopt a
   proposed amendment (other than certain amendments discussed below),
   the Managing General Partner is required to seek written approval of
   the holders of the number of Units required to approve such amendment
   or call a meeting of the Limited Partners to consider and vote upon
   the proposed amendment, except as described below. Proposed amendments
   (unless otherwise specified) must be approved by holders of a Unit
   Majority, except that no amendment may be made which would (i) enlarge
   the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless
   approved by at least a majority of the type or class of Units so
   affected, (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any
   action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts
   distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by the Partnership to
   the Managing General Partner or any of its affiliates without its
   consent, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion,
   (iii) change the term of the Partnership, (iv) provide that the
   Partnership is not dissolved upon the expiration of its term or upon
   an election to dissolve the Partnership by the Managing General
   Partner that is approved by holders of a Unit Majority or (v) give any
   person the right to dissolve the Partnership other than the Managing
   General Partner's right to dissolve the Partnership with the approval
   of holders of a Unit Majority. 

        The Managing General Partner may generally make amendments to the
   Partnership Agreement without the approval of any Partner or assignee
   to reflect (i) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location
   of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered
   agent or the registered office of the Partnership, (ii) admission,
   substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with the
   Partnership Agreement, (iii) a change that, in the discretion of the
   Managing General Partner, is necessary or advisable to qualify or
   continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership
   or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability
   under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither the Partnership
   nor the Operating Partnership will be treated as an association
   taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal
   income tax purposes, (iv) an amendment that is necessary, in the
   opinion of counsel to the Partnership, to prevent the Partnership, or
   the General Partners or their directors, officers, agents or trustees,
   from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment
   Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940,
   as amended, or "plan asset" regulations adopted under the Employee
   Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, whether or not
   substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or
   proposed, (v) subject to the limitations on the issuance of additional
   Common Units or other limited or general partner interests described



                                   - 140 -
<PAGE>

   above, an amendment that in the discretion of the Managing General
   Partner is necessary or advisable in connection with the authorization
   of additional limited or general partner interests, (vi) any amendment
   expressly permitted in the Partnership Agreement to be made by the
   Managing General Partner acting alone, (vii) an amendment effected,
   necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been
   approved pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement,
   (viii) any amendment that, in the discretion of the Managing General
   Partner, is necessary or advisable in connection with the formation by
   the Partnership of, or its investment in, any corporation, partnership
   or other entity (other than the Operating Partnership) as otherwise
   permitted by the Partnership Agreement, (ix) a change in the fiscal
   year and/or taxable year of the Partnership and changes related
   thereto, and (x) any other amendments substantially similar to any of
   the foregoing. 

        In addition to the Managing General Partner's right to amend the
   Partnership Agreement as described above, the Managing General Partner
   may make amendments to the Partnership Agreement without the approval
   of any Partner or assignee if such amendments, in the discretion of
   the Managing General Partner, (i) do not adversely affect the Limited
   Partners in any material respect, (ii) are necessary or advisable to
   satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any
   opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or
   state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or
   state statute, (iii) are necessary or advisable to facilitate the
   trading of the Common Units (including the division of any class or
   classes of outstanding Partnership Securities into different classes
   to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of
   Partnership Securities) or to comply with any rule, regulation,
   guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the
   Common Units are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of
   which the Managing General Partner deems to be in the best interests
   of the Partnership and the Limited Partners, (iv) are necessary or
   advisable in connection with any action taken by the Managing General
   Partner relating to splits or combinations of Units pursuant to the
   provisions of the Partnership Agreement or (v) are required to effect
   the intent expressed in this Prospectus or the intent of the
   Partnership Agreement or contemplated by the Partnership Agreement. 

        The Managing General Partner will not be required to obtain an
   Opinion of Counsel (as defined below) in the event of the amendments
   described in the two immediately preceding paragraphs. No other
   amendments to the Partnership Agreement will become effective without
   the approval of holders of at least 90% of the Units unless the
   Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
   amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law
   of any limited partner in the Partnership or the limited partner of
   the Operating Partnership. 




                                   - 141 -
<PAGE>

        Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the
   rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding Units in
   relation to other classes of Units will require the approval of at
   least a majority of the type or class of Units so affected. Any
   amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any
   action is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited
   partners constituting not less than the voting requirement sought to
   be reduced. 

   MERGER, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

        The Managing General Partner is generally prohibited, without the
   prior approval of holders of a Unit Majority, from causing the
   Partnership to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise
   dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in a single
   transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of
   merger, consolidation or other combination) or approving on behalf of
   the Partnership the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or
   substantially all of the assets of the Operating Partnership; provided
   that the Managing General Partner may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or
   grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the
   Partnership's assets without such approval. The Managing General
   Partner may also sell all or substantially all of the Partnership's
   assets pursuant to a foreclosure or other realization upon the
   foregoing encumbrances without such approval. Furthermore, provided
   that certain conditions are satisfied, the Managing General Partner
   may merge the Partnership or any member of the Partnership Group into,
   or convey some or all of the Partnership Group's assets to, a newly
   formed entity if the sole purpose of such merger or conveyance is to
   effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another
   limited liability entity. The Unitholders are not entitled to
   dissenters' rights of appraisal under the Partnership Agreement or
   applicable Delaware law in the event of a merger or consolidation of
   the Partnership, a sale of substantially all of the Partnership's
   assets or any other transaction or event.

   TERMINATION AND DISSOLUTION

        The Partnership will continue until December 31, 2086, unless
   sooner terminated pursuant to the Partnership Agreement. The
   Partnership will be dissolved upon (i) the election of the Managing
   General Partner to dissolve the Partnership, if approved by the
   holders of a Unit Majority, (ii) the sale, exchange or other
   disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties
   of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership, (iii) the entry of a
   decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership or (iv) the
   withdrawal or removal of the Managing General Partner or any other
   event that results in its ceasing to be the Managing General Partner
   (other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in
   accordance with the Partnership Agreement or withdrawal or removal



                                   - 142 -
<PAGE>

   following approval and admission of a successor). Upon a dissolution
   pursuant to clause (iv), the holders of a Unit Majority may also
   elect, within certain time limitations, to reconstitute the
   Partnership and continue its business on the same terms and conditions
   set forth in the Partnership Agreement by forming a new limited
   partnership on terms identical to those set forth in the Partnership
   Agreement and having as general partner an entity approved by the
   holders of a Unit Majority subject to receipt by the Partnership of an
   opinion of counsel to the effect that (x) such action would not result
   in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner and
   (y) neither the Partnership, the reconstituted limited partnership nor
   the Operating Partnership would be treated as an association taxable
   as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal
   income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue
   (hereinafter, an "Opinion of Counsel").

   LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS

        Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is
   reconstituted and continued as a new limited partnership, the person
   authorized to wind up the affairs of the Partnership (the
   "Liquidator") will, acting with all of the powers of the Managing
   General Partner that such Liquidator deems necessary or desirable in
   its good faith judgment in connection therewith, liquidate the
   Partnership's assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as
   provided in "Cash Distribution Policy -- Distributions of Cash Upon
   Liquidation." Under certain circumstances and subject to certain
   limitations, the Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of
   the Partnership's assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute
   assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be
   impractical or would cause undue loss to the partners. 

   WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF THE GENERAL PARTNERS

        The Managing General Partner has agreed not to withdraw
   voluntarily as a general partner of the Partnership and the Operating
   Partnership prior to December 31, 2006 (with limited exceptions
   described below), without obtaining the approval of the holders of a
   Unit Majority and furnishing an Opinion of Counsel. On or after
   December 31, 2006, the Managing General Partner may withdraw as the
   Managing General Partner (without first obtaining approval from any
   Unitholder) by giving 90 days' written notice, and such withdrawal
   will not constitute a violation of the Partnership Agreement.
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing General Partner may
   withdraw without Unitholder approval upon 90 days' notice to the
   Limited Partners if at least 50% of the outstanding Common Units are
   held or controlled by one person and its affiliates (other than the
   Managing General Partner and its affiliates). In addition, the
   Partnership Agreement permits the General Partners (in certain limited
   instances) to sell or otherwise transfer all of their general partner



                                   - 143 -
<PAGE>

   interests in the Partnership without the approval of the Unitholders.
   See "-- Transfer of General Partners' Interests." 

        Upon the withdrawal of the Managing General Partner under any
   circumstances (other than as a result of a transfer by the Managing
   General Partner of all or a part of its general partner interests in
   the Partnership), the holders of a Unit Majority may select a
   successor to such withdrawing Managing General Partner. If such a
   successor is not elected, or is elected but an Opinion of Counsel
   cannot be obtained, the Partnership will be dissolved, wound up and
   liquidated, unless within 180 days after such withdrawal the holders
   of a Unit Majority agree in writing to continue the business of the
   Partnership and to appoint a successor Managing General Partner. See
   "-- Termination and Dissolution."

        The Managing General Partner may not be removed unless such
   removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3%
   of the outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partners
   and their affiliates) and the Partnership receives an Opinion of
   Counsel. The ownership of the Subordinated Units by the Managing
   General Partner and its affiliates effectively gives the Managing
   General Partner the ability to prevent its removal. Any such removal
   is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the
   vote of the holders of not less than a Unit Majority. The Partnership
   Agreement also provides that if the Managing General Partner is
   removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances
   where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partners and
   their affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal (i) the
   Subordination Period will end and all outstanding Subordinated Units
   will immediately convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis,
   (ii) any existing Common Unit Arrearages will be extinguished and
   (iii) the General Partners will have the right to convert their
   partner interests (and all the Incentive Distribution Rights) into
   Common Units or to receive cash in exchange for such interests. 

        Withdrawal or removal of the Managing General Partner as a
   general partner of the Partnership also constitutes withdrawal or
   removal, as the case may be, of the Managing General Partner as a
   general partner of the Operating Partnership. Any withdrawal or
   removal of the Managing General Partner will result in the
   simultaneous withdrawal or removal of the Special General Partner from
   the Partnership and the Operating Partnership. 

        In the event of removal of the General Partners under
   circumstances where Cause exists or withdrawal of the General Partners
   where such withdrawal violates the Partnership Agreement, a successor
   general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner
   interests and Incentive Distribution Rights of the departing General
   Partners (the "Departing Partners") in the Partnership and the
   Operating Partnership for a cash payment equal to the fair market



                                   - 144 -
<PAGE>

   value of such interests. Under all other circumstances where the
   General Partners withdraw or are removed by the Limited Partners, the
   Departing Partners will have the option to require the successor
   general partner to purchase such general partner interest of the
   Departing Partners and their Incentive Distribution Rights for such
   amount. In each case, such fair market value will be determined by
   agreement between the Departing Partners and the successor general
   partner, or if no agreement is reached, by an independent investment
   banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing
   Partners and the successor general partner (or if no expert can be
   agreed upon, by an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected
   by each of them). In addition, the Partnership will be required to
   reimburse the Departing Partners for all amounts due the Departing
   Partners, including, without limitation, all employee-related
   liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred in connection
   with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing
   Partners for the benefit of the Partnership. 

        If the above-described option is not exercised by either the
   Departing Partners or the successor general partner, as applicable,
   the Departing Partners' general partner interests in the Partnership
   and the Operating Partnership and their Incentive Distribution Rights
   will be converted into Common Units equal to the fair market value of
   such interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other
   independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding
   paragraph.

   TRANSFER OF GENERAL PARTNERS' INTERESTS AND INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION
   RIGHTS

        Except for a transfer by a General Partner of all, but not less
   than all, of its general partner interest in the Partnership and the
   Operating Partnership to (a) an affiliate of such General Partner or
   (b) another person in connection with the merger or consolidation of
   such General Partner with or into another person or the transfer by
   such General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to
   another person, such General Partner may not transfer all or any part
   of its general partner interest in the Partnership and the Operating
   Partnership to another person prior to December 31, 2006, without the
   approval of the holders of at least a Unit Majority; provided that, in
   each case, such transferee assumes the rights and duties of such
   General Partner to whose interest such transferee has succeeded,
   agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Partnership Agreement,
   furnishes an Opinion of Counsel and agrees to acquire all (or the
   appropriate portion thereof, as applicable) of such General Partner's
   interest in the Operating Partnership and agrees to be bound by the
   provisions of the Operating Partnership Agreement. The Special General
   Partner cannot transfer its general partner interest in the
   Partnership and the Operating Partnership without the approval of the
   Managing General Partner. The General Partners shall have the right at



                                   - 145 -
<PAGE>

   any time, however, to transfer their Subordinated Units to one or more
   persons without Unitholder approval. At any time, the stockholders of
   the General Partners may sell or transfer all or part of their
   interest in the General Partners to an affiliate or a third party
   without the approval of the Unitholders. Each General Partner or its
   affiliates or a subsequent holder may transfer its Incentive
   Distribution Rights to another person in connection with its merger or
   consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its
   assets to, such person without the prior approval of the Unitholders.
   Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights may also transfer such rights
   to their affiliates without the prior approval of the Unitholders.
   Prior to December 31, 2006, other transfers of the Incentive
   Distribution Rights will require the affirmative vote of holders of at
   least a Unit Majority. On or after December 31, 2006, the Incentive
   Distribution Rights will be freely transferable. 

   CHANGE OF MANAGEMENT PROVISIONS

        The Partnership Agreement contains certain provisions that are
   intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove the
   Managing General Partner as general partner of the Partnership or
   otherwise change the management of the Partnership. If any person or
   group other than the Managing General Partner and its affiliates
   acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of Units,
   such person or group loses voting rights with respect to all of its
   Units. The Partnership Agreement also provides that if the Managing
   General Partner is removed as a general partner of the Partnership
   under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the
   General Partners and their affiliates are not voted in favor of such
   removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all outstanding
   Subordinated Units will immediately convert into Common Units on a
   one-for-one basis, (ii) any existing Common Unit Arrearages will be
   extinguished and (iii) the General Partners will have the right to
   convert their partner interests (and all of their Incentive
   Distribution Rights) into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange
   for such interests. 

   LIMITED CALL RIGHT

        If at any time not more than 20% of the then-issued and
   outstanding limited partner interests of any class (including Common
   Units) are held by persons other than the Managing General Partner and
   its affiliates, the Managing General Partner will have the right,
   which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to
   the Partnership, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the
   remaining limited partner interests of such class held by such
   unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by the
   Managing General Partner, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days'
   notice. The purchase price in the event of such a purchase shall be
   the greater of (i) the highest price paid by the Managing General



                                   - 146 -
<PAGE>

   Partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of
   such class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which
   the Managing General Partner first mails notice of its election to
   purchase such limited partner interests, and (ii) the Current Market
   Price as of the date three days prior to the date such notice is
   mailed. As a consequence of the Managing General Partner's right to
   purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited
   partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased
   even though he may not desire to sell them, or the price paid may be
   less than the amount the holder would desire to receive upon the sale
   of his limited partner interests. The tax consequences to a Unitholder
   of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by such
   Unitholder of his Common Units in the market. See "Tax
   Considerations -- Disposition of Common Units." 

   MEETINGS; VOTING

        Except as described below with respect to a Person or group
   owning 20% or more of all Units, Unitholders or assignees who are
   record holders of Units on the record date set pursuant to the
   Partnership Agreement will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at,
   meetings of limited partners of the Partnership and to act with
   respect to matters as to which approvals may be solicited. With
   respect to voting rights attributable to Common Units that are owned
   by an assignee who is a record holder but who has not yet been
   admitted as a limited partner, the Managing General Partner shall be
   deemed to be the limited partner with respect thereto and shall, in
   exercising the voting rights in respect of such Common Units on any
   matter, vote such Common Units at the written direction of such record
   holder. Absent such direction, such Common Units will not be voted
   (except that, in the case of Common Units held by the Managing General
   Partner on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees (as defined below), the
   Managing General Partner shall distribute the votes in respect of such
   Common Units in the same ratios as the votes of partners in respect of
   other Units are cast).

        The Managing General Partner does not anticipate that any meeting
   of Unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action
   that is required or permitted to be taken by the Unitholders may be
   taken either at a meeting of the Unitholders or without a meeting if
   consents in writing setting forth the action so taken are signed by
   holders of such number of Units as would be necessary to authorize or
   take such action at a meeting of all of the Unitholders. Meetings of
   the Unitholders of the Partnership may be called by the Managing
   General Partner or by Unitholders owning at least 20% of the
   outstanding Units of the class for which a meeting is proposed.
   Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The
   holders of a majority of the outstanding Units of the class or classes
   for which a meeting has been called represented in person or by proxy
   shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Unitholders of such class or



                                   - 147 -
<PAGE>

   classes, unless any such action by the Unitholders requires approval
   by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the
   quorum shall be such greater percentage. 

        Each record holder of a Unit has a vote according to his
   percentage interest in the Partnership, although additional limited
   partner interests having special voting rights could be issued by the
   Partnership. See "-- Issuance of Additional Securities."  However, if
   at any time any person or group (other than the Managing General
   Partner and its affiliates) acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial
   ownership of 20% or more of any class of Units then outstanding, such
   person or group will lose voting rights with respect to all of its
   Units and such Units may not be voted on any matter and will not be
   considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of
   Unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a
   quorum or for other similar Partnership purposes. The Partnership
   Agreement provides that Common Units held in nominee or street name
   account will be voted by the broker (or other nominee) pursuant to the
   instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the
   beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as
   otherwise provided in the Partnership Agreement, Subordinated Units
   will vote together with Common Units as a single class. 

        Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or
   permitted to be given or made to record holders of Common Units
   (whether or not such record holder has been admitted as a limited
   partner) under the terms of the Partnership Agreement will be
   delivered to the record holder by the Partnership or by the Transfer
   Agent at the request of the Partnership. 

   STATUS AS LIMITED PARTNER OR ASSIGNEE

        Except as described above under "-- Limited Liability," the
   Common Units will be fully paid, and Unitholders will not be required
   to make additional contributions to the Partnership. 

        An assignee of a Common Unit, subsequent to executing and
   delivering a Transfer Application, but pending its admission as a
   substituted Limited Partner in the Partnership, is entitled to an
   interest in the Partnership equivalent to that of a Limited Partner
   with respect to the right to share in allocations and distributions
   from the Partnership, including liquidating distributions. The
   Managing General Partner will vote and exercise other powers
   attributable to Common Units owned by an assignee who has not become a
   substitute Limited Partner at the written direction of such assignee.
   See "-- Meetings; Voting." Transferees who do not execute and deliver
   a Transfer Application will be treated neither as assignees nor as
   record holders of Common Units, and will not receive cash
   distributions, federal income tax allocations or reports furnished to




                                   - 148 -
<PAGE>

   record holders of Common Units. See "Description of the Common Units -
   - Transfer of Common Units." 

   NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEES; REDEMPTION

        If the Partnership is or becomes subject to federal, state or
   local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of the
   Managing General Partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or
   forfeiture of any property in which the Partnership has an interest
   because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any
   Limited Partner or assignee, the Partnership may redeem the Units held
   by such Limited Partner or assignee at their Current Market Price (as
   defined in the Glossary). In order to avoid any such cancellation or
   forfeiture, the Managing General Partner may require each Limited
   Partner or assignee to furnish information about his nationality,
   citizenship or related status. If a Limited Partner or assignee fails
   to furnish information about such nationality, citizenship or other
   related status within 30 days after a request for such information or
   the Managing General Partner determines after receipt of such
   information that the Limited Partner or assignee is not an eligible
   citizen, such Limited Partner or assignee may be treated as a
   non-citizen assignee ("Non-citizen Assignee"). In addition to other
   limitations on the rights of an assignee who is not a substituted
   Limited Partner, a Non-citizen Assignee does not have the right to
   direct the voting of his Units and may not receive distributions in
   kind upon liquidation of the Partnership. 

   INDEMNIFICATION

        The Partnership Agreement provides that the Partnership will
   indemnify the General Partners, any Departing Partner, any Person who
   is or was an affiliate of a General Partner or any Departing Partner,
   any Person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director,
   employee, agent or trustee of a General Partner or any Departing
   Partner or any affiliate of a General Partner or any Departing
   Partner, or any Person who is or was serving at the request of a
   General Partner or any Departing Partner or any affiliate of any such
   person, any affiliate of a General Partner or any Departing Partner as
   an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent, fiduciary or
   trustee of another Person ("Indemnitees"), to the fullest extent
   permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims,
   damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses (including, without
   limitation, legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties,
   interest, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all
   claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil,
   criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may
   be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise,
   by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided that in each case
   the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that such
   Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best



                                   - 149 -
<PAGE>

   interests of the Partnership and, with respect to any criminal
   proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was
   unlawful. Any indemnification under these provisions will be only out
   of the assets of the Partnership, and the General Partners shall not
   be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan
   funds or assets to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, such
   indemnification. The Partnership is authorized to purchase (or to
   reimburse the General Partners or their affiliates for the cost of)
   insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred
   by such persons in connection with the Partnership's activities,
   regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to
   indemnify such person against such liabilities under the provisions
   described above.

   BOOKS AND REPORTS

        The Managing General Partner is required to keep appropriate
   books of the business of the Partnership at the principal offices of
   the Partnership. The books will be maintained for both tax and
   financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax purposes,
   the fiscal year of the Partnership is the calendar year. For financial
   reporting purposes, however, the fiscal year of the Partnership is a
   fiscal year ending on June 30. 

        As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after
   the close of each fiscal year, the Managing General Partner will
   furnish or make available to each record holder of Units (as of a
   record date selected by the Managing General Partner) an annual report
   containing audited financial statements of the Partnership for the
   past fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted
   accounting principles. As soon as practicable, but in no event later
   than 90 days after the close of each quarter (except the last quarter
   of each fiscal year), the Managing General Partner will furnish or
   make available to each record holder of Units (as of a record date
   selected by the Managing General Partner) a report containing
   unaudited financial statements of the Partnership with respect to such
   quarter and such other information as may be required by law. 

        The Partnership will furnish each record holder of a Unit
   information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90
   days after the close of each calendar year. Such information is
   expected to be furnished in summary form so that certain complex
   calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. The
   Partnership's ability to furnish such summary information to
   Unitholders will depend on the cooperation of such Unitholders in
   supplying certain information to the Partnership. Every Unitholder
   (without regard to whether he supplies such information to the
   Partnership) will receive information to assist him in determining his





                                   - 150 -
<PAGE>

   federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state
   income tax returns. 

   RIGHT TO INSPECT PARTNERSHIP BOOKS AND RECORDS

        The Partnership Agreement provides that a Limited Partner can for
   a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner's interest as a
   limited partner, upon reasonable demand and at his own expense, have
   furnished to him (i) a current list of the name and last known address
   of each partner, (ii) a copy of the Partnership's tax returns, (iii)
   information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement
   of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or
   to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a
   partner, (iv) copies of the Partnership Agreement, the certificate of
   limited partnership of the Partnership, amendments thereto and powers
   of attorney pursuant to which the same have been executed,
   (v) information regarding the status of the Partnership's business and
   financial condition, and (vi) such other information regarding the
   affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable. The Partnership
   may, and intends to, keep confidential from the Limited Partners trade
   secrets or other information the disclosure of which the Partnership
   believes in good faith is not in the best interests of the Partnership
   or which the Partnership is required by law or by agreements with
   third parties to keep confidential. 

   REGISTRATION RIGHTS

        Pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement and subject to
   certain limitations described therein, the Partnership has agreed to
   register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state
   securities laws any Common Units or other securities of the
   Partnership (including Subordinated Units) proposed to be sold by the
   General Partners or any of their affiliates if an exemption from such
   registration requirements is not otherwise available for such proposed
   transaction. The Partnership is obligated to pay all expenses
   incidental to such registration, excluding underwriting discounts and
   commissions. See "Units Eligible for Future Sale." 
















                                   - 151 -
<PAGE>

                       UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        The General Partners holds an aggregate of 6,597,619 Subordinated
   Units (all of which will convert into Common Units at the end of the
   Subordination Period and some of which may convert earlier). See "Cash
   Distribution Policy -- Distributions from Operating Surplus during
   Subordination Period."  The sale of these Units could have an adverse
   impact on the price of the Common Units or on any trading market that
   may develop. For a discussion of the transactions whereby the General
   Partners acquired the Subordinated Units in connection with the
   organization of the Partnership, see "The IPO and Related
   Transactions." 
   
        The Common Units offered hereby will generally be freely
   transferable without restriction or further registration under the
   Securities Act, except that any Common Units issued to an Aaffiliate@
   (as that term is defined in the under the Securities Act) of a company
   being acquired by the Partnership (or by an affiliate of the
   Partnership) in a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities
   Act may not be resold  unless such sale is registered under the
   Securities Act or made pursuant to an exemption from such registration
   requirements, including the exemption provided in Rule 145.  Rule 145
   generally applies to mergers, sales of assets and similar business
   combination transactions subject to the approval of the shareholders
   of the company being acquired.  Rule 145 permits an affiliate of the
   company being acquired to sell Common Units acquired in the business
   combination transaction up to an amount that does not exceed, during
   any three-month period, the greater of (i) 1% of the total number of
   Common Units outstanding or (ii) the average weekly reported trading
   volume of the Common Units for the four calendar weeks prior to the
   sale.  Sales under Rule 145 are also subject to certain manner of sale
   provisions and the availability of current public information about
   the Partnership.  After one year has elapsed since the date Common
   Units were acquired, a person subject to the limitations of Rule 145
   who is not an affiliate of the Partnership may sell the Common Units
   without regard to the volume or manner of sale limitations of Rule
   145.  

        Prior to the end of the Subordination Period, the Partnership may
   not issue equity securities of the Partnership ranking prior or senior
   to the Common Units or an aggregate of more than 4,270,000 additional
   Common Units (excluding Common Units issued upon conversion of
   Subordinated Units, pursuant to the employee benefit plans of the
   Managing General Partner, the Partnership or other members of the
   Partnership Group, or in connection with certain acquisitions (which
   Units may include all or a portion of the 3,000,000 Common Units
   offered hereby) or capital improvements or the repayment of certain
   indebtedness and subject to adjustment in the event of a combination
   or subdivision of the Common Units), or an equivalent amount of
   securities ranking on a parity with the Common Units, without the



                                   - 152 -
<PAGE>

   approval of the holders of at least a Unit Majority. The Partnership
   Agreement provides that, after the Subordination Period, the
   Partnership may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests
   of any type without a vote of the Unitholders. The Partnership
   Agreement does not impose any restriction on the Partnership's ability
   to issue equity securities ranking junior to the Common Units at any
   time. Any issuance of additional Common Units or certain other equity
   securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the
   proportionate ownership interest in the Partnership represented by,
   and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price
   of, Common Units then outstanding. See "The Partnership Agreement --
   Issuance of Additional Securities." 
    
        Authorized but unissued Common Units with an aggregate value of
   $12.5 million (valued at the initial offering price in the IPO) are
   available for issuance to executives, officers and directors of the
   Managing General Partner pursuant to the Restricted Unit Plan.  Common
   Units will be issued upon vesting in accordance with the terms and
   conditions of the Restricted Unit Plan.  Common Units with an
   aggregate value of $8.3 million have been allocated and the remaining
   Common Units available under the Restricted Unit Plan may be allocated
   or issued in the future to such participants, and subject to such
   terms and conditions, as the Board of Directors of the Managing
   General Partner, or a committee thereof, shall determine.  See
   "Management--Executive Compensation--Restricted Unit Plan.

        Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, the General Partners and
   their affiliates will have the right, upon the terms and subject to
   the conditions therein, to cause the Partnership to register under the
   Securities Act and state laws the offer and sale of any Units or other
   Partnership Securities that they hold. Subject to the terms and
   conditions of the Partnership Agreement, such registration rights
   allow the General Partners and their affiliates or their assignees
   holding any Units to require registration of any such Units and to
   include any such Units in a registration by the Partnership of other
   Units, including Units offered by the Partnership or by any
   Unitholder. Such registration rights will continue in effect for two
   years following any withdrawal or removal of the Managing General
   Partner as a general partner of the Partnership. In connection with
   any such registration, the Partnership will indemnify each Unitholder
   participating in such registration and its officers, directors and
   controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the
   Securities Act or any state securities laws arising from the
   registration statement or prospectus. The Partnership will bear all
   costs and expenses of any such registration. In addition, the General
   Partners and their affiliates may sell their Units in private
   transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.






                                   - 153 -
<PAGE>

                            PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
   
        This Prospectus may be used by the Partnership for the offer and
   sale of up to 3,000,000 Common Units from time to time in connection
   with the acquisition of other businesses, properties or securities in
   business combination transactions.  The consideration offered by the
   Partnership in such acquisitions, in addition to any Common Units
   offered by this Prospectus, may include assets, debt or other
   securities (which may be convertible into Common Units covered by this
   Prospectus), or assumption by the Partnership of liabilities of the
   business being acquired, or a combination thereof.  The terms of
   acquisitions are typically determined by negotiations between the
   Partnership and the owners of the businesses, properties or securities
   to be acquired, with the Partnership taking into account the quality
   of management, the past and potential earning power and growth of the
   businesses, properties or securities to be acquired, and other
   relevant factors.  Common Units issued to the owners of the
   businesses, properties or securities to be acquired are generally
   valued at a price reasonably related to the market value of the Common
   Units either at the time the terms of the acquisition are tentatively
   agreed upon or at or about the time or times of delivery of the Common
   Units.
    






























                                   - 154 -
<PAGE>

                             TAX CONSIDERATIONS
   
        This section is a general discussion of material tax
   considerations that may be relevant to prospective Unitholders and
   expresses the opinion of Schiff Hardin & Waite,  counsel to the
   General Partners and the Partnership ("Counsel"). This section is
   based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
   amended (the "Code"), existing and proposed regulations thereunder and
   current administrative rulings and court decisions including
   modifications made by the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (the "Act"), all
   of which are subject to change. Subsequent changes in such authorities
   may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the
   consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires,
   references in this section to the Partnership are references to both
   the Partnership and the Operating Partnership. 
    
        No attempt has been made in the following discussion to comment
   on all federal income tax matters affecting the Partnership or the
   Unitholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on Unitholders who are
   individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only
   limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, non-resident
   aliens or other Unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment (such
   as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, individual retirement
   accounts, REITs or mutual funds). Accordingly, each prospective
   Unitholder should consult, and should depend on, his own tax advisor
   in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences
   peculiar to him of the ownership or disposition of Common Units. 

   LEGAL OPINIONS AND ADVICE

        Counsel is of the opinion that, based on the representations and
   subject to the qualifications set forth in the detailed discussion
   that follows, for federal income tax purposes (i) the Partnership and
   the Operating Partnership will each be treated as a partnership, and
   (ii) owners of Common Units (with certain exceptions, as described in
   "-- Limited Partner Status" below) will be treated as partners of the
   Partnership (but not the Operating Partnership). In addition, all
   statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions contained in
   this section, unless otherwise noted, reflect the opinion of Counsel. 

        Although no attempt has been made in the following discussion to
   comment on all federal income tax matters affecting the Partnership or
   prospective Unitholders, Counsel has advised the Partnership that,
   based on current law, the following is a general description of the
   principal federal income tax consequences that should arise from the
   acquisition, ownership and disposition of Common Units and, insofar as
   it relates to matters of law and legal conclusions, addresses the
   material tax consequences to Unitholders who are individual citizens
   or residents of the United States. 




                                   - 155 -
<PAGE>

        No ruling has been or will be requested from the Internal Revenue
   Service (the "IRS") with respect to classification of the Partnership
   as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, whether the
   Partnership's propane operations generate "qualifying income" under
   Section 7704 of the Code or any other matter affecting the Partnership
   or prospective Unitholders. An opinion of counsel represents only that
   counsel's best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts.
   Thus, no assurance can be provided that the opinions and statements
   set forth herein would be sustained by a court if contested by the
   IRS. Any such contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact
   the market for the Common Units and the prices at which Common Units
   trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS will be
   borne directly or indirectly by the Unitholders and the General
   Partners. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that the treatment of
   the Partnership or an investment therein will not be significantly
   modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court
   decisions. Any such modification may or may not be retroactively
   applied.

        For the reasons hereinafter described, Counsel has not rendered
   an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax
   issues: (i) the treatment of a Unitholder whose Common Units are
   loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of Common Units (see "-
   - Tax Treatment of Operations -- Treatment of Short Sales"),
   (ii) whether a Unitholder acquiring Common Units in separate
   transactions must maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in
   his Common Units (see "-- Disposition of Common Units -- Recognition
   of Gain or Loss"), (iii) whether the Partnership's monthly convention
   for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing
   Treasury Regulations (see "-- Disposition of Common Units --
   Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees"), (iv) whether the
   Partnership's convention for allocating recapture income and
   allocating all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for
   the period ending December 31, 1996 to the General Partners will be
   recognized for federal income tax purposes (see "-- Allocation of
   Partnership Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction"), and (v) whether the
   Partnership's method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments will be
   recognized for federal income tax purposes (see "-- Tax Treatment of
   Operations -- Section 754 Election"). 

   TAX RATES

        The top marginal income tax rate for individuals is 36% subject
   to a 10% surtax on individuals with taxable income in excess of
   $271,050 per year. The surtax is computed by applying a 39.6% rate to
   taxable income in excess of the threshold. Long-term capital gains
   recognized after July 28, 1997 on marketable securities such as Common
   Units will be taxed at a maximum rate of 20% for individuals if the
   individual's holding period is more than 18 months and a maximum rate




                                   - 156 -
<PAGE>

   of 28% if the holding period is more than one year, but not more than
   18 months.

   CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING PROPERTY FOR COMMON UNITS

        RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS

        In general, no gain or loss will be recognized for federal income
   tax purposes by the Partnership or by a person (including any
   individual, partnership, S corporation or corporation taxed under
   Subchapter C of the Code) contributing property (including stock) to
   the Partnership in exchange for Common Units.  If the Partnership
   assumes liabilities or takes assets subject to liabilities in
   connection with a contribution of assets in exchange for Common Units,
   however, the application of either one or both of two federal income
   tax rules may result in the recognition of taxable gain by the
   contributing person.

        The first of these rules is the "disguised sale rule." Under the
   disguised sale rule, if the Partnership assumes or takes property
   subject to a liability of the contributing person other than a
   "qualified liability," the Partnership is treated as transferring
   taxable consideration to the contributing person to the extent that
   the amount of the liability exceeds the contributing person's share of
   that liability immediately after the Partnership assumes or takes
   subject to the liability.  For this purpose, a qualified liability
   includes: (a) a liability that was incurred by the partner more than
   two years prior to the earlier of the date the partner agrees in
   writing to transfer the property or the date the partner transfers the
   property to the Partnership and that has encumbered the transferred
   property throughout that two-year period; (b) a liability that was not
   incurred in anticipation of the transfer of the property to the
   Partnership, but that was incurred by the partner within the two-year
   period prior to the earlier of the date the partner agrees in writing
   to transfer the property or the date the partner transfers the
   property to the Partnership and that has encumbered the transferred
   property since it was incurred; (c) a liability that is allocable
   under the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-8T to capital
   expenditures with respect to the property; or (d) a liability that was
   incurred in the ordinary course of the trade or business in which
   property transferred to the Partnership was used or held but only if
   all the assets related to that trade or business are transferred other
   than assets that are not material to a continuation of the trade or
   business.  Assuming that any such liabilities are nonrecourse in
   nature (no partner of the Partnership has any liability for failure to
   pay), a contributing person's "share" of the liabilities will
   generally equal his Percentage Interest in the Partnership multiplied
   by the amount of such liabilities.





                                   - 157 -
<PAGE>

        If the disguised sale rule applies to a contribution of assets in
   exchange for Common Units, the person contributing assets will
   recognize taxable gain in an amount equal to the amount of taxable
   consideration determined as described above, minus a proportionate
   share of the tax basis in the contributed assets.

        The second rule under which a person contributing assets in
   exchange for Common Units could recognize taxable gain is the
   "distribution in excess of basis rule." Under this rule, a person
   contributing assets to the Partnership will recognize gain if, and to
   the extent that, the difference between the amount of such liabilities
   and the contributing person's share of those liabilities (determined
   under the principles of Section 752 of the Code) immediately following
   the transfer of assets to the Partnership exceeds the tax basis of the
   assets contributed.

        Any such gain may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains. 
   See "Disposition of Common Units" below.

        ALLOCATIONS OF INCOME, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

        As required by Section 704(c) of the Code, certain items of
   Partnership income, deduction, gain and loss will be specially
   allocated to account for the difference between the tax basis and fair
   market value of property contributed to the Partnership in exchange
   for Common Units ("Contributed Property") (any excess of the fair
   market value over the tax basis of Contributed Property is referred to
   herein as "built-in gain"; any excess of the tax basis over fair
   market value is referred to as "built-in loss").  These allocations
   are designed to insure that a person contributing property to the
   Partnership will recognize the federal income tax consequences
   associated with any built-in gain or built-in loss.  In general, a
   partner contributing assets with a built-in gain will not recognize
   taxable gain upon the contribution of those assets in exchange for
   Common Units.  See "Recognition of Gain or Loss" above.  However, such
   built-in gain will be recognized over the period of time during which
   the Partnership claims depreciation or amortization deductions with
   respect to the Contributed Property, or when the Contributed Property
   is disposed of by the Partnership.

        BASIS OF COMMON UNITS

        A person who contributes property (including stock) to the
   Partnership in exchange for Common Units will generally have an
   initial tax basis for his Common Units equal to the tax basis of the
   property contributed to the Partnership in exchange for Common Units
   plus any gain recognized on the contribution.  The tax basis for a
   Common Unit will be increased by the Unitholder's share of Partnership
   income and his share of increases in Partnership debt.  The basis for
   a Common Unit will be decreased (but not below zero) by distributions



                                   - 158 -
<PAGE>

   from the Partnership (including deemed distributions resulting from
   the assumption of indebtedness by the Partnership), by the
   Unitholder's share of Partnership losses, by his share of decreases in
   Partnership debt and by the Unitholder's share of expenditures of the
   Partnership that are not deductible in computing its taxable income
   and are not required to be capitalized.

   OWNERSHIP OF UNITS BY S CORPORATIONS

        Section 1362(b) of the Code provides that certain small business
   corporations may elect to be treated as an "S corporation." In order
   to elect S corporation status, a corporation must not: (a) have more
   than 75 shareholders (a husband and wife are treated as one
   shareholder); (b) have as a shareholder a person (other than an estate
   and other than certain trusts) who is not an individual; (c) have a
   nonresident alien as a shareholder; and (d) have more than one class
   of stock.  All of the shareholders of a corporation must elect for the
   corporation to be treated as an S corporation.  The election is made
   by filing Form 2553, which must be filed on or before the 15th day of
   the third month of a taxable year in order for the election to be
   effective for that taxable year. (A corporation that has not elected S
   corporation status is referred to as a "C corporation").

        In general, an S corporation is not subject to tax on its income. 
   Instead, each shareholder takes into account his pro rata share of the
   corporation's items of income (including tax-exempt income), loss,
   deduction or credit.  The character of any item included in a
   shareholder's pro rata share is determined as if such item were
   realized or incurred directly by the shareholder.  Thus, an S
   corporation that exchanges its assets for Common Units will not
   generally pay tax on its distributive share of partnership income. 
   Instead, such income will be taxed as if the Common Units were held
   directly by the shareholders of the S corporation.

        Distributions made by an S corporation are generally nontaxable
   to the extent they are made out of the corporation's "accumulated
   adjustments account," which represents the undistributed income of the
   corporation accumulated subsequent to the effective date of its S
   election.  Distributions in excess of the accumulated adjustments
   account are treated as taxable dividends to the extent that the
   corporation has "subchapter C earnings and profits," which includes
   any earnings and profits accumulated by a corporation prior to the
   date an S corporation election is effective, reduced by any
   distributions that are treated as having been made out of subchapter C
   earnings and profits.  Distributions in excess of the accumulated
   adjustments account and subchapter earnings a profits are treated as a
   return of capital to the extent of a shareholder's basis in his stock,
   and are treated as gain from the sale or exchange of property to the
   extent in excess of such basis.




                                   - 159 -
<PAGE>

        A corporation that operates as a C corporation and subsequently
   makes an election to be treated as an S corporation may be subject to
   tax on the excess of the aggregate fair market value of its assets
   over the aggregate adjusted tax basis of its assets as of the first
   day it is treated as an S corporation (any such excess is referred to
   as "net unrealized built-in gain").  This tax is not immediately
   imposed at the time of conversion to S corporation status.  Instead,
   if a C corporation converts to S corporation status, it will be
   subject to tax on its net unrealized built-in gain if and to the
   extent that is has a net recognized built-in gain at any time during
   the next ten years.  If an S corporation is subject to tax on built-in
   gain, the gain is recognized and taxed to the corporation at the
   highest corporate tax rate, and is then passed through (after
   reduction for corporate taxes paid) and taxed to the shareholder.  A
   corporation's net recognized built-in gain for any tax year is the
   lesser of the net amount of the corporation's recognized built-in
   gains and recognized built-in losses for the tax year or what the
   corporation's taxable income would have been for the year had it been
   a C corporation.

        Recognized built-in gain is defined as any gain recognized during
   the recognition period (the 10 year period beginning with the first
   day as an S corporation) on the disposition of any asset except to the
   extent that the corporation can establish that the asset was not held
   by the corporation on its first day as an S corporation or that the
   gain recognized exceeds the excess of the fair market value of the
   asset as of the first day the corporation was an S corporation over
   the adjusted basis of the asset on that date.  Similarly, the term
   recognized built-in loss means any loss recognized during the
   recognition period on the disposition of any asset to the extent that
   the S corporation establishes that the asset was held at the beginning
   of its first day as an S corporation and that the loss does not exceed
   the excess of the adjusted basis of the asset as of the corporation's
   first day as an S corporation over the fair market value of the asset
   as of that date.

        For example, assume that a corporation elects to be treated as an
   S corporation on January 1, 1994, and that it has a net unrealized
   built-in gain of $500,000.  On January 1, 1994, it has a piece of
   equipment with a fair market value of $1 million and a tax basis of
   $800,000.  If the company sold this asset in 1996 and had a tax gain
   of $300,000, the recognized built-in gain would be $200,000.  Assuming
   the company had no other recognized built-in gains or recognized
   built-in losses for that tax year and that its taxable income had it
   been a C corporation would have been greater than $200,000, a
   corporate tax would be assessed on gain of $200,000.

        Under the rules relating to taxation of an S corporation's built-
   in gains, if an S corporation owns a partnership interest on the first
   day of its first taxable year as an S corporation, or transfers



                                   - 160 -
<PAGE>

   property which it held on the first day of its first taxable year as
   an S corporation to a partnership during the recognition period, a
   disposition of the partnership interest during the recognition period
   may result in recognized built-in gain, taxable as described above. 
   Thus, an S corporation receiving Common Units in exchange for its
   assets could be taxable on a sale or other disposition of those Common
   Units within the recognition period.  In addition, sales or other
   dispositions of  assets (including inventory), by the Partnership,
   which were contributed by an S corporation in exchange for Common
   Units could result in the recognition of taxable built-in gain by the
   S corporation.

        A C corporation electing S corporation status will be immediately
   taxable to the extent of any "LIFO recapture amount." LIFO recapture
   amount is defined as the amount by which inventory of the C
   corporation maintained on a LIFO basis has a tax basis which is less
   than the tax basis the inventory would have had the corporation
   maintained its inventory using the FIFO method.

        Prospective Unitholders should also note that additional
   proposals have been made which would alter the rules described above,
   generally requiring the immediate recognition of corporate and
   shareholder level taxable gain upon the conversion of a large C
   corporation to S corporation status.

   PARTNERSHIP STATUS

        A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal
   income tax liability. Instead, each partner is required to take into
   account his allocable share of items of income, gain, loss and
   deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax
   liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made.
   Distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable
   unless the amount of any cash distributed is in excess of the
   partner's adjusted basis in his partnership interest. 

        No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS as to the
   status of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership as a
   partnership for federal income tax purposes. Instead the Partnership
   has relied on the opinion of Counsel that, based upon the Code, the
   regulations thereunder, published revenue rulings and court decisions,
   the Partnership and the Operating Partnership will each be classified
   as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. 

        In rendering its opinion, Counsel has relied on certain factual
   representations made by the Partnership and the General Partners. Such
   factual matters are as follows: 

             (a)  With respect to the Partnership and the Operating
        Partnership, the General Partners, at all times while acting as



                                   - 161 -
<PAGE>

        general partners of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership
        (since the IPO), have had and will have combined net worth,
        computed on a fair market value basis, excluding their interests
        in the Partnership and in the Operating Partnership and any notes
        or receivables due from the Partnership or the Operating
        Partnership, of not less than $15 million; 

             (b)  The Partnership has been and will be operated in
        accordance with (i) all applicable partnership statutes, (ii) the
        Partnership Agreement, and (iii) the description thereof in this
        Prospectus;

             (c)  The Operating Partnership has been and will be operated
        in accordance with (i) all applicable partnership statutes,
        (ii) the limited partnership agreement for the Operating
        Partnership, and (iii) the description thereof in this
        Prospectus; 

             (d)  The General Partners have and will, at all times, act
        independently of the limited partners (other than the limited
        partner interest held by the General Partners);

             (e)  For each taxable year of the Partnership's existence,
        less than 10% of the gross income of the Partnership has been and
        will be derived from sources other than (i) the exploration,
        development, production, processing, refining, transportation or
        marketing of any mineral or natural resource, including oil, gas
        or products thereof, or (ii) other items of "qualifying income"
        within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Code; and


             (f)  None of the Partnership, the Operating Partnership, or
        any subsidiary partnership will elect to be treated as an
        association or corporation.

        Counsel's opinion as to the partnership classification of the
   Partnership in the event of a change in one of the general partners is
   based upon the assumption that the new general partner will satisfy
   the foregoing representations.

        Section 7704 of the Code provides that publicly-traded
   partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations.
   However, an exception (the "Qualifying Income Exception") exists with
   respect to publicly-traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the
   gross income for every taxable year consists of "qualifying income."
   Qualifying income includes interest (from other than a financial
   business), dividends and income and gains from the transportation and
   marketing of crude oil, natural gas, and products thereof, including
   the retail and wholesale marketing of propane and the transportation
   of propane and natural gas liquids. Based upon the representations of



                                   - 162 -
<PAGE>

   the Partnership and the General Partners and a review of the
   applicable legal authorities, Counsel is of the opinion that at least
   90% of the Partnership's gross income will constitute qualifying
   income. The Partnership estimates that less than 7% of its gross
   income for each taxable year will not constitute qualifying income. 

        If the Partnership fails to meet the Qualifying Income Exception
   (other than a failure which is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent
   and which is cured within a reasonable time after discovery), the
   Partnership will be treated as if it had transferred all of its assets
   (subject to liabilities) to a newly formed corporation (on the first
   day of the year in which it fails to meet the Qualifying Income
   Exception) in return for stock in that corporation, and then
   distributed that stock to the partners in liquidation of their
   interests in the Partnership. This contribution and liquidation should
   be tax-free to Unitholders and the Partnership, so long as the
   Partnership, at that time, does not have liabilities in excess of the
   tax basis of its assets. Thereafter, the Partnership would be treated
   as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. 

        If the Partnership or the Operating Partnership were treated as
   an association taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, either as
   a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or
   otherwise, its items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be
   reflected only on its tax return rather than being passed through to
   the Unitholders, and its net income would be taxed to the Partnership
   or the Operating Partnership at corporate rates. In addition, any
   distribution made to a Unitholder would be treated as either taxable
   dividend income (to the extent of the Partnership's current or
   accumulated earnings and profits) or (in the absence of earnings and
   profits) a nontaxable return of capital (to the extent of the
   Unitholder's tax basis in his Common Units) or taxable capital gain
   (after the Unitholder's tax basis in the Common Units is reduced to
   zero). Accordingly, treatment of either the Partnership or the
   Operating Partnership as an association taxable as a corporation would
   result in a material reduction in a Unitholder's cash flow and
   after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial
   reduction of the value of the Units. 

        The discussion below is based on the assumption that the
   Partnership will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax
   purposes. 

   LIMITED PARTNER STATUS

        Unitholders who have become limited partners of the Partnership
   will be treated as partners of the Partnership for federal income tax
   purposes. Moreover, the IRS has ruled that assignees of partnership
   interests who have not been admitted to a partnership as partners, but
   who have the capacity to exercise substantial dominion and control



                                   - 163 -
<PAGE>

   over the assigned partnership interests, will be treated as partners
   for federal income tax purposes. On the basis of this ruling, except
   as otherwise described herein, Counsel is of the opinion that
   (a) assignees who have executed and delivered Transfer Applications,
   and are awaiting admission as limited partners and (b) Unitholders
   whose Common Units are held in street name or by a nominee and who
   have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all
   substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their Common Units
   will be treated as partners of the Partnership for federal income tax
   purposes. As this ruling does not extend, on its facts, to assignees
   of Common Units who are entitled to execute and deliver Transfer
   Applications, but who fail to do so, Counsel's opinion does not extend
   to them.  Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be
   reportable by a Unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax
   purposes, and any cash distributions received by such a Unitholder
   would therefore be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders
   should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their status as
   partners in the Partnership for federal income tax purposes. A
   purchaser or other transferee of Common Units who does not execute and
   deliver a Transfer Application may not receive certain federal income
   tax information or reports furnished to record holders of Common Units
   unless the Common Units are held in a nominee or street name account
   and the nominee or broker has executed and delivered a Transfer
   Application with respect to such Common Units. 

        A beneficial owner of Common Units whose Common Units have been
   transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to
   lose his status as a partner with respect to such Common Units for
   federal income tax purposes. See "-- Tax Treatment of Operations --
   Treatment of Short Sales."

   TAX CONSEQUENCES OF UNIT OWNERSHIP

        FLOW-THROUGH OF TAXABLE INCOME

        No federal income tax will be paid by the Partnership. Instead,
   each Unitholder will be required to report on his income tax return
   his allocable share of the income, gains, losses and deductions of the
   Partnership without regard to whether any cash distributions are
   received by such Unitholder. Consequently, a Unitholder may be
   allocated income from the Partnership even if he has not received a
   cash distribution. Each Unitholder will be required to include in
   income his allocable share of Partnership income, gain, loss and
   deduction for the taxable year of the Partnership ending with or
   within the taxable year of the Unitholder.

        TREATMENT OF PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS

        Distributions by the Partnership to a Unitholder generally will
   not be taxable to the Unitholder for federal income tax purposes to



                                   - 164 -
<PAGE>

   the extent of his tax basis in his Common Units immediately before the
   distribution. Cash distributions in excess of a Unitholder's tax basis
   generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of
   the Common Units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under
   "-- Disposition of Common Units" below. Any reduction in a
   Unitholder's share of the Partnership's liabilities for which no
   partner, including the General Partners, bears the economic risk of
   loss ("nonrecourse liabilities") will be treated as a distribution of
   cash to that Unitholder. To the extent that Partnership distributions
   cause a Unitholder's "at risk" amount to be less than zero at the end
   of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous
   years. See "-- Limitations on Deductibility of Partnership Losses." 

        A decrease in a Unitholder's percentage interest in the
   Partnership because of the issuance by the Partnership of additional
   Common Units will decrease such Unitholder's share of nonrecourse
   liabilities of the Partnership, and thus will result in a
   corresponding deemed distribution of cash. A non-pro rata distribution
   of money or property may result in ordinary income to a Unitholder,
   regardless of his tax basis in his Common Units, if such distribution
   reduces the Unitholder's share of the Partnership's "unrealized
   receivables" (including depreciation recapture) and/or substantially
   appreciated "inventory items" (both as defined in Section 751 of the
   Code) (collectively, "Section 751 Assets"). To that extent, the
   Unitholder will be treated as having been distributed his
   proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and having exchanged
   such assets with the Partnership in return for the non-pro rata
   portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed
   exchange will generally result in the Unitholder's realization of
   ordinary income under Section 751(b) of the Code. Such income will
   equal the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of such distribution
   over (2) the Unitholder's tax basis for the share of such Section 751
   Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.

        LIMITATIONS ON DEDUCTIBILITY OF PARTNERSHIP LOSSES

        The deduction by a Unitholder of his share of Partnership losses
   will be limited to the tax basis in his Units and, in the case of an
   individual Unitholder or a corporate Unitholder (if more than 50% of
   the value of its stock is owned directly or indirectly by five or
   fewer individuals or certain tax-exempt organizations), to the amount
   for which the Unitholder is considered to be "at risk" with respect to
   the Partnership's activities, if that is less than the Unitholder's
   tax basis. A Unitholder must recapture losses deducted in previous
   years to the extent that Partnership distributions cause the
   Unitholder's at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any
   taxable year. Losses disallowed to a Unitholder or recaptured as a
   result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable
   to the extent that the Unitholder's tax basis or at risk amount
   (whichever is the limiting factor) is subsequently increased. Upon the
   taxable disposition of a Unit, any gain recognized by a Unitholder can



                                   - 165 -
<PAGE>

   be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at risk
   limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis
   limitation. Any excess loss (above such gain) previously suspended by
   the at risk or basis limitations is no longer utilizable. 

        In general, a Unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax
   basis of his Units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable
   to his share of Partnership nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by any
   amount of money the Unitholder borrows to acquire or hold his Units if
   the lender of such borrowed funds owns an interest in the Partnership,
   is related to such a person or can look only to Units for repayment. A
   Unitholder's at risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis
   of the Unitholder's Units increases or decreases (other than tax basis
   increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his
   share of Partnership nonrecourse liabilities). 

        The passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals,
   estates, trusts and certain closely-held corporations and personal
   service corporations can deduct losses from passive activities
   (generally, activities in which the taxpayer does not materially
   participate) only to the extent of the taxpayer's income from those
   passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied
   separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership such as
   the Partnership.  Consequently, any passive losses generated by the
   Partnership will only be available to offset future income generated
   by the Partnership and will not be available to offset income from
   other passive activities or investments (including other
   publicly-traded partnerships) or salary or active business income.
   Passive losses which are not deductible because they exceed a
   Unitholder's income generated by the Partnership may be deducted in
   full when he disposes of his entire investment in the Partnership in a
   fully taxable transaction to an unrelated party. The passive activity
   loss rules are applied after other applicable limitations on
   deductions such as the at risk rules and the basis limitation. 

        A Unitholder's share of net income from the Partnership may be
   offset by any suspended passive losses from the Partnership, but it
   may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other
   passive activities, including those attributable to other
   publicly-traded partnerships. The IRS has announced that Treasury
   Regulations will be issued which characterize net passive income from
   a publicly-traded Partnership as investment income for purposes of the
   limitations on the deductibility of investment interest.

        LIMITATIONS ON INTEREST DEDUCTIONS

        The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer's "investment
   interest expense" is generally limited to the amount of such
   taxpayer's "net investment income." As noted, a Unitholder's net
   passive income from the Partnership will be treated as investment



                                   - 166 -
<PAGE>

   income for this purpose. In addition, the Unitholder's share of the
   Partnership's portfolio income will be treated as investment income.
   Investment interest expense includes (i) interest on indebtedness
   properly allocable to property held for investment, (ii) the
   Partnership's interest expense attributed to portfolio income, and
   (iii) the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an
   interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio
   income. The computation of a Unitholder's investment interest expense
   will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or
   other loan incurred to purchase or carry a Unit. Net investment income
   includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts
   treated as portfolio income pursuant to the passive loss rules less
   deductible expenses (other than interest) directly connected with the
   production of investment income, but generally does not include gains
   attributable to the disposition of property held for investment. 

   ALLOCATION OF PARTNERSHIP INCOME, GAIN, LOSS AND DEDUCTION

        In general, if the Partnership has a net profit, items of income,
   gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among the General Partners
   and the Unitholders in accordance with their respective percentage
   interests in the Partnership. At any time that distributions are made
   to the Common Units and not to the Subordinated Units, or that
   Incentive Distributions are made to the General Partners, gross income
   will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of such
   distribution. If the Partnership has a net loss, items of income,
   gain, loss and deduction will generally be allocated first, to the
   General Partners and the Unitholders in accordance with their
   respective Percentage Interests to the extent of their positive
   capital accounts (as maintained under the Partnership Agreement) and,
   second, to the General Partners. 

        As required by Section 704(c) of the Code and as permitted by
   Regulations thereunder, certain items of Partnership income,
   deduction, gain and loss will be allocated to account for the
   difference between the tax basis and fair market value of property
   contributed to the Partnership by each of the General Partners or any
   other person contributing property to the Partnership ("Contributed
   Property").  Under the Code, the partners in a partnership cannot be
   allocated more depletion, depreciation, gain or loss than the total
   amount of any such item recognized by that partnership in a particular
   taxable period (the "ceiling limitation").  To the extent the ceiling
   limitation is or becomes applicable, the Partnership Agreement
   requires that certain items of income and deduction be allocated in a
   way designed to effectively "cure" this problem and eliminate the
   impact of the ceiling limitation.  Regulations under Section 704(c) of
   the Code permit a partnership to make reasonable allocations to reduce
   or eliminate such differences.  The effect of these allocations will
   be to cause a property contributor to recognize any built-in tax gain
   (or loss) over the period of time during which the Partnership claims



                                   - 167 -
<PAGE>

   depreciation or amortization deductions with respect to the
   contributed property, or when such property is disposed of.  In
   addition, certain items of recapture income will be allocated to the
   extent possible to the partner allocated the deduction giving rise to
   the treatment of such gain as recapture income in order to minimize
   the recognition of ordinary income by some Unitholders, but these
   allocations may not be respected under current law.  Under recently
   proposed regulations, which are not yet effective, the allocation of
   depreciation recapture should be respected.  If these allocations of
   recapture income are not respected, the amount of the income or gain
   allocated to a Unitholder will not change but instead a change in the
   character of the income allocated to a Unitholder would result.
   Finally, although the Partnership does not expect that its operations
   will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative
   capital accounts nevertheless result, items of Partnership income and
   gain will be allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate
   the negative balance as quickly as possible. 

        Regulations provide that an allocation of items of partnership
   income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by
   Section 704(c) of the Code to eliminate the disparity between a
   partner's "book" capital account (credited with the fair market value
   of Contributed Property) and "tax" capital account (credited with the
   tax basis of Contributed Property) (the "Book-Tax Disparity"), will
   generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in
   determining a partner's distributive share of an item of income, gain,
   loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial economic
   effect. In any other case, a partner's distributive share of an item
   will be determined on the basis of the partner's interest in the
   partnership, which will be determined by taking into account all the
   facts and circumstances, including the partner's relative
   contributions to the partnership, the interests of the partners in
   economic profits and losses, the interest of the partners in cash flow
   and other nonliquidating distributions and rights of the partners to
   distributions of capital upon liquidation. 

        Counsel is of the opinion that, with the exception of the
   allocations of recapture income and allocations of all items of
   income, gain, loss, deduction or credit to the General Partners for
   the taxable period ending on December 31, 1996 discussed above,
   allocations under the Partnership Agreement will be given effect for
   federal income tax purposes in determining a partner's distributive
   share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction. There are,
   however, uncertainties in the Treasury Regulations relating to
   allocations of Partnership income, and investors should be aware that
   the allocations of recapture income and allocations of all items of
   income, gain, loss, deduction or credit to the General Partners for
   the taxable period ending on December 31, 1996 in the Partnership
   Agreement may be successfully challenged by the IRS.




                                   - 168 -
<PAGE>

   TAX TREATMENT OF OPERATIONS 

        ACCOUNTING METHOD AND TAXABLE YEAR 

        The Partnership uses the year ending December 31 as its taxable
   year and has adopted the accrual method of accounting for federal
   income tax purposes. Each Unitholder will be required to include in
   income his allocable share of Partnership income, gain, loss and
   deduction for the taxable year of the Partnership ending within or
   with the taxable year of the Unitholder. In addition, a Unitholder who
   has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who
   disposes of all of his Units following the close of the Partnership's
   taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his
   allocable share of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction in
   income for his taxable year with the result that he will be required
   to report in income for his taxable year his distributive share of
   more than one year of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction.
   See "-- Disposition of Common Units -- Allocations Between Transferors
   and Transferees." 

        INITIAL TAX BASIS, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

        The tax basis of the assets of the Partnership will be used for
   purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and,
   ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of such assets. The
   Partnership assets will initially have an aggregate tax basis equal to
   the tax basis of the assets in the possession of the General Partners
   or other contributor immediately prior to their contributions to the
   Partnership plus the amount of gain, if any, recognized by the General
   Partners or other contributor in connection with their contribution to
   the Partnership. The federal income tax burden associated with the
   difference between the fair market value of property contributed to
   the Partnership and the tax basis established for such property will
   be borne by the contributor of such property. See "-- Allocation of
   Partnership Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction." 

        To the extent allowable, the Partnership may elect to use the
   depreciation and cost recovery methods that will result in the largest
   depreciation deductions in the early years of the Partnership. The
   Partnership will not be entitled to any amortization deductions with
   respect to goodwill conveyed to the Partnership on formation. Property
   subsequently acquired or constructed by the Partnership may be
   depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Code. 

        If the Partnership disposes of depreciable property by sale,
   foreclosure, or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain (determined by
   reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the
   nature of the property) may be subject to the recapture rules and
   taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a
   partner who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with



                                   - 169 -
<PAGE>

   respect to property owned by the Partnership may be required to
   recapture such deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his
   interest in the Partnership. See "-- Allocation of Partnership Income,
   Gain, Loss and Deduction" and "-- Disposition of Common Units --
   Recognition of Gain or Loss." 

        Costs incurred in organizing the Partnership may be amortized
   over any period selected by the Partnership not shorter than 60
   months. The costs incurred in promoting the issuance of Units (i.e.
   syndication expenses) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted
   currently, ratably or upon termination of the Partnership. There are
   uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization
   expenses, which may be amortized, and as syndication expenses, which
   may not be amortized. Under recently adopted regulations, the
   underwriting discounts and commissions would be treated as a
   syndication cost. 

        SECTION 754 ELECTION

        The Partnership intends to make the election permitted by Section
   754 of the Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of
   the IRS.  The election generally permits the Partnership to adjust a
   Common Unit purchaser's tax basis in the Partnership's assets ("inside
   basis") pursuant to Section 743(b) of the Code to reflect his purchase
   price. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not
   to other partners. (For purposes of this discussion, a partner's
   inside basis in the Partnership's assets will be considered to have
   two components: (1) his share of the Partnership's tax basis in such
   assets ("Common Basis") and (2) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that
   basis.) 

        Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.168-2(n) generally
   requires the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to recovery
   property to be depreciated as if the total amount of such adjustment
   were attributable to newly-acquired recovery property placed in
   service when the purchaser acquires the Unit.  Similarly, newly issued
   proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 197 indicate
   that the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to an amortizable
   Section 197 intangible should be treated as a newly-acquired asset
   placed in service in the month when the purchaser acquires the Unit.
   Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a
   Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject to
   depreciation under Section 167 of the Code rather than cost recovery
   deductions under Section 168 is generally required to be depreciated
   using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance
   method. The depreciation and amortization methods and useful lives
   associated with the Section 743(b) adjustment, therefore, may differ
   from the methods and useful lives generally used to depreciate the
   Common Basis in such properties. Pursuant to the Partnership
   Agreement, the Partnership is authorized to adopt a convention to



                                   - 170 -
<PAGE>

   preserve the uniformity of Units even if such convention is not
   consistent with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
   Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.168-2(n) or the Section 197
   proposed Treasury regulations.  See "-- Uniformity of Units."

        Although Counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of such an
   approach, the Partnership intends to depreciate the portion of a
   Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in
   the value of Contributed Property (to the extent of any unamortized
   Book-Tax Disparity) using a rate of depreciation or amortization
   derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life
   applied to the Common Basis of such property, or treat that portion as
   non-amortizable to the extent attributable to property the Common
   Basis of which is not amortizable, despite its inconsistency with
   Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.168-2(n), Treasury Regulation
   Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) (neither of which is expected to directly
   apply to a material portion of the Partnership's assets) or the
   Section 197 proposed Treasury regulations.  To the extent such
   Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in
   excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, the Partnership will
   apply the rules described in the Regulations and legislative history.
   If the Partnership determines that such position cannot reasonably be
   taken, the Partnership may adopt a depreciation or amortization
   convention under which all purchasers acquiring Units in the same
   month would receive depreciation or amortization, whether attributable
   to Common Basis or Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same
   applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the
   Partnership's assets. Such an aggregate approach may result in lower
   annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be
   allowable to certain Unitholders. See "-- Uniformity of Units." 

        The allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment must be made in
   accordance with the Code. The IRS may seek to reallocate some or all
   of any Section 743(b) adjustment not so allocated by the Partnership
   to goodwill which, as an intangible asset, would be amortizable over a
   longer period of time than the Partnership's tangible assets. 

        A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee's tax
   basis in his Units is higher than such Units' share of the aggregate
   tax basis to the Partnership of the Partnership's assets immediately
   prior to the transfer. In such a case, as a result of the election,
   the transferee would have a higher tax basis in his share of the
   Partnership's assets for purposes of calculating, among other items,
   his depreciation and depletion deductions and his share of any gain or
   loss on a sale of the Partnership's assets. Conversely, a Section 754
   election is disadvantageous if the transferee's tax basis in such
   Units is lower than such Unit's share of the aggregate tax basis of
   the Partnership's assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the
   fair market value of the Units may be affected either favorably or
   adversely by the election. 



                                   - 171 -
<PAGE>

        The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex
   and will be made by the Partnership on the basis of certain
   assumptions as to the value of Partnership assets and other matters.
   There is no assurance that the determinations made by the Partnership
   will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions
   resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether.
   Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and
   should, in the Partnership's opinion, the expense of compliance exceed
   the benefit of the election, the Partnership may seek permission from
   the IRS to revoke the Section 754 election for the Partnership. If
   such permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of Units may be
   allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the
   election not been revoked. 

        ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX

        Each Unitholder will be required to take into account his
   distributive share of any items of Partnership income, gain, deduction
   or loss for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. 

        A Unitholder's alternative minimum taxable income derived from
   the Partnership may be higher than his share of Partnership net income
   because the Partnership may use accelerated methods of depreciation
   for purposes of computing federal taxable income or loss. The minimum
   tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of
   alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount
   and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income.
   Prospective Unitholders should consult with their tax advisors as to
   the impact of an investment in Units on their liability for the
   alternative minimum tax. 

        VALUATION OF PARTNERSHIP PROPERTY AND BASIS OF PROPERTIES

        The federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership
   and disposition of Units will depend in part on estimates by the
   Partnership of the relative fair market values, and determinations of
   the initial tax bases, of the assets of the Partnership. Although the
   Partnership may from time to time consult with professional appraisers
   with respect to valuation matters, many of the relative fair market
   value estimates will be made by the Partnership. These estimates and
   determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be
   binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market
   value or determinations of basis are subsequently found to be
   incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or
   deductions previously reported by Unitholders might change, and
   Unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior
   years. 






                                   - 172 -
<PAGE>

        TREATMENT OF SHORT SALES

        A Unitholder whose Units are loaned to a "short seller" to cover
   a short sale of Units may be considered as having disposed of
   ownership of those Units. If so, he would no longer be a partner with
   respect to those Units during the period of the loan and may recognize
   gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period,
   any Partnership income, gain, deduction or loss with respect to those
   Units would not be reportable by the Unitholder, any cash
   distributions received by the Unitholder with respect to those Units
   would be fully taxable and all of such distributions would appear to
   be treated as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their
   status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition should
   modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their
   brokers from borrowing their Units.

   DISPOSITION OF COMMON UNITS

        RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS

        Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of Units equal to the
   difference between the amount realized and the Unitholder's tax basis
   for the Units sold. A Unitholder's amount realized will be measured by
   the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property
   received plus his share of Partnership nonrecourse liabilities.
   Because the amount realized includes a Unitholder's share of
   Partnership nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale
   of Units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash
   received from such sale. 

        Under the Act, a taxpayer is treated as having sold an
   "appreciated" partnership interest (one in which gain would be
   recognized if such interest were sold) if such taxpayer or related
   persons entered into one or more positions with respect to the same or
   substantially identical property which, for some period, substantially
   eliminated both the risk of loss and opportunity for gain on the
   appreciated financial position (including selling "short against the
   box" transactions). Unitholders should consult with their tax advisers
   in the event they are considering entering into a short sale
   transaction or any other risk arbitrage transaction involving their
   Common Units.

        Prior Partnership distributions in excess of cumulative net
   taxable income in respect of a Common Unit which decreased a
   Unitholder's tax basis in such Common Unit will, in effect, become
   taxable income if the Common Unit is sold at a price greater than the
   Unitholder's tax basis in such Common Unit, even if the price is less
   than his original cost. 





                                   - 173 -
<PAGE>

        Should the IRS successfully contest the convention used by the
   Partnership to amortize only a portion of the Section 743(b)
   adjustment (described under "-- Tax Treatment of Operations --
   Section 754 Election") attributable to an amortizable Section 197
   intangible after a sale by the General Partners of Units, a Unitholder
   could realize additional gain from the sale of Units than had such
   convention been respected. In that case, the Unitholder may have been
   entitled to additional deductions against income in prior years but
   may be unable to claim them, with the result to him of greater overall
   taxable income than appropriate. Counsel is unable to opine as to the
   validity of the convention but believes such a contest by the IRS to
   be unlikely because a successful contest could result in substantial
   additional deductions to other Unitholders. 

        Gain or loss recognized by a Unitholder (other than a "dealer" in
   Common Units) on the sale or exchange of a Unit held for more than one
   year will generally be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss, with
   the tax rate on a long-term cacpital gain depending upon whether the
   Unitholder held Common Units for more than 18 months. A portion of
   this gain or loss (which could be substantial), however, will be
   separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section
   751 of the Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to
   depreciation recapture or other "unrealized receivables" or to
   "substantially appreciated inventory" owned by the Partnership. The
   term "unrealized receivables" includes potential recapture items,
   including depreciation recapture. Inventory is considered to be
   "substantially appreciated" if its value exceeds 120% of its adjusted
   basis to the Partnership. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized
   receivables, substantially appreciated inventory and depreciation
   recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of the
   Unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss
   realized on the sale of the Unit. Thus, a Unitholder may recognize
   both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a disposition of Units.
   Net capital loss may offset no more than $3,000 of ordinary income in
   the case of individuals and may only be used to offset capital gain in
   the case of corporations. 

        The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a
   Partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and
   maintain a single adjusted tax basis. Upon a sale or other disposition
   of less than all of such interests, a portion of that tax basis must
   be allocated to the interests sold using an "equitable apportionment"
   method. The ruling is unclear as to how the holding period of these
   interests is determined once they are combined. If this ruling is
   applicable to the holders of Common Units, a Common Unitholder will be
   unable to select high or low basis Common Units to sell as would be
   the case with corporate stock. It is not clear whether the ruling
   applies to the Partnership, because, similar to corporate stock,
   interests in the Partnership are evidenced by separate certificates.
   Accordingly, Counsel is unable to opine as to the effect such ruling



                                   - 174 -
<PAGE>

   will have on the Unitholders. A Unitholder considering the purchase of
   additional Common Units or a sale of Common Units purchased in
   separate transactions should consult his tax advisor as to the
   possible consequences of such ruling. 

        ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES

        In general, the Partnership's taxable income and losses will be
   determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be
   subsequently apportioned among the Unitholders in proportion to the
   number of Units owned by each of them as of the opening of the NYSE on
   the first business day of the month (the "Allocation Date"). However,
   gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of Partnership
   assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated
   among the Unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which
   that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a Unitholder
   transferring Common Units in the open market may be allocated income,
   gain, loss and deduction accrued after the date of transfer. 

        The use of this method may not be permitted under existing
   Treasury Regulations. Accordingly, Counsel is unable to opine on the
   validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between
   the transferors and the transferees of Units. If this method is not
   allowed under the Treasury Regulations (or only applies to transfers
   of less than all of the Unitholder's interest), taxable income or
   losses of the Partnership might be reallocated among the Unitholders.
   The Partnership is authorized to revise its method of allocation
   between transferors and transferees (as well as among partners whose
   interests otherwise vary during a taxable period) to conform to a
   method permitted under future Treasury Regulations. 

        A Unitholder who owns Units at any time during a quarter and who
   disposes of such Units prior to the record date set for a cash
   distribution with respect to such quarter will be allocated items of
   Partnership income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to such
   quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution. 

        NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

        A Unitholder who sells or exchanges Units is required to notify
   the Partnership in writing of that sale or exchange within 30 days
   after the sale or exchange and in any event by no later than
   January 15 of the year following the calendar year in which the sale
   or exchange occurred. The Partnership is required to notify the IRS of
   that transaction and to furnish certain information to the transferor
   and transferee. However, these reporting requirements do not apply
   with respect to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United
   States and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker.
   Additionally, a transferor and a transferee of a Unit will be required
   to furnish statements to the IRS, filed with their income tax returns



                                   - 175 -
<PAGE>

   for the taxable year in which the sale or exchange occurred, that set
   forth the amount of the consideration received for the Unit that is
   allocated to goodwill or going concern value of the Partnership.
   Failure to satisfy these reporting obligations may lead to the
   imposition of substantial penalties. 

        CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION

        The Partnership and the Operating Partnership will be considered
   to have been terminated if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more
   of the total interests in Partnership capital and profits within a
   12-month period. A termination results in the closing of a
   Partnership's taxable year for all partners and the Partnership's
   assets are regarded as having been distributed to the partners and
   reconveyed to the Partnership, which is then treated as a new
   partnership. However, under new proposed regulations which are not yet
   effective, the Partnership will be deemed to have conveyed all its
   assets and liabilities to a newly formed partnership in exchange for
   all the interests in such partnership and then the Partnership will be
   deemed to have liquidated and to have distributed to its partners the
   interests in this newly formed partnership. A termination of the
   Partnership will cause a termination of the Operating Partnership and
   any Subsidiary Partnership. Such a termination could also result in
   penalties or loss of tax basis adjustments under Section 754 of the
   Code if the Partnership were unable to determine that the termination
   had occurred. (Under the 1995 Proposed Legislation, termination of a
   large partnership, such as the Partnership, would not occur by reason
   of the sale or exchange of interests in the partnership.) 

        In the case of a Unitholder reporting on a taxable year other
   than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of the tax year of
   the Partnership may result in more than 12 months' taxable income or
   loss of the Partnership being includable in his taxable income for the
   year of termination. In addition, each Unitholder will realize taxable
   gain to the extent that any money deemed as a result of the
   termination to have been distributed to him exceeds the adjusted tax
   basis of his Units. New tax elections required to be made by the
   Partnership, including a new election under Section 754 of the Code,
   must be made subsequent to a constructive termination. A termination
   could also result in a deferral of Partnership deductions for
   depreciation. Finally, a termination might either accelerate the
   application of, or subject the Partnership to, any tax legislation
   enacted prior to the termination. 

        ENTITY-LEVEL COLLECTIONS

        If the Partnership is required or elects under applicable law to
   pay any federal, state or local income tax on behalf of any Unitholder
   or any General Partner or any former Unitholder, the Partnership is
   authorized to pay those taxes from Partnership funds. Such payment, if



                                   - 176 -
<PAGE>

   made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the partner on
   whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of
   a person whose identity cannot be determined, the Partnership is
   authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to current
   Unitholders. The Partnership is authorized to amend the Partnership
   Agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic
   tax characteristics of Units and to adjust subsequent distributions,
   so that after giving effect to such distributions, the priority and
   characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under the
   Partnership Agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable.
   Payments by the Partnership as described above could give rise to an
   overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual partner in which event
   the partner could file a claim for credit or refund. 

   UNIFORMITY OF UNITS

        Because the Partnership cannot match transferors and transferees
   of Units, uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the
   Units to a purchaser of such Units must be maintained. In the absence
   of uniformity, compliance with a number of federal income tax
   requirements, both statutory and regulatory, could be substantially
   diminished. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application
   of Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.168-2(n) and Treasury
   Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) proposed Treasury regulations
   recently promulgated under Section 197.  Any non-uniformity could have
   a negative impact on the value of the Units. See "-- Tax Treatment of
   Operations -- Section 754 Election." 

        The Partnership intends to depreciate the portion of a Section
   743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value
   of contributed property or adjusted property (to the extent of any
   unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a rate of depreciation or
   amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and
   useful life applied to the Common Basis of such property, or treat
   that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property
   the Common Basis of which is not amortizable, despite its
   inconsistency with Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.168-2(n) and
   Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) (neither of which is
   expected to directly apply to a material portion of the Partnership's
   assets) or proposed Treasury regulations recently promulgated under
   Section 197.  See "-- Tax Treatment of Operations -- Section 754
   Election." To the extent such Section 743(b) adjustment is
   attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized
   Book-Tax Disparity, the Partnership will apply the rules described in
   the Regulations and legislative history. If the Partnership determines
   that such a position cannot reasonably be taken, the Partnership may
   adopt a depreciation and amortization convention under which all
   purchasers acquiring Units in the same month would receive
   depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to
   Common Basis or Section 743(b) basis, based upon the same applicable



                                   - 177 -
<PAGE>

   rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership's
   property. If such an aggregate approach is adopted, it may result in
   lower annual depreciation and amortization deductions than would
   otherwise be allowable to certain Unitholders and risk the loss of
   depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that
   such deductions are otherwise allowable. This convention will not be
   adopted if the Partnership determines that the loss of depreciation
   and amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on the
   Unitholders. If the Partnership chooses not to utilize this aggregate
   method, the Partnership may use any other reasonable depreciation and
   amortization convention to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic
   tax characteristics of any Units that would not have a material
   adverse effect on the Unitholders. The IRS may challenge any method of
   depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment described in this
   paragraph. If such a challenge were sustained, the uniformity of Units
   might be affected, and the gain from the sale of Units might be
   increased without the benefit of additional deductions. See "--
    Disposition of Common Units -- Recognition of Gain or Loss." 

        TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER INVESTORS

        Ownership of Units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt
   organizations, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations, other foreign
   persons and regulated investment companies raises issues unique to
   such persons and, as described below, may have substantially adverse
   tax consequences. Employee benefit plans and most other organizations
   exempt from federal income tax (including individual retirement
   accounts ("IRAs") and other retirement plans) are subject to federal
   income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of the
   taxable income derived by such an organization from the ownership of a
   Unit will be unrelated business taxable income and thus will be
   taxable to such a Unitholder. 

        A regulated investment company or "mutual fund" is required to
   derive 90% or more of its gross income from interest, dividends, gains
   from the sale of stocks or securities or foreign currency or certain
   related sources. It is not anticipated that any significant amount of
   the Partnership's gross income will include that type of income. 

        Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates
   which hold Units will be considered to be engaged in business in the
   United States on account of ownership of Units. As a consequence they
   will be required to file federal tax returns in respect of their share
   of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income
   tax at regular rates on any net income or gain. Generally, a
   Partnership is required to pay a withholding tax on the portion of the
   Partnership's income which is effectively connected with the conduct
   of a United States trade or business and which is allocable to the
   foreign partners, regardless of whether any actual distributions have
   been made to such partners. However, under rules applicable to



                                   - 178 -
<PAGE>

   publicly-traded partnerships, the Partnership will withhold (currently
   at the rate of 39.6%) on actual cash distributions made quarterly to
   foreign Unitholders. Each foreign Unitholder must obtain a taxpayer
   identification number from the IRS and submit that number to the
   Transfer Agent of the Partnership on a Form W-8 in order to obtain
   credit for the taxes withheld. A change in applicable law may require
   the Partnership to change these procedures. 

        Because a foreign corporation which owns Units will be treated as
   engaged in a United States trade or business, such a corporation may
   be subject to United States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in
   addition to regular federal income tax, on its allocable share of the
   Partnership's income and gain (as adjusted for changes in the foreign
   corporation's "U.S. net equity") which are effectively connected with
   the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be
   reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United
   States and the country with respect to which the foreign corporate
   Unitholder is a "qualified resident." In addition, such a Unitholder
   is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section
   6038C of the Code. 

        Under a ruling of the IRS a foreign Unitholder who sells or
   otherwise disposes of a Unit will be subject to federal income tax on
   gain realized on the disposition of such Unit to the extent that such
   gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business
   of the foreign Unitholder. Apart from the ruling, a foreign Unitholder
   will not be taxed upon the disposition of a Unit if that foreign
   Unitholder has held less than 5% in value of the Units during the
   five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and if the
   Units are regularly traded on an established securities market at the
   time of the disposition. 

   ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

        PARTNERSHIP INFORMATION RETURNS AND AUDIT PROCEDURES

        The Partnership intends to furnish to each Unitholder, within 90
   days (75 days for taxable years of the Partnership beginning after
   December 31, 1997) after the close of each calendar year, certain tax
   information, including a Schedule K-1, which sets forth each
   Unitholder's allocable share of the Partnership's income, gain, loss
   and deduction for the preceding Partnership taxable year. In preparing
   this information, which will generally not be reviewed by counsel, the
   Partnership will use various accounting and reporting conventions,
   some of which have been mentioned in the previous discussion, to
   determine the Unitholder's allocable share of income, gain, loss and
   deduction. There is no assurance that any of those conventions will
   yield a result which conforms to the requirements of the Code,
   regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. The
   Partnership cannot assure prospective Unitholders that the IRS will



                                   - 179 -
<PAGE>

   not successfully contend in court that such accounting and reporting
   conventions are impermissible. Any such challenge by the IRS could
   negatively affect the value of the Units. 

        The federal income tax information returns filed by the
   Partnership may be audited by the IRS. Adjustments resulting from any
   such audit may require each Unitholder to adjust a prior year's tax
   liability, and possibly may result in an audit of the Unitholder's own
   return. Any audit of a Unitholder's return could result in adjustments
   of non-Partnership as well as Partnership items. 

        Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for
   purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative
   adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax
   treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are
   determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate
   proceedings with the partners. The Code provides for one partner to be
   designated as the "Tax Matters Partner" for these purposes. The
   Partnership Agreement appoints the Managing General Partner as the Tax
   Matters Partner of the Partnership. 

        The Tax Matters Partner will make certain elections on behalf of
   the Partnership and Unitholders and can extend the statute of
   limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against Unitholders
   with respect to Partnership items. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a
   Unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in the Partnership to
   a settlement with the IRS unless that Unitholder elects, by filing a
   statement with the IRS, not to give such authority to the Tax Matters
   Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review (by which
   all the Unitholders are bound) of a final partnership administrative
   adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial
   review, such review may be sought by any Unitholder having at least a
   1% interest in the profits of the Partnership and by the Unitholders
   having in the aggregate at least a 5% profits interest. However, only
   one action for judicial review will go forward, and each Unitholder
   with an interest in the outcome may participate. 

        A Unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the
   treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not
   consistent with the treatment of the item on the Partnership's return.
   Intentional or negligent disregard of the consistency requirement may
   subject a Unitholder to substantial penalties. Partners in electing
   large partnerships would be required to treat all Partnership items in
   a manner consistent with the Partnership return. The Partnership will
   elect to be treated as an electing large partnership. 

        Under the reporting provisions of the Act, each partner of an
   electing large partnership will take into account separately his share
   of the following items, determined at the partnership level:
   (1) taxable income or loss from passive loss limitation activities;



                                   - 180 -
<PAGE>

   (2) taxable income or loss from other activities (such as portfolio
   income or loss); (3) net capital gains to the extent allocable to
   passive loss limitation activities and other activities; (4) tax
   exempt interest; (5) a net alternative minimum tax adjustment
   separately computed for passive loss limitation activities and other
   activities; (6) general credits; (7) low-income housing credit;
   (8) rehabilitation credit; (9) foreign income taxes; (10) credit for
   producing fuel from a nonconventional source; and (11) any other items
   the Secretary of Treasury deems appropriate. 

        The Act also makes a number of changes to the tax compliance and
   administrative rules relating to partnerships. One provision requires
   that each partner in an electing large partnership, such as the
   Partnership, take into account his share of any adjustments to
   partnership items in the year such adjustments are made.
   Alternatively, under the Act, an electing large partnership can elect
   to or, in some circumstances, can be required to directly pay the tax
   resulting from any such adjustments. Moreover, a partnership (and not
   its partners) is liable for any interest and penalties that result
   from a partnership adjustment.  In either case, therefore, Unitholders
   could bear significant economic burdens associated with tax
   adjustments relating to periods predating their acquisition of Units. 

        It cannot be predicted whether or in what form the 1995 Proposed
   Legislation, or other tax legislation that might affect Unitholders,
   will be enacted. However, if tax legislation is enacted which includes
   provisions similar to those discussed above, a Unitholder might
   experience a reduction in cash distributions. 

        NOMINEE REPORTING

        Persons who hold an interest in the Partnership as a nominee for
   another person are required to furnish to the Partnership (a) the
   name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial
   owner and the nominee; (b) whether the beneficial owner is (i) a
   person that is not a United States person, (ii) a foreign government,
   an international organization or any wholly-owned agency or
   instrumentality of either of the foregoing, or (iii) a tax-exempt
   entity; (c) the amount and description of Units held, acquired or
   transferred for the beneficial owner; and (d) certain information
   including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of
   acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as
   well as the amount of net proceeds from sales. Brokers and financial
   institutions are required to furnish additional information, including
   whether they are United States persons and certain information on
   Units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty
   of $50 per failure (up to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year) is
   imposed by the Code for failure to report such information to the
   Partnership. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of
   the Units with the information furnished to the Partnership. 



                                   - 181 -
<PAGE>

        REGISTRATION AS A TAX SHELTER

        The Code requires that "tax shelters" be registered with the
   Secretary of the Treasury. The temporary Treasury Regulations
   interpreting the tax shelter registration provisions of the Code are
   extremely broad. It is arguable that the Partnership is not subject to
   the registration requirement on the basis that it will not constitute
   a tax shelter. However, the Managing General Partner, as a principal
   organizer of the Partnership, has registered the Partnership as a tax
   shelter (I.D. No. 97071000067)  with the Secretary of the Treasury in
   the absence of assurance that the Partnership will not be subject to
   tax shelter registration and in light of the substantial penalties
   which might be imposed if registration is required and not undertaken.
   ISSUANCE OF THE REGISTRATION NUMBER DOES NOT INDICATE THAT AN
   INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP OR THE CLAIMED TAX BENEFITS HAVE BEEN
   REVIEWED, EXAMINED OR APPROVED BY THE IRS. The Partnership must
   furnish the registration number to the Unitholders, and a Unitholder
   who sells or otherwise transfers a Unit in a subsequent transaction
   must furnish the registration number to the transferee. The penalty
   for failure of the transferor of a Unit to furnish the registration
   number to the transferee is $100 for each such failure. The
   Unitholders must disclose the tax shelter registration number of the
   Partnership on Form 8271 to be attached to the tax return on which any
   deduction, loss or other benefit generated by the Partnership is
   claimed or income of the Partnership is included. A Unitholder who
   fails to disclose the tax shelter registration number on his return,
   without reasonable cause for that failure, will be subject to a $250
   penalty for each failure. Any penalties discussed herein are not
   deductible for federal income tax purposes. 

        ACCURACY-RELATED PENALTIES

        An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an
   underpayment of tax which is attributable to one or more of certain
   listed causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or
   regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial
   valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No penalty will be
   imposed, however, with respect to any portion of an underpayment if it
   is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that
   the taxpayer acted in good faith with respect to that portion. 

        A substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year
   exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10%
   of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or
   $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). The amount of any
   understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion
   is attributable to a position adopted on the return (i) with respect
   to which there is, or was, "substantial authority" or (ii) as to which
   there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts of such position
   are disclosed on the return. Certain more stringent rules apply to



                                   - 182 -
<PAGE>

   "tax shelters," a term that in this context does not appear to include
   the Partnership. If any Partnership item of income, gain, loss or
   deduction included in the distributive shares of Unitholders might
   result in such an "understatement" of income for which no "substantial
   authority" exists, the Partnership must disclose the pertinent facts
   on its return. In addition, the Partnership will make a reasonable
   effort to furnish sufficient information for Unitholders to make
   adequate disclosure on their returns to avoid liability for this
   penalty. 

        A substantial valuation misstatement exists if the value of any
   property (or the adjusted basis of any property) claimed on a tax
   return is 200% or more of the amount determined to be the correct
   amount of such valuation or adjusted basis. No penalty is imposed
   unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial
   valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations).
   If the valuation claimed on a return is 400% or more than the correct
   valuation, the penalty imposed increases to 40%. 

   STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        In addition to federal income taxes, Unitholders will be subject
   to other taxes, such as state and local income taxes, unincorporated
   business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may
   be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which the Partnership does
   business or owns property. Although an analysis of those various taxes
   is not presented here, each prospective Unitholder should consider
   their potential impact on his investment in the Partnership. The
   Partnership will initially own property and conduct business in the
   following states which currently impose a personal income tax:
   Alabama, Arkansas, California, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky,
   Maryland, Mississippi, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New
   Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina,
   Tennessee, Utah, Vermont and Virginia. A Unitholder will be required
   to file state income tax returns and to pay state income taxes in some
   or all of these states and may be subject to penalties for failure to
   comply with those requirements. In certain states, tax losses may not
   produce a tax benefit in the year incurred (if, for example, the
   Partnership has no income from sources within that state) and also may
   not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some of
   the states may require the Partnership, or the Partnership may elect,
   to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a
   Unitholder who is not a resident of the state. Withholding, the amount
   of which may be greater or less than a particular Unitholder's income
   tax liability to the state, generally does not relieve the
   non-resident Unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax
   return. Amounts withheld may be treated as if distributed to
   Unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by the
   Partnership. See "-- Disposition of Common Units -- Entity-Level
   Collections." Based on current law and its estimate of future



                                   - 183 -
<PAGE>

   Partnership operations, the Managing General Partner anticipates that
   any amounts required to be withheld will not be material. 

        It is the responsibility of each Unitholder to investigate the
   legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states and
   localities of his investment in the Partnership. Accordingly, each
   prospective Unitholder should consult, and must depend upon, his own
   tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it
   is the responsibility of each Unitholder to file all  state and local,
   as well as U.S. federal, tax returns that may be required of such
   Unitholder. Counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or local
   tax consequences of an investment in the Partnership.









































                                   - 184 -
<PAGE>

           INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

        An investment in the Partnership by an employee benefit plan is
   subject to certain additional considerations because the investments
   of such plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and
   prohibited transaction provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
   Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and restrictions imposed
   by Section 4975 of the Code. As used herein, the term "employee
   benefit plan" includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension,
   profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee
   pension plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or
   maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other
   things, consideration should be given to (a) whether such investment
   is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA; (b) whether in making
   such investment, such plan will satisfy the diversification
   requirement of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA; and (c) whether such
   investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable
   income by such plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment
   return. See "Tax Considerations -- Uniformity of Units -- Tax-Exempt
   Organizations and Certain Other Investors." The person with investment
   discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan (a
   "fiduciary") should determine whether an investment in the Partnership
   is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper
   investment for such plan. 

        Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code (which also
   applies to IRAs that are not considered part of an employee benefit
   plan) prohibit an employee benefit plan from engaging in certain
   transactions involving "plan assets" with parties that are "parties in
   interest" under ERISA or "disqualified persons" under the Code with
   respect to the plan. 

        In addition to considering whether the purchase of Common Units
   is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan
   should consider whether such plan will, by investing in the
   Partnership, be deemed to own an undivided interest in the assets of
   the Partnership, with the result that the Managing General Partner
   also would be a fiduciary of such plan and the operations of the
   Partnership would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA,
   including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited
   transaction rules of the Code. 

        The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect
   to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans
   acquire equity interests would be deemed "plan assets" under certain
   circumstances. Pursuant to these regulations, an entity's assets would
   not be considered to be "plan assets" if, among other things, (a) the
   equity interest acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly
   offered securities -- i.e., the equity interests are widely held by
   100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely



                                   - 185 -
<PAGE>

   transferable and registered pursuant to certain provisions of the
   federal securities laws, (b) the entity is an "operating company" --
   i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product
   or service other than the investment of capital either directly or
   through a majority owned subsidiary or subsidiaries, or (c) there is
   no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined
   to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity
   interest (disregarding certain interests held by the Managing General
   Partner, its affiliates, and certain other persons) is held by the
   employee benefit plans referred to above, IRAs and other employee
   benefit plans not subject to ERISA (such as governmental plans). The
   Partnership's assets should not be considered "plan assets" under
   these regulations because it is expected that the investment will
   satisfy the requirements in (a) and (b) above and may also satisfy the
   requirements in (c). 

        Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of Common Units should
   consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA
   and the Code in light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who
   engage in prohibited transactions or other violations.

































                                   - 186 -
<PAGE>

                        VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS
   
        The validity of the Common Units has been passed upon for the
   Partnership by Schiff Hardin & Waite, Chicago, Illinois.
    
                                   EXPERTS

        The audited financial statements of Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.
   and of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. have been audited and the
   pro forma consolidated financial statements of Cornerstone Propane
   Partners, L.P. included in this Prospectus, to the extent indicated in
   their reports, have been examined by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
   public accountants, and are included herein in reliance upon the
   authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.

        The audited financial statements included in this Prospectus for
   Empire Energy Corporation, to the extent and for the periods indicated
   in their report, have been audited by Baird, Kurtz & Dobson,
   independent public accountants, and are included herein in reliance
   upon the report of said firm given upon its authority as experts in
   giving such report.

        The audited financial statements included in this Prospectus for
   SYN Inc., to the extent and for the periods indicated in the report,
   have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public
   accountants, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of
   said firm as experts in giving said report. 
   
        The CGI Holdings, Inc. financial statements as of July 31, 1996
   and for each of the two years in the period ended July 31, 1996, and
   for the four and one-half months ended December 16, 1996, included in
   this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Price
   Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said
   firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
        The audited financial statements included in this Prospectus for
   Synergy Group Incorporated, to the extent and for the periods
   indicated in their report, have been audited by Baird, Kurtz & Dobson,
   independent public accountants, and are included herein in reliance
   upon the report of said firm given upon its authority as experts in
   giving such report. 











                                   - 187 -
<PAGE>

                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        The Partnership has filed with the Securities and Exchange
   Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1
   (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
   amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to the Common Units
   offered hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
   Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set
   forth in the Registration Statement, certain items of which are
   contained in exhibits and schedules to the Registration Statement as
   permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
   information with respect to the Partnership and the Common Units
   offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement,
   including the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements made in this
   Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other
   document are not necessarily complete; with respect to each such
   contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the
   Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more
   complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement
   is qualified in its entirety by such reference.  

        The Partnership is subject to the informational requirements of
   the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),
   and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with
   the Commission.  Such reports and information, and the Registration
   Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, filed with the
   Commission by the Partnership may be inspected and copied at the
   public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Judiciary
   Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the
   regional offices of the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center,
   Suite 1300, New York, New York  10048 and 500 West Madison Street,
   Chicago, Illinois  60661. Copies of such material can also be obtained
   upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the
   Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
   D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the Commission's Web site on
   the Internet at http://www.sec.gov.   Reports and other information
   concerning the Partnership may be inspected at the principal office of
   the NYSE at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York  10005.















                                   - 188 -
<PAGE>
   
                     CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.
                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.                                Page
                                                                  ----

Report of Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1997  . . . . . . . . .  F-4
Consolidated Statement of Income for the period ended
   June 30, 1997  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-5
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period ended
   June 30, 1997  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-6
Consolidated Statement of Partners' Capital for the period
   ended June 30, 1997  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . .  F-8


EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION

Independent Accountants' Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-18
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1996  . . . . . . . . . F-19
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods
   ended December 16, 1996, and the Years Ended June 30, 1996
   and 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-21
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
   periods ended December 16, 1996, and the Years Ended
   June 30, 1996 and 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-22
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the periods ended
   December 16, 1996, and the Years Ended June 30, 1996
   and 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-23
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . F-25


CGI HOLDINGS, INC.

Report of Independent Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-36
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 31, 1996  . . . . . . . . . F-37
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period ended
   December 16, 1996, and the Years Ended July 31, 1996
   and 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-39
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the period
   ended December 16, 1996, and the Years Ended July 31, 1996
   and 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-40
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period ended
   December 16, 1996, and the Years Ended July 31, 1996
   and 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-41
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . F-43

                                  F-1

<PAGE>

                     CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.
                  INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)


SYN, INC.

Report of Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . . . . . . . . F-57
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1996  . . . . . . . . . F-58
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period ended
   December 16, 1996, and the period Ended June 30, 1996  . . . . F-60
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
   period ended December 16, 1996, and the period Ended
   June 30, 1996  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-61
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period ended
   December 16, 1996, and the period Ended June 30, 1996  . . . . F-62
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . F-64


SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED

Independent Accountants Report  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-72
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period ended
   August 14, 1995, and the Year Ended March 31, 1995 . . . . . . F-73
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for
   the period ended August 14, 1995, and the Year Ended
   March 31, 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-74
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period ended
   August 14, 1995, and the Year Ended March 31, 1995 . . . . . . F-75
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . F-76

                                  F-2

<PAGE>

                 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS




To Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of CORNERSTONE
PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P., (A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP) AND SUBSIDIARY as
of June 30, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash
flows and partners' capital for the period from commencement of operations
(December 17, 1996) to June 30, 1997.  These financial statements are the
responsibility of the partnership's management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Cornerstone Propane
Partners, L.P. and Subsidiary as of June 30, 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the period from commencement of
operations (December 17, 1996) to June 30, 1997, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.



                                                       ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
August 4, 1997

                                   F-3

<PAGE>

                CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                    (Dollars in thousands, except unit data)
                                                             June 30,
                                                              1997
                              ASSETS                        ---------
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                              $  8,406
     Trade receivables, net                                   41,924
     Inventories                                              15,538
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                 4,393
                                                            ---------
               Total current assets                           70,261

Property, plant and equipment, net                           247,943
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net                    221,748
Other assets                                                   1,041
                                                            ---------
               Total assets                                 $540,993
                                                            =========
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
- ---------------------------------
Current Liabilities:
     Current portion of long-term debt                      $  5,736
     Trade accounts payable                                   42,334
     Accrued expenses                                         12,672
                                                            ---------
               Total current liabilities                      60,742

Long-term debt                                               231,532
Due to related party                                             740
Other noncurrent liabilities                                   4,050
                                                            ---------
               Total liabilities                             297,064
                                                            ---------
Commitments and contingencies

Partners' Capital:
     Common unitholders, 10,512,805 units issued
       and outstanding                                       146,851
     Subordinated unitholders, 6,597,619 units issued
       and outstanding                                        92,106
     General partners                                          4,972
                                                            ---------
               Total partners' capital                       243,929
                                                            ---------
               Total liabilities and partners' capital      $540,993
                                                            =========
 The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated balance
                                  sheet.


                                   F-4

<PAGE>

             CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
               (Dollars in thousands, except per unit data)

                                                   From Commencement
                                                     of Operations
                                                on December 17, 1996
                                                   to June 30, 1997
                                                ---------------------

Revenues                                               $389,630

Cost of sales                                           315,324
                                                       ---------
Gross profit                                             74,306
                                                       ---------
Expenses
     Operating, general and administrative               50,023
     Depreciation and amortization                        8,519
                                                       ---------
                                                         58,542
                                                       ---------

Operating income                                         15,764
Interest expense                                          9,944
                                                       ---------
Income before provision for income taxes                  5,820
Provision for income taxes                                   64
                                                       ---------
Net income                                             $  5,756
                                                       =========
General partners' interest in net income               $    212
                                                       =========
Limited partners' interest in net income               $  5,544
                                                       =========
Net income per unit                                    $   0.34
                                                       =========
Weighted average number of units outstanding             16,531
                                                       =========




        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated
                           financial statement.

                                   F-5

<PAGE>

             CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY
                                     
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                          (Dollars in thousands)

                                                   From Commencement
                                                     of Operations
                                                on December 17, 1996
                                                   to June 30, 1997
                                                ---------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income                                          $   5,756
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    cash from operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                        8,519
      Changes in assets and liabilities, net of
       effect of acquisitions and dispositions:
          Trade receivables                               37,100
          Inventories                                     11,020
          Prepaid expenses and other current assets         (734)
          Trade accounts payable                         (40,335)
          Accrued expenses                                 1,036
          Other assets and liabilities                   (11,211)
                                                       ----------
          Net cash provided by operating activities       11,151
                                                       ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from sale of assets                              473
   Expenditures for property, plant and equipment         (2,427)
   Acquisitions, net of cash received                     (1,800)
                                                       ----------
          Net cash used in investing activities           (3,754)
                                                       ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Borrowings on Working Capital Facility                  4,600
   Payments on Working Capital Facility                  (12,800)
   Borrowings on purchase obligations                      2,083
   Payments on purchase obligations                       (1,284)
   Partnership distributions                             (10,614)
                                                       -----------
          Net cash used in financing activities          (18,015)
                                                       -----------
PARTNERSHIP FORMATION TRANSACTIONS:
   Net proceeds from issuance of Common and
     Subordinated Units                                  191,804
   Borrowings on Working Capital Facility                 12,800
   Issuance of long-term debt                            220,000
   Cash transfers from predecessor companies              22,418
   Repayment of long-term debt and related interest     (337,631)
   Distribution to Special General Partner for the
     redemption of preferred stock                       (61,196)
   Distribution to Special General Partner               (15,500)
   Other fees and expenses                               (13,673)
                                                       -----------
          Net cash provided by partnership
            formation transactions                        19,022
                                                       -----------

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                      8,404
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                 2
                                                       -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD               $   8,406
                                                       ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated financial
                                statement.

                                   F-6
<PAGE>

             CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL
                 (Dollars in thousands, except unit data)
                                     
                                     

                      Number of Units
                  --------------------                              Total
                             Subor                Subor   General  Partners'
                  Common    dinated    Common    dinated  Partner  Capital
                  ------    ---------- ------    -------  -------- --------
Balance at
 Commencement of
 Operations on
 December 17, 1996     -         -     $   -     $   -    $   -    $    -

Contribution of
 net assets of
 predecessor
 companies and
 issuance of
 Common Units     9,821,000 6,597,619   136,997    92,032      -    229,029

Issuance of
 Common units
 in connection
 with acquisitions  691,805       -      14,784         -      -     14,784

Issuance of 2%
 interest for
 general partner
 contribution            -        -          -          -   4,674     4,674

Additional general
 partner contribution
 in connection
 with acquisitions       -        -          -          -     300       300

Quarterly distribution   -        -      (6,244)    (4,156)  (214)  (10,614)

Net income                -       -       1,314      4,230    212     5,756
                  --------- ---------  --------    -------  ------ --------
Balance at
 June 30, 1997   10,512,805 6,597,619  $146,851    $92,106 $4,972  $243,929
                 ========== =========  ========    ======= ======  ========

     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                           financial statements.



                                   F-7
<PAGE>

            CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P. AND SUBSIDIARY
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, except unit data)

 1.  PARTNERSHIP ORGANIZATION AND FORMATION
     --------------------------------------
     Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. ("Cornerstone Partners") was formed
on October 7, 1996 as a Delaware limited partnership.  Cornerstone Partners
and its subsidiary Cornerstone Propane, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership (the "Operating Partnership"), were formed to acquire, own and
operate substantially all of the propane businesses and assets of SYN Inc.
and its subsidiaries ("Synergy"), Empire Energy Corporation and its
subsidiaries ("Empire") and CGI Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries
("Coast").  The principal predecessor entities, Synergy, Empire and Coast,
are collectively referred to herein as the "Predecessor Companies."  The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cornerstone
Partners, the Operating Partnership and its corporate subsidiary,
Cornerstone Sales & Service Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
collectively referred to herein as the "Partnership".  The Operating
Partnership is, and the Predecessor Companies were, principally engaged in
(a) the retail marketing and distribution of propane for residential,
commercial, industrial, agricultural and other retail uses; (b) the
wholesale marketing and distribution of propane and natural gas liquids and
crude oil to the retail propane industry, the chemical and petrochemical
industries and other commercial and agricultural markets; (c) the repair
and maintenance of propane heating systems and appliances and; (d) the sale
of propane-related supplies, appliances and other equipment.  The
Partnership entities commenced operations on December 17, 1996, pursuant to
a Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement dated as of the same
date, wherein substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the
Predecessor Companies were contributed to the Operating Partnership (the
"Conveyance").  As a result of the Conveyance, Cornerstone Propane GP,
Inc., a Delaware corporation and the managing general partner of
Cornerstone Partners and the Operating Partnership (the "Managing General
Partner"), and SYN Inc., a Delaware corporation and the special general
partner of Cornerstone Partners and the Operating Partnership (the "Special
General Partner"), received all interests in the Operating Partnership, and
the Operating Partnership received substantially all assets and assumed
substantially all liabilities of the Predecessor Companies.  Immediately
after the Conveyance, and in accordance with the Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Cornerstone Partners (the "Partnership
Agreement"), the Managing General Partner and the Special General Partner
conveyed their limited partner interests in the Operating Partnership to
Cornerstone Partners in exchange for a 2% interest in Cornerstone Partners
and the Operating Partnership.

     Following these transactions, on December 17, 1996, Cornerstone
Partners completed its initial public offering through underwriters of
9,821,000 Common Units (the "IPO") at a price to the public of $21.00 a
unit.  The net proceeds of approximately $191,804 from the IPO, the
proceeds from the issuance of $220,000 aggregate principal amount of the
Operating Partnership's 7.53% senior notes, and $12,800 borrowings under
the Working Capital Facility (as described in Note 3) were used to repay
$337,631 in liabilities assumed by the Operating Partnership (including
$141,799 paid to affiliates of the Managing General Partner) that were in
large part incurred in connection with the transactions entered into prior

                                   F-8
<PAGE>

to the IPO.  A portion of the funds was distributed to the Special General
Partner to redeem its preferred stock ($61,196), to provide net worth to
the Special General Partner ($15,500) and to pay expenses of the
Partnership organization and formation ($13,673).

     Partners' capital of limited partners immediately after the IPO
consisted of 9,821,000 Common Units and 6,597,619 Subordinated Units,
representing an aggregate 58.6% and 39.4% limited partner interest in
Cornerstone Partners, respectively.  Partners' capital of General Partners
consists of a 2% interest in the Partnership.

     During the Subordination Period (as described in Note 4), the
Partnership may issue up to 4,270,000 additional Parity Units (generally
defined as Common Units and all other Units having rights to distribution
or in liquidation ranking on a parity with the Common Units), excluding
Common Units issued in connection with (a) employee benefit plans and (b)
the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units, without the
approval of a majority of the Unitholders.  The Partnership may issue an
unlimited number of additional Parity Units without Unitholder approval if
such issuance occurs in connection with acquisitions, including, in certain
circumstances, the repayment of debt incurred in connection with an
acquisition.  In addition, under certain conditions the Partnership may
issue without Unitholder approval an unlimited number of parity securities
for the repayment of up to $75 million of long-term indebtedness of the
Partnership.  After the Subordination Period, the Managing General Partner
may cause the Partnership to issue an unlimited number of additional
limited partner interests and other equity securities of the Partnership
for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be
established by the Managing General Partner at its sole discretion.

     Effective April 16, 1997, the Partnership registered 750,000
additional Common Units to be used for future acquisitions.  The
Partnership consummated several acquisitions during the quarter ended June
30, 1997.  The total consideration for these acquisitions was approximately
$20.5 million of which approximately $14.8 million was in the form of
Common Units (approximately 692,000 Common Units) with the remainder paid
primarily with the issuance of debt.  All acquisitions have been accounted
for using the purchase method of accounting and had no significant effect
on operating results for the period ended June 30, 1997.

     Cornerstone Partners and the Operating Partnership have no employees.
The Managing General Partner conducts, directs and manages all activities
of Cornerstone Partners and the Operating Partnership and is reimbursed on
a monthly basis for all direct and indirect expenses incurred on their
behalf.

2.   BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
     -----------------------------------------------------------
Nature of Operations.  The Partnership believes it is the fifth largest
retail marketer of propane in the United States in terms of volume, serving
more than 360,000 residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural
customers from 296 customer service centers in 26 states.  The Partnership
was formed to own and operate the propane business and assets of Synergy,
Empire and Coast.  The Partnership's operations are concentrated in the
east coast, south-central and west coast regions of the United States.

                                   F-9
<PAGE>

Basis of Presentation.  The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Partnership and its Subsidiary following the date of
acquisition. The acquisitions of the Predecessor Companies have been
accounted for as purchase business combinations based on the fair value of
the net assets acquired.  All purchase price allocations for the
acquisition of the Predecessor Companies are preliminary in nature and are
subject to change within the twelve months following the acquisitions based
on refinements as actual data becomes available.  All significant
intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Fiscal Year.  The Partnership's fiscal year is July 1 to June 30.  Because
the Partnership commenced operations upon completion of the IPO, the
accompanying consolidated statements of income, cash flows and partners'
capital are for the period from commencement of operations on December 17,
1996 to June 30, 1997.

Use of Estimates.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from
those estimates.

Financial Instruments.  The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated
balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and
accounts payable approximate fair value because of the immediate or short-
term maturity of these financial instruments.  Based on the borrowing rates
currently available to the Partnership for bank loans with similar terms
and average maturities, the fair value of long-term debt was substantially
the same as its carrying value at June 30, 1997.

     The Partnership routinely uses commodity futures contracts to reduce
the risk of future price fluctuations for natural gas and liquified
petroleum gas (LPG) inventories and contracts.  Gains and losses on futures
contracts purchased as hedges are deferred and recognized in cost of sales
as a component of the product cost for the related hedged transaction.  In
the statement of cash flows, cash flows from qualifying hedges are
classified in the same category as the cash flows from the items being
hedged.  Net realized gains and losses for the current fiscal year and
unrealized gains, losses on outstanding positions and open positions as of
June 30, 1997, were not material.

Revenue Recognition.  Sales of natural gas, crude oil, natural gas liquids
and LPG and the related cost of product are recognized upon delivery of the
product.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.  The Partnership considers all liquid
investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.  At June 30, 1997, cash equivalents consisted primarily of
certificates of deposit.

Accounts Receivable.  The outstanding balance is stated net of allowance of
doubtful accounts of $3,083 at June 30, 1997.

                                   F-10
<PAGE>

Inventories.  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  The
cost of natural gas, crude oil, natural gas liquids and LPG is determined
using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  The cost of gas distribution
parts, appliances and equipment is determined using the weighted average
method.  The major components of inventory at June 30, 1997, consisted of
the following:

               LPG and other            $      7,122
               Appliances                      3,846
               Parts and fittings              4,570
                                        -------------
                                        $     15,538
                                        =============

Property, Plant and Equipment.  Property, plant and equipment are stated at
cost of acquisition, primarily based upon estimates of fair value at the
date of the IPO.  Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:  buildings and
improvements, 25 to 33 years; LPG storage and rental tanks, 40 to 50 years;
and office furniture, equipment and tank installation costs, 5 to 10 years.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful life or the lease term.  When property, plant or equipment is
retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated
depreciation is removed from the accounts, and the resulting gain or loss
is credited or charged to operations.  Maintenance and repairs are charged
to earnings, while replacements and betterments that extend estimated
useful lives are capitalized.  Property, plant and equipment at June 30,
1997, consisted of the following:

               Land                     $      8,388
               Buildings and improvements     11,256
               Storage and consumer tanks    206,014
               Other equipment                27,843
                                        -------------
                                             253,501
               Accumulated depreciation        5,558
                                        -------------
                                        $    247,943
                                        =============

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.  The excess of acquisition cost over
the estimated fair market value of identifiable net assets of acquired
businesses (goodwill) is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40
years.  Noncompete agreements are amortized over the term of the agreement.
Financing costs are amortized over the term of the Senior Notes.  Goodwill
and other intangible assets at June 30, 1997, consisted of the following:

               Goodwill                 $    213,092
               Noncompete agreements           4,398
               Financing costs                 7,116
                                        -------------
                                             224,606
               Accumulated amortization        2,858
                                        -------------
                                        $    221,748
                                        =============

                                   F-11
<PAGE>

     It is the Partnership's policy to review long-lived assets including
intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be
recoverable.  If such a review should indicate that the carrying amount of
intangible assets is not recoverable, it is the Partnership's policy to
reduce the carrying amount of such assets to fair value.

Income Taxes.  Neither Cornerstone Partners nor the Operating Partnership
is directly subject to federal and state income taxes.  Instead, taxable
income or loss is allocated to the individual partners.  As a result, no
income tax expense has been reflected in the Partnership's consolidated
financial statements relating to the earnings of Cornerstone Partners or
the Operating Partnership.  The Operating Partnership has one subsidiary
which operates in corporate form and is subject to federal and state income
taxes.  Accordingly, the Partnership's consolidated financial statements
reflect income tax expense related to the subsidiary's earnings.  Net
earnings for financial statement purposes may differ significantly from
taxable income reportable to Unitholders as a result of differences between
the tax basis and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities and
the taxable income allocation requirements under the Partnership agreement.

Net Income per Unit.  Net income per Unit is computed by dividing net
income, after deducting the General Partners' 2% interest, by the weighted
average number of outstanding Common and Subordinated Units.  In accordance
with the IPO Prospectus, 100% of the income for the 14-day period ended
December 31, 1996, was allocated to the Subordinated Unitholders and the
General Partners.

Unit-Based Compensation.  The Partnership accounts for unit-based
compensation (see Note 6) as (a) deferred compensation for time-vesting
units and (b) contingent consideration for performance-vesting units.
Compensation expense for the time-vesting units is recognized over the
vesting period.  Compensation expense for the performance-vesting units is
recognized when the units become issuable.  Time-vesting units are
considered Common Unit equivalents for the purpose of computing primary
earnings per unit.  Performance-vesting units are considered for the
purpose of computing fully diluted earnings per unit.  The Partnership has
adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" for disclosure purposes only.
Pro forma disclosures of net income and net income per unit as if the fair
value based method of accounting for stock options under FASB Statement No.
123 had been applied would not have changed net income and net income per
unit.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards - FASB Statement No. 128, "Earnings
per Share" ("Statement No. 128), issued in February 1997 and effective for
fiscal years ending after December 15, 1997, establishes and simplifies
standards for computing and presenting earnings per share.  Implementation
of Statement No. 128 will not have a material impact on the Partnership's
computation or presentation of earnings per unit, as the Partnership's
common unit equivalents have had no material effect on earnings per unit
amounts.

     FASB Statement No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," issued in
June 1997 and effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997,
established standards for reporting and display of the total of net income

                                   F-12
<PAGE>

and all other nonowner changes in partners' capital, or comprehensive
income, either below net income (loss) in the statement of operations, in a
separate statement of comprehensive income (loss) or within the statement
of partners' capital.  The Partnership has had no significant items of
other comprehensive income.

3.   LONG-TERM DEBT
     ---------------
     Long-term debt at June 30, 1997, consisted of the following:

          Working Capital Facility           $  4,600
          Senior Notes                        220,000
          Purchase contract obligations        12,668
                                         ------------
                                              237,268
               Less current maturities          5,736
                                         ------------
                                         $    231,532
                                         ============

     Concurrently with the IPO, the Operating Partnership entered into a
credit agreement (the "Bank Credit Agreement") which consists of a Working
Capital Facility and an Acquisition Facility.

     The Working Capital Facility provides for revolving borrowings up to
$50,000 (including a $30,000 sublimit for letters of credit through March
31, 1997 and $20,000 thereafter), and matures on December 31, 1999.  The
Bank Credit Agreement provides that there must be less than $10,000
outstanding under the Working Capital Facility (excluding letters of
credit) for at least 30 consecutive days during each fiscal year.
Outstanding letters of credit totaled $7,600 at June 30, 1997.

     The Acquisition Facility provides the Operating Partnership with the
ability to borrow up to $75,000 to finance propane business acquisitions.
The Acquisition Facility operates as a revolving facility through December
31, 1999, at which time any loans then outstanding may be converted to term
loans and be amortized quarterly for a period of four years thereafter.  No
amounts were outstanding at June 30, 1997.

     The Operating Partnership's obligations under the Bank Credit
Agreement are secured, on an equal and ratable basis, with its obligations
under the Senior Note Agreement, by a first priority security interest in
the Operating Partnership's inventory, accounts receivable and certain
customer storage tanks.  Loans under the Bank Credit Agreement bear
interest at variable base or Eurodollar rates.  At June 30, 1997, the
applicable base and Eurodollar rates were 8.625% and 5.938%, respectively.
In addition, an annual fee is payable quarterly by the Operating
Partnership (whether or not borrowings occur) ranging from .125% to .325%
depending upon various financial ratios.  The weighted-average interest
rate for the period ended June 30, 1997, was 8.494% per annum.

     The Bank Credit Agreement contains various terms and covenants,
including financial ratio covenants with respect to debt and interest
coverage, and limitations, among others, on the ability of the Operating
Partnership to incur or maintain certain indebtedness or liens, make
investments and loans, enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all

                                   F-13
<PAGE>

or substantially all of its assets and make asset sales.  The Operating
Partnership was in compliance with all terms and covenants at June 30,
1997.

     On the IPO date, the Operating Partnership issued $220,000 of Senior
Notes with a fixed annual interest rate of 7.53% pursuant to note purchase
agreements with various investors (collectively, the "Note Agreement").
The Senior Notes mature on December 30, 2010, and require semi-annual
interest payments each December 30 and June 30.  The Note Agreement
requires that the principal be paid in equal annual payments of $27,500
starting December 30, 2003.

     Purchase contract obligations arise from the purchase of operating
businesses and are collateralized by the equipment and real estate acquired
in the respective acquisitions.  At June 30, 1997, those obligations
carried interest rates ranging from 5.0% to 10.0% per annum and were due
periodically through 2007.

     Aggregate annual maturities of the long-term debt outstanding at June
30, 1997, are:

               1998                     $    5,736
               1999                          1,557
               2000                          6,478
               2001                          1,092
               2002                            641
               Thereafter                  221,764
                                        ----------
                                        $  237,268
                                        ==========

4.   DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH
     -------------------------------
     The Partnership will make distributions to its partners with respect
to each fiscal quarter of the Partnership within 45 days after the end of
each fiscal quarter in an aggregate amount equal to its Available Cash for
such quarter.  Available Cash generally means, with respect to any fiscal
quarter of the Partnership, all cash on hand at the end of such quarter
less the amount of cash reserves established by the Managing General
Partner in its reasonable discretion for future cash requirements.  These
reserves are retained to provide for the proper conduct of the
Partnership's business, the payment of debt principal and interest and to
provide funds for distribution during the next four quarters.

     The Partnership will distribute 100% of its Available Cash (98% to all
Unitholders and 2% to the General Partners) until the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution ($.54 per unit) for such quarter has been met.  During the
Subordination Period (defined below), to the extent there is sufficient
Available Cash, the holders of Common Units have the right to receive the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution, plus any arrearages, prior to the
distribution of Available Cash to holders of Subordinated Units. For the
period commencing December 17, 1996, and ending March 31, 1997, the
Partnership paid a Minimum Quarterly Distribution of $.63 per Common and
Subordinated Unit amounting to approximately $10,614.  Subsequent to June
30, 1997, the Partnership declared a Minimum Quarterly Distribution, for
the period from April 1, 1997, to June 30, 1997, of $.54 per Common and
Subordinated Unit totaling approximately $9,429.

                                   F-14
<PAGE>

     The Subordination Period will generally extend to the first day of any
quarter beginning after December 31, 2001, in which (a) distributions from
Operating Surplus (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) on the Common
Units and the Subordinated Units with respect to each of the three
consecutive four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or
exceeded the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the outstanding
Common and Subordinated Units during such periods, (b) the Adjusted
Operating Surplus (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) generated
during each of the three consecutive four-quarter periods immediately
preceding such date equaled or exceeded the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
on all of the outstanding Common and Subordinated Units plus the related
distribution on the General Partner interests in the Partnership during
such periods, and (c) there were no outstanding Common Unit Arrearages.

5.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     -----------------------------
     The Partnership has succeeded to obligations of the self-insurance
programs maintained by Empire and Synergy for any incidents occurring prior
to December 17, 1996.  These companies' insurance programs provided
coverage for comprehensive general liability and vehicle liability for
catastrophic exposures as well as those risks required to be insured by law
or contract.  These companies retained a significant portion of certain
expected losses related primarily to comprehensive general liability and
vehicle liability.  Estimated liabilities for self-insured losses were
recorded based upon the predecessor companies' and the Partnerships'
estimates of the aggregate self-insured liability for claims incurred.

     A number of personal injury, property damage and product liability
suits are pending or threatened against the Partnership.  These lawsuits
have arisen in the ordinary course of the Partnership's business and
involve claims for actual damages and in some cases, punitive damages,
arising from the alleged negligence of the Partnership or as a result of
product defects or similar matters.  Of the pending or threatened matters,
a number involve property damage and several involve serious personal
injuries.  In certain cases, the claims made are for relatively large
amounts.  Although any litigation is inherently uncertain, based on past
experience, the information currently available to it and the availability
of insurance coverage, the Partnership does not believe that these pending
or threatened litigation matters will have a material adverse effect on its
results of operations or its financial condition.

     The Managing General Partner and its affiliates performing services
for the Partnership are entitled to reimbursement for all expenses incurred
on behalf of the Partnership, including the cost of compensation properly
allocable to the Partnership, and all other expenses necessary or
appropriate to the conduct of the business of, and allocable to, the
Partnership.  These costs, which totaled $30,702 for the period from
December 17, 1996, to June 30, 1997, include employee compensation and
benefit expenses of employees of the Managing General Partner and its
affiliates.

6.   RESTRICTED UNIT PLAN
     --------------------
     The Partnership adopted the 1996 Restricted Unit Award Plan (the
"Restricted Unit Plan") which authorizes the issuance of Common Units with
an aggregate value of $12,500 (595,238 Common Units valued at the
Partnerships IPO trading price as of December 12, 1996, of $21.00 per Unit)

                                   F-15
<PAGE>

to executives, directors, managers and selected supervisors of the
Partnership.  Awards under the Restricted Unit Plan are subject to a
bifurcated vesting procedure such that (a) 25% of the awarded Units will
vest over time with one-third of such units vesting at the end of each of
the third, fifth and seventh anniversaries of the issuance date, and (b)
the remaining 75% of the Units will vest automatically upon, and in the
same proportions as, the conversion of Subordinated Units to Common Units.
Restricted Unit Plan participants are not eligible to receive quarterly
distributions or vote their respective Units until vested.  Restrictions
generally limit the sale or transfer of the Units during the restricted
periods.  The value of the restricted Unit is established by the market
price of the Common Unit at the date of grant.  As of and for the period
from December 17, 1996 to June 30, 1997, a value of $8,300 of restricted
Common Units were awarded.

7.   PARTNERS' CAPITAL
     -----------------
     A portion of the Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units on
the first day after the record date established for the distribution in
respect of any quarter ending on or after (a) December 31, 1999, (with
respect to one-quarter of the Subordinated Units) and (b) December 31,
2000, (with respect to one-quarter of the Subordinated Units), in respect
of which (i) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on the
Common Units and the Subordinated Units with respect to each of the three
consecutive four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or
exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the
outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units during such periods, (ii)
the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the two consecutive
four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded
the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the outstanding
Common Units and Subordinated Units and the related distribution on the
general partner interests in the Partnership during such periods, and (iii)
there are no outstanding Common Unit Arrearages; provided, however that the
early conversion of the second one-quarter of Subordinated Units may not
occur until at least one year following the early conversion of the first
one-quarter of Subordinated Units.

     Upon expiration of the Subordination Period, all remaining
Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis
and will thereafter participate pro rata with the other Common Units in
distributions of Available Cash.

8.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
     ---------------------
     The Partnership established a defined contribution 401(k) retirement
plan available to substantially all employees.  Employees who elect to
participate may contribute a percentage of their salaries to the plan.  The
Partnership may make contributions to the plan at the discretion of the
Board of Directors of the Managing General Partner.  Contributions to the
plan were not material for the period ended June 30, 1997.

                                   F-16
<PAGE>

9.   OPERATING LEASES
     ----------------
     The Partnership leases retail sales offices and administrative office
space under noncancelable operating leases expiring at various times
through 2006.  These leases generally contain renewal options and require
the Partnership to pay all executory costs (property taxes, maintenance and
insurance).  Lease expense for the period ended June 30, 1997, was $2,490.

     Future minimum lease payments at June 30, 1997, were:

               1998                     $    4,062
               1999                          3,899
               2000                          3,851
               2001                          3,799
               2002                          3,771
               Thereafter                    3,284

10.  ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
     --------------------------------
       Noncash Transactions
          Assets acquired in exchange for Common Units      $14,784
          Assets acquired in exchange for current
            liabilities assumed                             $ 2,283
          Assets acquired in exchange for long-term
            debt assumed or issued                          $ 1,244

       Cash Payment Information
          Cash paid for interest                            $ 9,942

11.  QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
     --------------------------
               December 17, 1996 to               Quarter Ended
                 December 31, 1996          March 31, 1997 June 30, 1997
               --------------------          -------------  ------------
Revenues            $40,370                   $220,566        $128,694
Operating income
 (loss)               4,076                     15,107          (3,419)
Net income (loss)     3,293                     10,637          (8,174)
Net income (loss)
 per unit               .20                        .63            (.49)


















                                   F-17
<PAGE>

                      Independent Accountants' Report
                     --------------------------------


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Empire Energy Corporation
Lebanon, Missouri


     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June
30, 1996, and the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity and cash flows of EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION for each of the periods
ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, July 31, 1996, September 30, 1996, and
December 16, 1996.  These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects the financial position of
EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION as of June 30, 1996, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the periods ended June 30, 1995
and 1996, July 31, 1996, September 30, 1996, and December 16, 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

BAIRD KURTZ & DOBSON



Springfield, Missouri
August 4, 1997














                                   F-18

<PAGE>

                         EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                               JUNE 30, 1996
             (Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

                                  ASSETS
                                 --------

CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash                                                     $  2,064
 Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful
  accounts: 1996 - $1,262                                    5,724
 Inventories                                                 6,702
 Prepaid expenses                                              103
 Refundable income taxes                                       457
 Deferred income taxes                                         996
                                                        -------------
     Total Current Assets                                   16,046
                                                        -------------
DUE FROM SYN INC.                                            7,978
                                                        -------------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, at cost:
 Land and buildings                                          8,903
 Storage and consumer service facilities                    80,615
 Transportation, office and other equipment                 18,702
                                                        -------------
                                                           108,220
 Less Accumulated depreciation                             (28,686)
                                                        -------------
                                                            79,534
                                                        -------------

OTHER ASSETS:
 Excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired,
  at amortized cost                                          3,033
 Other                                                         511
                                                        -------------
                                                             3,544
                                                        -------------
                                                          $107,102
                                                        =============



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements









                                   F-19
<PAGE>

                         EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                               JUNE 30, 1996
             (Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    -----------------------------------
                                     
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Current maturities of long-term debt                   $    6,019
 Accounts payable                                            3,368
 Accrued salaries                                            1,063
 Accrued expenses                                            1,676
                                                        -------------
     Total Current Liabilities                              12,126
                                                        -------------
LONG-TERM DEBT                                              25,442
                                                        -------------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                       16,877
                                                        -------------
ACCRUED SELF-INSURANCE LIABILITY                             2,424
                                                        -------------


STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock; $0.001 par value; authorized
  17,500,000 shares, issued at June 30, 1996 -
  12,004,430 shares                                             12
 Additional paid-in capital                                 46,099
 Retained earnings                                           4,143
                                                        -------------
                                                            50,254
 Treasury stock, at cost - 3,000 shares                        (21)
                                                        -------------
                                                            50,233
                                                        -------------
                                                        $  107,102
                                                        =============




See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements










                                   F-20
<PAGE>

                         EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996
                      THE MONTH ENDED JULY 31, 1996,
                THE TWO MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND
            THE TWO AND ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 16, 1996
                              (In Thousands)

                         For the Periods Ended
               ----------------------------------------------------
                 Dec 16,   Sept 30,  July 31,  June 30,  June 30,
                  1996      1996      1996      1996      1995
                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
REVENUES         $28,166   $12,439   $ 2,596   $98,821   $56,689

COST OF SALES     15,400     6,471     1,439    50,080    26,848
                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
GROSS PROFIT      12,766     5,968     1,157    48,741    29,841
                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------

EXPENSES
 Operating, general and
  administrative   6,386     4,528     2,480    33,020    24,435
 Depreciation and
  amortization     1,344     1,087       499     5,875     4,322
                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                   7,730     5,615     2,979    38,895    28,757
                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------

OPERATING INCOME   5,036       353    (1,822)    9,846     1,084
INTEREST EXPENSE,
  NET              1,917     1,487       217     2,598        39
                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------

INCOME (LOSS)
 BEFORE INCOME
 TAXES             3,119    (1,134)   (2,039)    7,248     1,045

INCOME TAX
 PROVISION
 (BENEFIT)         1,197      (400)     (765)    3,550       600
                 -------   -------   -------   -------   -------

NET INCOME(LOSS) $ 1,922   $  (734)  $(1,274)   $3,698   $   455
                 =======   =======   =======   =======   =======

              See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements







                                   F-21
<PAGE>

                         EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION
                                     
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996
                      THE MONTH ENDED JULY 31, 1996,
                THE TWO MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND
            THE TWO AND ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 16, 1996
                              (In Thousands)

                          Additional                       Total
                 Common    Paid-in   Retained  Treasury Stockholders'
                  Stock     Stock    Earnings   Stock      Equity
                 -------   --------  -------   -------   ----------
Balance, June 30,
 1994            $   12    $ 46,099  $    -    $    -    $ 46,111
Purchase of
 Treasury Stock      -          -         -        (21)       (21)
Net Income           -          -        445        -         445
                 -------   --------  -------   -------   ----------
Balance, June 30,
 1995                12      46,099      445       (21)    46,535
Net Income           -          -      3,698        -       3,698
                 -------   --------  -------   -------   ----------
Balance, June 30,
 1996                12      46,099    4,143       (21)    50,233
Net Loss             -          -     (1,274)       -      (1,274)
                 -------   --------  -------   -------   ----------
Balance, July 31,
 1996                12      46,099    2,869       (21)    48,959
Purchase of Company
 Stock               (1)    (70,744)      -         -     (70,755)
Effect of Purchase
 Accounting          -       26,966   (2,869)       21     24,118
Net Loss             -          -       (734)       -        (734)
                 -------   --------  -------   -------   ----------
Balance, Sept. 30,
 1996                 1       2,321     (734)       -       1,588
Purchase of Company
 Stock               (1)    (13,999)      -         -     (14,000)
Effect of Purchase
 Accounting           1      25,677      734        -      26,412
Net Income            -          -      1,922       -       1,922
                 -------   --------  -------   -------   ----------
Balance, Dec 16,
 1996            $    1    $ 13,999  $ 1,922   $    -   $  15,922
                 =======    ======== =======   =======   ==========

              See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements






                                   F-22

<PAGE>
                         EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                     
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996
                      THE MONTH ENDED JULY 31, 1996,
                THE TWO MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND
            THE TWO AND ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 16, 1996
                              (In Thousands)

                    Dec 16,   Sept 30,  July 31,  June 30,  June 30
                     1996      1996      1996      1996      1995
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   -------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES
 Net income (loss)  $ 1,922   $   (734) $(1,274)  $ 3,698   $   445
  Items not requiring
   (providing) cash:
    Depreciation      1,195      1,002      474     5,593     4,084
    (Gain)loss on
      sale of assets    -           (4)       8       (67)     (145)
    Amortization        149         85       25       282       238
    Deferred income
     taxes             (126)        -        -      1,075       194
 Changes in:
  Trade receivables  (6,089)    (2,485)     222    (1,799)      388
  Inventories          (147)    (3,896)    (340)     (348)     (985)
  Accounts payable      998        283      335     1,301     1,444
  Accrued expenses and
   self insurance     2,114      1,164       (5)    2,124       325
  Income taxes payable
   (refundable)       1,016        209     (768)      270      (702)
  Due from SYN Inc.  (1,863)        -        -         -         -
  Prepaid expenses
   and other         (1,678)      (536)    (100)     (279)       72
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   -------
    Net cash provided
     by (used in)
     operating
     activities      (2,509)    (4,912)  (1,423)   11,850     5,358
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES
 Proceeds from sale
  of assets              25         18       14       162       295
 Purchases of property
  and equipment      (1,475)      (861)    (487)   (3,184)   (8,365)
 Capitalized costs     (242)        -        -        -          -
 Purchase of assets
  from SYN Inc.          -          -        -    (35,980)       -
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   -------
    Net cash used
     in investing
         activities  (1,692)      (843)    (473)  (39,002)   (8,070)
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   -------

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                   F-23
<PAGE>

                         EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                     
                    YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996
                      THE MONTH ENDED JULY 31, 1996,
                THE TWO MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND
            THE TWO AND ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 16, 1996
                              (In Thousands)


                    Dec 16,   Sept 30,  July 31,  June 30,  June 30
                     1996      1996      1996      1996      1995
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   -------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Increase (decrease) in
  credit facilities $ 4,806   $  4,800  $    -    $(5,500)  $ 1,600
 Principal payments on
  purchase obligations  (64)       (35)     (15)     (126)     (132)
 Checks in process
  of collection         (37)        37       -       (158)      158
 Purchase of treasury
  stock                  -          -        -         -        (21)
 Proceeds from (repayments
  of) acquisition
  credit facility        -     (31,100)      -     35,000        -
  Proceeds from
   management buy
   out loan              -      94,000       -         -         -
  Purchase of company
   stock in management
   buy out               -     (59,000)      -         -         -
  Payment of debt
   acquisition costs               -      (3,100)      -         -
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   -------
   Net cash provided by
    used in) financing
    activities        4,705      5,602      (15)   29,216     1,605
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   --------
INCREASE(DECREASE)
 IN CASH                504       (153)  (1,911)    2,064    (1,107)

CASH, BEGINNING
 OF PERIOD                -         153    2,064        0     1,107
                    -------   --------  --------  -------   --------
CASH, END OF PERIOD $  504    $      0  $   153   $ 2,064   $     0
                    =======   ========  ========  =======   ========




See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements




                                   F-24
<PAGE>

                         EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION
                                     
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1:   NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
          ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     The consolidated financial statements for the periods ended July 31,
1996, September 30, 1996, and December 16, 1996, are presented because of
the changes in control described in Note 2.  Due to the seasonal nature of
the propane business, the results of operations for these periods are not
necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year.

Nature of Operations
- --------------------
     The Company's principal operations are the retail sale of LP gas.
Most of the Company's customers are owners of residential single or multi-
family dwellings who make periodic purchases on credit.  Such customers are
located in the Southeast and Midwest regions of the United States.

Estimates
- ---------
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

Principles of Consolidation
- ---------------------------
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Empire
Energy Corporation and its subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition Policy
- --------------------------
     Sales and related cost of product sold are recognized upon delivery of
the product or service.

Inventories
- -----------
     Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is
determined by the first-in, first-out method for retail operations and
specific identification method for wholesale operations.  The inventories
at June 30, 1996, consist of the following:

     Gas and other petroleum products                  $    2,727
     Gas distribution parts, appliances and equipment       3,975
                                                       ----------
                                                       $    6,702
                                                       ===========


                                   F-25
<PAGE>

NOTE 1:   NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
          ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Futures Contracts
- -----------------
     The Company uses commodity futures contracts to reduce the risk of
future price fluctuations for LPG inventories and contracts.  Gains and
losses on futures contracts purchased as hedges are deferred and recognized
in cost of sales as a component of the product cost for the related hedged
transaction.  In the statement of cash flows, cash flows from qualifying
hedges are classified in the same category as the cash flows of the items
being hedged.  Net realized gains and losses and unrealized gains and
losses on open positions are not material.

Property and Equipment
- ----------------------
     Depreciation is provided on all property and equipment on the straight-
line method over estimated useful lives of 5 to 33 years.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
- ------------------------------------
     At June 30, 1996, the company's only financial instruments are cash,
long-term debt and related accrued interest for which their carrying
amounts approximate fair value.

Income Taxes
- ------------
     Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the tax effects
of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities.  A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax
assets if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be
realized.

Amortization
- ------------
     The excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired (originally
$4,850,000) is being amortized on the straight-line basis over 20 years.

NOTE 2:   CHANGES OF CONTROL

     On June 30, 1994, the Company was separated from Empire Gas
Corporation (subsequently All Star Gas referred to hereafter as Empire Gas)
in an exchange of the majority ownership of Empire Gas for all of the
shares of the Company (a subsidiary of Empire Gas).  The Company received
locations principally in the Southeast plus certain home office assets and
liabilities.

     Professional and other fees amounting to $1,926,000 were incurred in
connection with an effort to sell the Company and are included in general
and administrative expense during the year ended June 30, 1996.

     On August 1, 1996, the principal shareholder of the Company since its
inception and certain other shareholders sold their interest in the Company
to a new entity formed by the remaining shareholders of the Company
(Management Buy Out).

                                   F-26
<PAGE>

NOTE 2:   CHANGES OF CONTROL (Continued)

     In connection with this transaction, the principal shareholder of the
Company terminated employment with the Company as well as terminated
certain lease and use agreements.  The new entity was principally owned by
the son of the former principal shareholder.  All references in these
financial statements to the principal shareholder relate to the former
principal shareholder.

     The new entity paid approximately $59,000,000 cash, and distributed
certain home office assets and a portion of the SYN Inc. receivable in
exchange for the shares of Company stock purchased.  In addition to the
above consideration, the new entity issued a $5,000,000 note payable to the
principal shareholder.  The amount paid to the selling shareholders was
financed with proceeds from a new credit agreement.

     The new credit facility provides for a $42,000,000 term loan, a
$52,000,000 second term loan, a $20,000,000 working capital facility and a
$10,000,000 acquisition credit facility.  The new credit facility includes
working capital, capital expenditures, cash flow and net worth requirements
as well as dividend restrictions.

     On October 7, 1996, the new ownership of the Company pursuant to the
Management Buy Out sold 100% of Company common stock for approximately
$14,000,000 cash to Northwestern Growth Corporation (NGC).

     Because of the changes in control of the Company, the balance sheet
accounts were adjusted at August 1, 1996 and October 7, 1996, to reflect
new bases determined using the principles of purchase accounting.

NOTE 3:   SYNERGY ACQUISITION

     On August 15, 1995, the Company acquired the assets of 38 retail
locations previously operated by Synergy Group, Inc.  These locations were
purchased from SYN Inc., a company formed for the purpose of acquiring
Synergy Group Incorporated.  SYN Inc. is majority owned by Northwestern
Growth Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northwestern Public
Service Company, and minority owned and managed by Empire Gas.  The
purchase price of the 38 retail locations was approximately $38 million.
The total consideration for the purchase was approximately $36 million in
cash financed by the new acquisition credit facility (see Note 5) plus the
assets of nine retail locations principally in Mississippi valued at
approximately $2 million.  The results of operations for the period after
August 15, 1995, of the Synergy locations are included in the accompanying
financial statements.  The purchase price of the Synergy assets has been
allocated as follows (In Thousands):

          Current assets                $     2,499
          Property and equipment             27,435
          Due from SYN Inc.                   7,978
                                        -----------
                                        $    37,912
                                        ===========


                                   F-27
<PAGE>

NOTE 3:   SYNERGY ACQUISITION (Continued)

     Unaudited pro forma operations assuming the acquisition was made at
the beginning of the year ended June 30, 1995, is presented below.  Pro
forma results for the year ended June 30, 1996, are not presented since
they would not differ materially from the audited results of operations
presented in the statement of income.

                                             1995
                                        (In Thousands)

          Operating revenue             $    82,222
          Cost of product sold               40,724
                                        -------------
          Gross profit                  $    41,498
                                        =============

     The purchase price of the assets acquired from SYN Inc. is subject to
adjustment based on the amount of working capital acquired by the Company.
A receivable has been recorded in the amount of $3,978,000, which reflects
the reduction in purchase price of the assets based on the amount of
working capital acquired.  On August 1, 1996, this receivable was assigned
to the former principal shareholder in connection with the management buy
out.

     The purchase price of the assets acquired from SYN Inc. is also
subject to adjustment based on the value of consumer tanks which cannot be
located within a specified period of time.  The Company has made a claim to
SYN Inc. for approximately $4,000,000 which represents the value of
unlocated tanks at June 30, 1996.  A receivable for these tanks has been
recorded on the balance sheet at June 30, 1996.  On August 1, 1996, one-
half of this receivable was assigned to the former principal shareholder in
connection with the management buy out.

     In connection with the October 7, 1996, acquisition of the Company's
stock by NGC, the SYN Inc. receivable was paid in full and assumed by NGC.

NOTE 4:   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company provides data processing, office rent and other clerical
services to two corporations owned by officers and shareholders of the
Company and is reimbursed $5,000 per month for these services.

     The Company leases a jet aircraft and an airport hangar from a
corporation owned by the principal shareholder of the Company.  The lease
requires annual rent payments of $100,000.  In addition to direct lease
payments, the Company is also responsible for the operating costs of the
aircraft and the hangar.  The lease agreement was terminated August 1,
1996, in connection with the management buy out.

     The Company has an agreement with a corporation owned by the principal
shareholder of the Company which provides the Company the right to use
business guest facilities.  The agreement requires annual payments of
$250,000.  In addition to direct payments, the Company is also responsible
for providing vehicles and personnel to serve as security for the

                                   F-28
<PAGE>

NOTE 4:   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

facilities.  This agreement was terminated August 1, 1996, in connection
with the management buy out.

     The Company leases the corporate home office, land, buildings and
certain equipment from a corporation owned principally by the principal
shareholder.  The lease requires annual payments of $200,000.  The lease
was terminated August 1, 1996, in connection with the management buy out.

     The Company leases a lodge from a corporation owned by the principal
shareholder of the Company.  The lease requires annual rent payments of
$120,000.  The lease was terminated August 1, 1996, in connection with the
management buy out.

     On August 1, 1996, the Company entered into a new lease agreement with
entities controlled by the former principal shareholder.  The new lease
agreement provides for the payment of $600,000 per year for the corporate
home office, land, buildings and certain equipment, the use of the airport
hangar and the right to use land underlying the Company's warehouse
facility.  This lease was assumed by Cornerstone on December 17, 1996.

     A subsidiary of the Company entered into a seven-year services
agreement with Empire Gas to provide data processing and management
information services beginning July 1, 1994.  The services agreement
provides for payments by Empire Gas to be based on an allocation of the
subsidiary's actual costs based on the gallons of LP gas sold by Empire Gas
as a percentage of the gallons of LP gas sold by the Company and Empire Gas
combined.  For the years ended June 30, 1995, and June 30, 1996, total
amounts received related to this services agreement were $1.1 million and
$713,000, respectively.  For the month ended July 31, 1996, the two months
ended September 30, 1996, and the two and one-half months ended December
16, 1996, amounts were $88,000, $195,000 and $173,000, respectively.  Such
amounts have been netted against related general and administrative
expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.  This services
agreement was assumed by Cornerstone on December 17, 1996.

NOTE 5:   LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt at June 30, 1996, consists of the following:

                                                  (In Thousands)
     Revolving credit facility (A)                $     -
     Acquisition credit facility (B)                31,100
     Purchase contract obligations (C)                 361
                                                  -------------
                                                    31,461
     Less current maturities                         6,019
                                                  -------------
                                                  $ 25,442
                                                  =============

(A)  The Company has an agreement with a lender to provide a revolving
     credit facility.  The facility provides for borrowings up to $20
     million, bears interest at either 1/2% over the lender's prime rate or

                                   F-29
<PAGE>

NOTE 5:   LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

     11/8% over the Eurodollar rate and matures June  30, 2000.  The
     facility includes working capital, capital expenditure, cash flow and
     net worth requirements as well as dividend restrictions which limit
     the payment of cash dividends to 50% of the preceding year's net
     income.  The Company's unused revolving credit line at June 30, 1996,
     amounted to $18,148,000 after considering $1,852,000 of letters of
     credit.  The credit facility was terminated August 1, 1996, in
     connection with the management buy out.

(B)  On August 15, 1995, the Company modified the above agreement to
     include a $35 million acquisition credit facility which was used for
     the purchase of assets from SYN Inc.  The acquisition credit facility
     bears interest at either 1/2% over the lender's prime rate or 11/8% over
     the Eurodollar rate.  The acquisition credit facility requires
     quarterly principal payments of $1,944,000.  This credit facility was
     terminated August 1, 1996, in connection with the management buy out.

(C)  Purchase contract obligations arise from the purchase of operating
     businesses and are collateralized by the equipment and real estate
     acquired in the respective acquisitions.  The Company has also entered
     into purchase contract obligations for equipment used in
     administrative activities.  At June 30, 1996, these obligations
     carried interest rates ranging from 7% to 10% and are due periodically
     through 2001.

(D)  On August 1, 1996, in conjunction with the management buyout, the
     Company entered into an agreement with a lender to provide a $42
     million term note maturing December 31, 2002, a $52 million term note
     maturing December 31, 2006, a $20 million revolving working capital
     credit facility maturing June 30, 2001, and a $10 million acquisition
     credit facility maturing June 30, 2001.  The Company has the choice of
     keeping the borrowings at prime or transferring the loans to
     Eurodollar.  Amounts at prime on these notes bear interest at the Bank
     of Boston daily rate or 1/2%% over the Federal Funds Rate.  Amounts at
     Eurodollar on these notes bear interest at the Eurodollar rate plus an
     applicable margin which is dependent on a ratio of debt (excluding
     note payable to former principal shareholder and purchase contract
     obligations) to earnings before depreciation, interest and income
     taxes.  The facility includes working capital, capital expenditures,
     cash flow and net worth requirements as well as dividend restrictions.
     This credit facility was terminated December 16, 1996, in connection
     with the public offering.

(E)  On August 1, 1996, in conjunction with the management buyout, the
     Company entered into a $5 million subordinated promissory note bearing
     interest at 8% with the former principal shareholder of the Company.
     On October 7, 1996, this note was paid by NGC.






                                   F-30
<PAGE>

NOTE 6:   INCOME TAXES

     The provision (credit) for income taxes includes these components (in
     thousands):

                  Two and     Two      One
                 One-Half    Months   Month
               Months Ended  Ended    Ended        Year Ended
               December 16, Sept 30  July 31   June 30,   June 30,
                  1996       1996     1996      1996        1995
                ---------  --------  -------   -------   ----------
Taxes currently
 payable
 (refundable)    $1,323    $ (400)   $ (765)   $ 2,475    $  406
Deferred income
 taxes             (126)       -         -       1,075       194
                ---------  --------  -------   -------   ----------
                 $1,197    $ (400)   $ (765)   $ 3,550    $  600
                =========  ========  =======   =======   ==========

     A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the
Company's actual income tax expense is shown below (in thousands):

                  Two and     Two      One
                 One-Half   Months    Month
               Months Ended Ended     Ended        Year Ended
               December 16, Sept 30  July 31   June 30,   June 30,
                  1996       1996     1996      1996        1995
                ---------  --------  -------   -------   ----------
Computed at the
 statutory rate
 (34%)           $1,060    $ (386)   $ (693)   $ 2,464   $   355
Increase resulting from:
  Amortization of
   excess of cost
   over fair value
   of net assets
   acquired         196        33        17         79        77
  State income taxes
   net of federal
   tax benefit      102       (54)     (100)       248       116
  Change in estimated
   taxes                                           700         -
  Other            (161)        7        11         59        52
                ---------  --------  -------   -------   ----------
Actual tax
 provision      $ 1,197    $ (400)   $ (765)   $ 3,550   $   600
                ---------  --------  -------   -------   ----------







                                   F-31
<PAGE>

NOTE 7:  SELF-INSURANCE AND RELATED CONTINGENCIES

     Under the Company's insurance program, coverage for comprehensive
general liability and vehicle liability is obtained for catastrophic
exposures as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract.
The Company retains a significant portion of certain expected losses
related primarily to comprehensive general liability and vehicle liability.
Under these insurance programs, the Company self-insures the first $1
million of coverage (per incident) on general liability and on vehicle
liability.  In addition, the Company has a $100,000 deductible for each and
every liability claim.  The Company obtains excess coverage from carriers
for these programs on claims-made basis policies.  The excess coverage for
comprehensive general liability provides a loss limitation that limits the
Company's aggregate of self-insured losses to $1.5 million per policy
period.

     The Company self insures the first $250,000 of workers' compensation
coverage (per incident).  The Company purchased excess coverage from
carriers for workers' compensation claims in excess of the self-insured
coverage.  Provisions for losses expected under this program were recorded
based upon the Company's estimates of the aggregate liability for claims
incurred.  The Company provided letters of credit aggregating approximately
$1,852,000 in connection with this program.

     Provisions for self-insured losses are recorded based upon the
Company's estimates of the aggregate self-insured liability for claims
incurred.

     The Company self-insures health benefits provided to the employees of
the Company and its subsidiaries.  Provisions for losses expected under
this program are recorded based upon the Company's estimate of the
aggregate liability for claims incurred.

     In conjunction with the restructuring that occurred in June 1994, the
Company agreed to indemnify Empire Gas for 47.7% of the self-insured
liabilities of Empire Gas incurred prior to June 30, 1994.  The Company
includes in its self-insurance liability its best estimate of the amount it
will owe Empire Gas under the indemnification agreement.

     The Company and its subsidiaries are presently defendants in various
lawsuits related to the self-insurance program and other business-related
lawsuits which are not expected to have a material, adverse effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.  All liabilities
related to the insurance program and other business-related lawsuits were
assumed by Cornerstone on December 17, 1996.

NOTE 8:   INCOME TAX AUDITS

     The State of Missouri has assessed Empire Gas approximately $1,400,000
for additional state income tax for the years ended June 30, 1992 and 1993.
An amount approximating one-half of the above assessment could be at issue
for the year ended June 30, 1994.  Empire Gas and Empire Energy have
protested these assessments and are currently waiting for a response from
the Missouri Department of Revenue.  It is likely that this matter will
have to be settled in litigation.  Empire Gas and Empire Energy believe


                                   F-32
<PAGE>

NOTE 8:   INCOME TAX AUDITS (Continued)

that they have a strong position on this matter and intend to vigorously
contest the assessment.  It is not possible at this time to conclude on the
outcome of this matter.

     The Company and its subsidiaries are presently included in various
state tax audits which are not expected to have a material, adverse effect
on the Company's financial position or results of operation.

     The Company's Federal Income Tax Returns have been audited through the
year ended June 30, 1994, and all income taxes due have either been accrued
or paid.

     As a former member of the Empire Gas controlled group and in
connection with a tax indemnity agreement with Empire Gas, the Company
agreed to indemnify 47.7% of the total liabilities related to these tax
audits of the years ended June 30, 1994, and prior thereto.

NOTE 9:  STOCK OPTIONS

     The Company's stock options provide for a fixed option price of $7.00
per share for options granted to officers and key employees.  Options
granted are exercisable beginning one year after the date of grant at the
rate of 20% per year and expire six years after the date of grant.  Option
activity for each period was:

     Stock options outstanding July 1, 1994                         0

     Options granted                                        1,170,000
     Options canceled                                         (25,000)
                                                            ---------
     Stock options outstanding June 30, 1995                1,145,000

     Options granted                                           25,000
     Options cancelled                                        (50,000)
                                                            ---------

     Stock options outstanding June 30, 1996                1,120,000

     Options cancelled                                       (150,000)
     Options exercised                                       (970,000)
                                                            ---------

     Stock options outstanding December 16, 1996                    0
                                                            =========









                                   F-33
<PAGE>

NOTE 10:  ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION (In Thousands)

                  Two and    Two       One
                 One-Half   Months    Month
               Months Ended Ended     Ended        Year Ended
               December 16, Sept 30  July 31  June 30,   June 30,
                  1996       1996     1996      1996        1995
                ---------  --------  -------   -------   ----------
Noncash Investing
 and Financing
 Activities
- -----------------
  Purchase contract
   obligations
   incurred     $    -     $   -     $    -    $  222       $  172
  Nonmonetary assets
   distributed to
   former principal
   shareholder       -      6,755         -        -            -
  Note payable issued
   to former principal
   shareholder       -      5,000         -        -            -

Additional Cash
 Payment Information
- --------------------
  Interest paid      -        804        106    2,432           64
  Income taxes paid
   (refunded)        -       (609)        -     2,995        1,108

NOTE 11:  SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES AND CONCENTRATIONS

     Generally accepted accounting principles require disclosure of certain
significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain
concentrations.  Those matters include the following:

Dependence on Principal Suppliers
- ---------------------------------
     Three suppliers, Conoco, Phillips and Texaco, account for
approximately 50% of Empire Energy's volume of propane purchases.

     Although the Company believes that alternative sources of propane are
readily available, in the event that the Company is unable to purchase
propane from one of these three suppliers, the failure to obtain alternate
sources of supply at competitive prices and on a timely basis would have a
material, adverse effect on the Company.

Estimates
- ---------
     Significant estimates related to self-insurance, litigation,
collectibility of receivables and income tax assessments are discussed in
Notes 3, 7 and 8.  Actual losses related to these items could vary
materially from amounts reflected in the financial statements.



                                   F-34
<PAGE>

NOTE 12:  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     On December 17, 1996, substantially all of the assets and liabilities
of the Company were contributed to Cornerstone Propane, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership, a subsidiary of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P.
Following this transaction, on December 17, 1996, Cornerstone Propane
Partners, L.P. completed its initial public offering (see Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. for
the period ended June 30, 1997, included in this form 10-K.)













































                                   F-35
<PAGE>

                     Report of Independent Accountants
                    ----------------------------------



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
CGI Holdings, Inc.


    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and
cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of CGI Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at July 31, 1996, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the four and one-half
month period ended December 16, 1996 and for each of the two years in the
period ended July 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of
these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards
which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion
expressed above.

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP



San Francisco, California
August 8, 1997




















                                   F-36
<PAGE>

                            CGI HOLDINGS, INC.
                                     
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                               JULY 31, 1996
                          (Dollars in Thousands)

                                     
                                  ASSETS
                                  -------

CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents                              $   1,519
 Accounts and notes receivable                             23,664
 Inventories                                                7,316
 Prepaid expenses and deposits                              1,996
 Deferred income tax benefit                                  802
                                                       ------------
     Total current assets                                  35,297
                                                       ------------
Property and equipment, at cost less accumulated
  depreciation                                             51,495
Cost in excess of net assets acquired, net of
  amortization                                             11,844
Notes receivable                                            1,357
Deferred charges and other assets                           6,186
                                                       ------------
                                                        $ 106,179
                                                        ============



















The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.







                                   F-37
<PAGE>

                            CGI HOLDINGS, INC.
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                               JULY 31, 1996
                          (Dollars in Thousands)

                    LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE
                    SECURITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   ------------------------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable                                       $  30,824
 Accrued liabilities                                        3,101
 Current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease
  obligations                                               3,924
                                                       ------------
     Total current liabilities                             37,849
                                                       ------------
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations               41,801
Deferred income taxes                                      10,777
Other liabilities                                           1,095
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE SECURITIES:
 Redeemable exchangeable preferred stock:
   10% cumulative, $0.01 par value, 62,500 shares authorized,
    issued and outstanding; at redemption value             8,559

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, $0.01 par value, 6,515,000 shares authorized;
   4,312,247 issued and outstanding:
  Class A voting common stock, $0.01 par value, 3,000,000
    shares authorized; 2,789,784 issued and outstanding        28
  Class B voting common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000
    shares authorized; 149,485 issued and outstanding           1
  Class C voting common stock, $0.01 par value, 3,000,000
    shares authorized; 1,343,831 issued and outstanding        13
  Class D non-voting common stock, $0.01 par value, 250,000
    shares authorized; 29,147 issued and outstanding           --
 Warrants outstanding                                       2,134
 Additional paid-in capital                                 8,945
 Accumulated deficit                                       (5,023)
                                                       ------------
     Total stockholders' equity                             6,098
                                                       ------------
                                                        $ 106,179
                                                       ============


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.







                                   F-38
<PAGE>

                             CGI HOLDINGS, INC
                                     
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                           (Dollars in Thousands)

                                   August 1,
                                   1996 to    Fiscal Year Ended July 31,
                                 December 16, -------------------------
                                     1996       1996          1995
                                   --------   --------      --------
Sales and other revenue            $185,460   $384,354      $266,842
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales, except for
   depreciation and amortization    173,155    351,213       234,538
  Operating expenses                  8,181     21,046        20,239
  Sale of partnership interest          660         -             -
  General and administrative
   expenses                           1,738      3,835         3,745
  Depreciation and amortization       1,604      4,216         3,785
  Interest expense                    2,238      5,470         5,120
                                   --------   --------      --------
Loss before income taxes and
  extraordinary charge               (2,116)    (1,426)         (585)
Income tax benefit                     (748)     (473)          (202)
                                   ---------  --------      ---------
Loss before extraordinary charge     (1,368)     (953)          (383)
Extraordinary charge for early
  retirement of debt, net of
  income tax benefit                     -         -            (506)
                                   ---------  --------      ---------
Net loss                           $ (1,368)  $  (953)      $   (889)
                                   =========  ========      =========














The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.









                                   F-39
<PAGE>

                            CGI HOLDINGS, INC.
                                     
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                           (Dollars in Thousands)

                                              Additional
                           Common               Paid-In     Accumulated
                            Stock    Warrants   Capital       Deficit
                           --------  -------   ---------    ----------
Balance at August 1, 1994  $    42   $   -     $ 9,969      $ (1,696)
Net loss                        -        -          -           (889)
Issuance of warrants            -     2,134         -             -
Repurchase of common stock      -        -      (1,000)           -
Accrued dividends on redeemable
 and exchangeable preferred
 stock                          -        -          -           (707)
                           --------  -------   ---------    ----------
Balance at July 31, 1995        42    2,134      8,969        (3,292)
Net loss                        -        -          -           (953)
Repurchase of common stock      -        -         (24)           -
Accrued dividends on redeemable
 and exchangeable preferred
 stock                          -        -          -           (778)
                           --------  -------   ---------    ----------
Balance at July 31, 1996        42    2,134      8,945        (5,023)
Net loss                        -        -          -         (1,368)
Accrued dividends on redeemable
 and exchangeable preferred
 stock                          -        -          -           (116)
                           --------  -------   ---------    ----------
Balance at December 
 16, 1996                  $    42   $2,134     $ 8,945   $   (6,507)
                           ========  =======   =========    ==========




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.\

















                                   F-40
<PAGE>

                            CGI HOLDINGS, INC.
                                     
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                          (Dollars In Thousands)


                                   August 1,
                                   1996 to    Fiscal Year Ended July 31,
                                 December 16, -------------------------
                                     1996       1996          1995
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED FOR)
 OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss                         $  (1,368) $   (953)     $   (889)
  Adjustments to reconcile net
   loss to net cash from (used
     for) operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization     1,604     4,216         3,785
     Deferred income taxes              (732)     (516)         (488)
     Extraordinary charge to
      earnings                            -         -            506
     Sale of partnership interest        202        -             -
     Changes in assets and liabilities
      net of acquisitions:
       Accounts and notes
        receivable                   (11,532)   (2,950)      (2,700)
       Inventories                     4,257    (1,511)         (617)
       Prepaid expenses and
        deposits                        (729)     (410)        1,451
       Other assets                     (154)     (193)         (495)
       Accounts payable               11,082     9,327        (3,897)
       Accrued liabilities            (1,007)      172        (1,630)
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------
                                       1,623     7,182        (4,974)
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED FOR)
 INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Payments for acquisitions of
   retail outlets                         -     (3,000)       (1,091)
  Proceeds from sale of property
   and equipment                          57       415           878
  Purchases of and investments
   in property and equipment          (1,503)   (3,060)       (4,490)
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------
                                      (1,446)   (5,645)       (4,703)
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements






                                   F-41
<PAGE>

                            CGI HOLDINGS, INC.
                                     
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                          (Dollars In Thousands)


                                   August 1,
                                   1996 to    Fiscal Year Ended July 31,
                                 December 16, -------------------------
                                     1996       1996          1995
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED FOR)
 FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Repurchase of common stock              -   $    (24)     $ (1,000)
  Repayment of long-term debt             -         -        (26,940)
  Net proceeds from issuance of
   long-term debt                         -         -         28,111
  Proceeds from issuance of
   senior subordinated debt                 -       -         13,073
  Repayment of long-term debt           (562)   (1,250)       (1,000)
  Borrowings on capital leases
   and other term loans                   -      1,248         2,263
  Repayment of other notes payable      (252)     (561)         (739)
  Principal payments under capital
   lease obligations                    (506)   (1,579)       (2,929)
  Borrowings (repayments) under
   acquisition line                    5,999    (2,275)        1,054
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------
                                       4,679    (4,441)       11,893
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------
Net (decrease)increase in cash         4,856    (2,904)        2,216
Cash balance, beginning of period      1,519     4,423         2,207
                                  ----------  ---------     ---------
Cash balance, end of period        $   6,375  $  1,519      $  4,423
                                  ==========  =========     =========












The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements







                                   F-42
<PAGE>

                            CGI HOLDINGS, INC.
                                     
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1:   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company
- -----------
     Pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1993, by and
among CGI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") formed to
effect this transaction and a major shareholder of Coast Gas Industries
("Industries"), the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of
Industries (the "Buyout"). The accompanying financial statements are
presented on the Company's basis of accounting giving effect to the Stock
Purchase Agreement.

     The Company engages in the sale and distribution of natural gas, crude
oil, natural gas liquids, liquefied petroleum gas ("LPG"), LPG storage and
transportation equipment through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Coast Gas,
Inc.  Its operations consist primarily of the sale, transportation and
storage of LPG to wholesale and retail customers; the sale of LPG storage
equipment; and the leasing of LPG storage and transportation equipment
under monthly operating leases. Sales are made to approximately 77,000
customers in seven states, primarily in the western regions of the United
States.

     In connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company pays a
monthly fee to Aurora Capital Partners ("Aurora"), an investor in the
Company, for management services provided.   Payments for the four and one-
half month period ended December 16, 1996 were $101,625.  Payments for each
of the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $250,000.

Principles of Consolidation
- ---------------------------
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Coast Gas, Inc., and its wholly-
owned subsidiary Coast Energy Group, Inc. ("CEG"). In 1989 the Company
formed CEG, headquartered in Houston, Texas, to conduct its wholesale
procurement and distribution operations. All significant intercompany
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition
- -------------------
     Sales of natural gas, crude oil, natural gas liquids and LPG are
recognized when delivered to the customer.

Estimates
- ---------
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

                                   F-43
<PAGE>

NOTE 1:   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Concentration of Credit Risk
- ----------------------------
     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade
accounts receivable.  The Company offers credit terms on sales to its
retail and wholesale customers.  The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers' financial condition and, generally, requires
no collateral from its customers. The Company maintains an allowance for
uncollectible accounts receivable based upon the expected collectibility of
all accounts receivable.

Cash Flows
- ----------
     For purposes of the comparative statements of cash flows, the Company
considers all highly liquid investments having original maturities of three
months or less to be cash equivalents.  The carrying amount of cash, cash
equivalents and short-term debt approximates fair market value due to the
short maturity of these instruments.

Inventories
- -----------
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of LPG
is determined using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.  At July 31, 1996
the excess of LIFO cost over replacement cost was $.9 million.  The cost of
parts and fittings is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO)
method.

     During the four and one-half months ended December 16, 1996, inventory
quantities were reduced.  This reduction resulted in a liquidation of LIFO
inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as
compared with the cost of purchases for the four and one-half month period
ended December 16, 1996, the effect of which decreased cost of goods sold
by approximately $.2 million and increased net income by approximately $.1
million.

     The major components of inventory as of July 31, 1996, consist of the
following (in thousands of dollars):

          LPG                           $  6,474
          Parts and fittings                 842
                                        --------
                                        $  7,316
                                        ========

Property and Equipment
- ----------------------
     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets as follows: buildings and improvements, 25 years; LPG storage and
rental tanks, 40 to 50 years; and office furniture, equipment and tank
installation costs, 5 to 10 years.  Leasehold improvements are amortized
over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term.
Depreciation of equipment acquired under capital leases of $54,500,
$132,000 and $160,000 for the four and one-half month period ended December
16, 1996 and for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, is
included in depreciation and amortization expense.

                                   F-44
<PAGE>

NOTE 1:   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

     When property or equipment is retired or otherwise disposed, the cost
and related accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts, and the
resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to operations. Maintenance
and repairs are charged to earnings, while replacements and betterments
that extend estimated useful lives are capitalized.

     A majority of the LPG rental and storage tanks are leased to customers
on a month-to-month basis under operating lease agreements. Tank rental
income of approximately $.9 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million for the
four and one-half month period ended December 16, 1996 and for the years
ended July 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, is included in sales and other
revenue. Direct costs associated with the installation of LPG storage tanks
leased to customers are capitalized and amortized over the estimated
average customer retention term.

Cost in Excess of Net Assets Acquired
- -------------------------------------
     The excess of acquisition cost over the estimated fair market value of
identifiable net assets of acquired businesses is amortized on a straight-
line basis over forty years. The related costs and accumulated amortization
were $12.8 million and $0.9 million at July 31, 1996.

     It is the Company's policy to review intangible assets for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If such a review should
indicate that the carrying amount of intangible assets is not recoverable,
it is the Company's policy to reduce the carrying amount of such assets to
fair value.

Deferred Charges and Other Assets
- ---------------------------------
     Deferred charges consist primarily of deferred debt issuance costs and
capitalized non-compete covenant agreement costs. Deferred debt issuance
costs are amortized using the bonds outstanding method over the life of the
related loans, other deferred charges are amortized on a straight-line
basis over varying lives, ranging from five to seven years. Total deferred
charges and the related accumulated amortization were $6.2 million and $3.0
million as of July 31, 1996.  Included in these amounts are unamortized
debt issuance costs associated with the bank borrowings of $1.6 million at
July 31, 1996.

     Other assets include customer lists purchased in business acquisitions
that are amortized on a straight-line basis over a ten-year life. The total
cost of customer lists and the related accumulated amortization were $2.6
million and $1.0 million at July 31, 1996.

Futures Contracts
- -----------------
     The Company routinely uses commodity futures contracts to reduce the
risk of future price fluctuations for natural gas and LPG inventories and
contracts.  Gains and losses on futures contracts purchased as hedges are 
deferred and recognized in cost of sales as a component of the product cost
for the related hedged transaction.  In the statement of cash flows, cash

                                   F-45
<PAGE>

NOTE 1:   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

flows from qualifying hedges are classified in the same category as the
cash flows from the items being hedged.  Contracts which do not qualify as
hedges are marked to market, with the resulting gains and losses charged to
current operations.  Net realized gains and losses for the four and one-
half month period ended December 16, 1996 and for each of the two years
ended July 31, 1996 and 1995 and unrealized gains, losses on outstanding
positions and open positions as of July 31, 1996, are not material.

Interest Rate Swap Agreement
- ----------------------------
     Interest rate differentials to be paid or received under interest rate
swap agreements are accrued and recognized over the life of the agreements.
Interest payable or receivable under these interest rate swap agreements is
recognized in the periods when market rates exceed contract limits as an
increase or reduction in interest expense. Interest rate swap agreements
held by the Company expired during fiscal 1996.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
- -------------------------------
     On August 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of" ("SFAS No.
121").  This statement requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-
lived assets used in operations and certain identifiable intangible assets
when indications of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows
estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets'
carrying amount.  Adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have a material impact
on the financial statements.

Accounting for Stock Based Compensation
- ---------------------------------------
     The Company applies APB Opinion 25 and related interpretations in
accounting for the stock options and stock appreciation rights.  Had
compensation cost for the Company's options and stock appreciation rights
been determined based on the fair market value at the grant date of these
awards consistent with the methodology described by SFAS 123 "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation" the effect on the Company's net income would
not have been material.  SFAS No. 123 does not apply to awards granted
prior to July 31, 1995.

NOTE 2:   ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS

Accounts and notes receivable as of July 31, 1996 consist of the following
(in thousands of dollars):

Accounts receivable from customers                      $   23,814
Allowance for doubtful accounts                               (367)
Notes receivable from customers                                753
Notes and accounts receivable from employees                   821
                                                        ----------
Total accounts and notes receivable                         25,021
Less: non-current portion                                    1,357
                                                        ----------
Current notes and accounts receivable                   $   23,664
                                                        ==========
                                   F-46
<PAGE>

NOTE 2:   ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS (Continued)

     Notes receivable arise in the ordinary course of business from the
sale of LPG storage and transportation equipment. Terms are generally from
one to five years, with interest rates ranging from 12.0% to 13.0%.

     The Company has accounts and notes receivable due from employees
totaling $821,000 at July 31, 1996.  The notes primarily relate to employee
stock purchase loans and employee housing assistance programs. The terms of
the employee stock purchase loans require interest payments of 6.0% per
annum on the outstanding principal balance and that all outstanding
principal and interest be paid by October 31, 1997. Under the employee
housing assistance program, the Company is a guarantor on primary
residential notes issued in conjunction with the Company's relocation
program for a fixed term of seven years through October 1997.  In
conjunction with the purchase of the Company (see Note 12), the balance of
accounts and notes receivable due from employees was either repaid or
forgiven.

     The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Coast Gas, Inc.,
holds a 50% limited interest in Coast Energy Investments, Inc., a limited
partnership.  The partnership was established to facilitate the formation
of a trading fund and is accounted for under the equity method. Coast Gas,
Inc. receives a management fee. For the year ended July 31, 1996, the
investment in the partnership amounted to $122,000.  In addition, at July
31, 1996, Coast Gas, Inc. recorded a management fee receivable of $93,000.

     Effective October 1, 1996, the Company terminated its participation
and interest in Coast Energy Investments, Inc.  The original partnership
agreement provided for a minimum investment term through December 1997.
The termination resulted in the sale of the Company's partnership interest
to its 50% partner and an employee of the partnership.  The Company
recorded a pretax loss on the disposition of the partnership interest of
$660,000.  This amount consisted of a $202,000 loss on the partnership
investment and $458,000 of termination costs consisting of salary,
consulting, noncompete agreements and other related expenes.

     Beginning on December 12, 1996, insurance coverage for CGI Holdings,
Inc. was provided by Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. (see Note 12).  The
coverage maintained was consistent with the coverage previously held by the
Company.

NOTE 3:   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment as of July 31, 1996, consists of the following
(in thousands of dollars):

     Land                                              $  2,312
     Buildings and improvements                           4,600
     LPG rental and storage tanks                        44,690
     Equipment and office furnishings                     6,447
                                                       ---------
                                                         58,049
     Less accumulated depreciation and
     amortization                                         6,554
                                                       ---------
                                                       $ 51,495
                                                       =========
                                   F-47
<PAGE>

NOTE 3:   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

     At July 31, 1996, LPG rental and storage tanks include $7.3 million
for tanks acquired under capital leases. Tanks acquired under capital
leases are pledged as collateral under the capital lease agreements. All
assets of the Company are pledged as collateral for the Company's long-term
debt under the provisions of the Credit Agreement (see Note 4).

     Depreciation expense for the four and one-half month period ended
December 16, 1996 and for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995, totaled
$1.0 million, $2.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

NOTE 4:   LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt as of July 31, 1996, consists of the following (in
thousands of dollars):

Revolving loan, variable interest at prime plus
  1.50%, due in monthly installments of
  interest only until September 14,
  2000, secured by all assets of the Company                $13,080
Term loan, variable interest at prime plus
  1.50%, due in quarterly installments
  through July 31, 2000, secured by all
  assets of the Company                                      12,750
Senior subordinated notes, fixed interest rate
  of 12.50%, due in equal annual
  installments of $5.0 million, commencing
  September 15, 2002.  The senior
  subordinated notes are unsecured
  obligations of the Company with quarterly
  interest payments over the life of the loan                13,310
Other notes payable with periodic payments
  through 2002, interest rates ranging
  from 8.0% to 12.0%                                          2,232
                                                            --------
                                                             41,372
Less current maturities                                       2,562
                                                            --------
                                                            $38,810
                                                            ========

     During the year ended July 31, 1995, Coast Gas, Inc. entered into a
Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with Bank of America, which
provided financing of up to $35.0 million, consisting of $15.0 million in
term debt and a $20.0 million revolving credit facility. The revolving and
term loans, at the election of Coast Gas, Inc., bear interest at the Bank
of America prime rate plus 1.50% or Libor plus 2.75% per annum.
Concurrently, Coast Gas, Inc. issued $15.0 million in senior subordinated
notes with a fixed interest rate of 12.50% per annum. The proceeds of the
subordinated notes and a portion of the proceeds available under the Credit
Agreement were used to repay the notes to Heller Financial, Inc.
("Heller"). The balance of the funds available under the Credit Agreement
("Working Capital Line") will be used for general corporate purposes and to
finance future acquisitions.


                                   F-48
<PAGE>

NOTE 4:   LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

     The terms of the Credit Agreement were amended during the year ended
July 31, 1996 to increase the Working Capital line by an additional $3.0
million. An additional provision of the amendment requires that the maximum
amount of the facility is fixed at $23.0 million until May 1, 1997, at
which point it begins decreasing annually to $16.0 million by May 1, 2000
and matures on September 14, 2000. Advances against the line used to
finance acquisitions were $0, $3.0 million and $1.1 million for the four
and one-half month period ended December 16, 1996 and for the years ended
July 31, 1996 and 1995 respectively.

     The terms of the Credit Agreement contain restrictions on the issuance
of new debt or liens, the purchase or sale of assets not in the ordinary
course of business and the declaration and payment of dividends, and
requires that Coast Gas, Inc. maintain specified levels of fixed charge and
interest payment coverage ratios. The Credit Agreement also provides for
prepayment of excess funds in the event of sales of pledged assets if such
funds are not reinvested in like kind assets. The Credit Agreement provides
for an unused commitment fee of .5% on funds not drawn against the
revolving line.

   Total interest paid during the four and one-half month period ended
December 16, 1996 was $1.6 million of which interest paid on bank long-term
and subordinated debt totaled $1.4 million.  Total interest paid during the
years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995 was $5.4 million and $4.9 million,
respectively, of which interest paid on bank long-term and subordinated
debt totaled $4.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

     Annual maturities of revolving, term and other long-term debt through
July 31, 2001, are as follows: 1997 - $2.9 million; 1998 - $3.5 million;
1999 - $3.9 million; 2000 - $4.4 million; 2001 - $13.3 million; and
thereafter - $15.1 million. The subordinated notes amortize $5.0 million
per annum commencing in fiscal 2003.

     For the year ended July 31, 1995, the Company recorded an
extraordinary charge of $506,000 (net of $337,000 tax benefit) for the
write-off of deferred debt issuance costs upon the early extinguishment of
the Heller debt. Debt issuance costs associated with the new subordinated,
revolving and term bank debt totaling $2.2 million are being amortized
using the bonds outstanding method over the life of the related loans.

     The carrying value of the Company's long-term debt approximates fair
value, in that most of the long-term debt is at floating market rates, or
incurred at rates that are not materially different from those current at
July 31, 1996.

     The Company has a Continuing Letter of Credit Agreement with Banque
Paribas to provide a $25.0 million credit guidance line for the operations
of Coast Energy Group, Inc., the Company's wholly owned subsidiary. The
agreement provides for a compensating balance of $1.3 million, and grants
Banque Paribas a security interest in certain pledged accounts receivable
of CEG. At July 31, 1996, outstanding letters of credit drawn against this
line amounted to $11.3 million.

                                   F-49
<PAGE>

NOTE 5:   MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE SECURITIES

     The Company has outstanding 62,500 shares of cumulative redeemable,
exchangeable preferred stock, with par value of $0.01 and stated value of
$100.  Cumulative dividends of 10% are payable annually. Payment of
dividends is restricted under the terms of the Credit Agreement with Coast
Gas, Inc. (see Note 4). Each share of preferred stock may be redeemed at a
price equal to stated value per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends.
The redemption amount per share at July 31, 1996 was $136.94.  The stock is
also exchangeable, at the option of the Company, for Coast Gas, Inc.'s
subordinated exchange debentures due September 15, 2002 (see Note 4). The
stock shall, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation,
winding up and dissolution, rank senior to all classes of common stock. The
Company shall redeem the stock in full at the earliest of twelve
consecutive years of unpaid dividends, sale or disposal of substantially
all the assets of the Company or merger of the Company, subject to certain
conditions. No dividends have been declared or paid since April 1, 1993.
Pursuant to the Stock Purchase and Merger Agreement (see Note 11), no
dividends were accrued after September 9, 1996. Accrued dividends were $2.3
million at July 31, 1996, and have been recorded as a charge to accumulated
deficit.

NOTE 6:   INCOME TAXES

     The income tax provision for the four and one-half month period ended
December 16, 1996 and for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995 are
summarized as follows (in thousands of dollars):

                                                           July 31,
                                   December 16,        ------------------
                                      1996               1996       1995
                                  --------------       --------   --------
Current provision:
  Federal                            $   -             $   -      $   -
  State                                  -                 25          7
                                  --------------       --------   --------
                                         -                 25          7
                                  --------------       --------   --------
Deferred provision (benefit):
  Federal                              (632)              (428)      (176)
  State                                (116)               (70)       (33)
                                  --------------       --------   --------
                                       (748)              (498)      (209)
                                  --------------       --------   --------
                                   $   (748)           $  (473)   $  (202)
                                  ==============       ========   ========









                                   F-50
<PAGE>

NOTE 6:   INCOME TAXES (Continued)

  The significant components of temporary differences which give rise to
deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of July 31, 1996 are as follows (in
thousands of dollars):

Accruals, reserves and other                          $  1,178
Federal NOLs                                             6,833
State NOLs                                                 220
                                                      ---------
  Deferred tax assets                                    8,231
                                                      ---------
Accumulated depreciation                               (13,385)
PP&E book/tax basis difference                          (1,793)
Capitalized tank installation costs                     (1,607)
LIFO inventory basis                                      (245)
Other                                                   (1,176)
                                                      ---------
  Deferred tax liabilities                             (18,206)
                                                      ---------

Net deferred tax liabilities                          $ (9,975)
                                                      =========

     A reconciliation of the Company's income tax provision computed at the
United States federal statutory rate to the effective rate for the recorded
provision for income taxes for the four and one-half month period ended
December 16, 1996 and for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995 is as
follows:

                                                July 31,
                              December 16,   ----------------
                                1996        1996       1995
                              -----------   ------     ------

Federal statutory rate          (34)%        (34)%     (34)%
Amortization of cost in
 excess of assets acquired        2            7         6
State franchise taxes, net
 of federal income tax benefit   (5)           2         2
Prior year tax adjustments        -           (5)        -
Extraordinary loss                -            -        (9)
Other, net                        2           (3)        -
                              -----------   -------    ------
                                (35)%        (33)%     (35)%
                              ===========   =======    =======

     Tax payments during the four and one-half month period ended December
16, 1996 and for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995 were minimal due to
the Company's tax loss position. Payments were solely for state income
taxes in various states.




                                   F-51
<PAGE>

NOTE 6:   INCOME TAXES (Continued)

     As of July 31, 1996, the Company has a federal and state net operating loss
carryforward of approximately $20.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively,
available to reduce future payments of income tax liabilities. The tax
benefits of these NOLs are reflected in the accompanying table of deferred
tax assets and liabilities. If not used, carryforwards expire during the
period from 2006 to 2011.

     Under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382, the annual
utilization of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards may be
limited under certain circumstances. Events which may affect utilization
include, but are not limited to, cumulative stock ownership changes of more
than 50% over a three-year period. An ownership change occurred effective
March 31, 1993, due to cumulative changes in the Company's ownership. The
annual and cumulative limits on the utilization of net operating losses
incurred prior to March 31, 1993 are approximately $1.6 million and $5.5
million, respectively.

     On December 17, 1996, a more than 50% ownership change occurred (see
Note 12).  As a result, utilization of net operating losses incurred before
that date will be subject to an annual limitation.  Management believes the
net operating losses will be fully utilizable.

NOTE 7:   LEASES

     Coast Gas, Inc. leases rental tanks and vehicles from a former owner
of the Company on a month-to-month operating lease. The lease provides for
cancellation within 90 days, and includes a lease purchase option at the
greater of the original cost or current list price. Coast Gas, Inc. also
leases real estate, LPG storage tanks, and office equipment from certain of
its current directors, officers and employees under operating and capital
lease agreements.

     Rental payments under such leases totaled $403,000, $204,000 and
$135,000 for the four and one-half month period ended December 16, 1996 and
for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     Coast Gas, Inc. generally leases vehicles, computer equipment, office
equipment and real property under operating lease agreements. The typical
equipment lease term is four to six years. Real property leases generally
have terms in excess of ten years with renewal options. Rent expense under
all operating lease agreements for the four and one-half month period ended
December 16, 1996 and for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995, totaled
$.9 million, $2.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

     Capital leases consist primarily of financing agreements for the
acquisition of LPG storage tanks with terms ranging from five to seven
years. These leases provide fixed price purchase options at the end of the
noncancelable lease term.




                                   F-52
<PAGE>

NOTE 7:   LEASES (Continued)

     As of July 31, 1996, future minimum lease commitments under
noncancelable leases, with terms in excess of one year were as follows:

                                   Operating           Capital
                                   ---------           -------
                                           (In Thousands)
     Years Ended July 31,
          1997                     $  2,020            $  1,624
          1998                        1,495               1,336
          1999                          991               1,150
          2000                          753                 885
          2001                          679                 113
                                   --------            --------
Total minimum lease payments       $  5,938               5,108
Less amounts representing interest ========                 755
                                                       --------
Present value of future minimum lease payments            4,353
Less amounts due within one year                          1,362
                                                       --------
                                                       $  2,991
                                                       ========

     Total assets acquired under capital leases totaled $0, $1.2 million
and $2.2 million for the four and one-half months ended December 16, 1996
and for the years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     In addition to these minimum lease rentals, Coast Gas, Inc. has an
agreement to lease the assets of a retail LPG distributor at a fixed
percentage of the gross profits generated by the business. Contingent lease
rents paid under this lease agreement for the four and one-half month
period ended December 16, 1996 and for the years ended July 31, 1996 and
1995, totaled $119,000, $344,000 and $406,000, respectively. The original
lease term of five years, which expired in 1995, was extended for five
years and has various renewal and purchase options available to Coast Gas,
Inc. through January 31, 2014.

     Coast Gas, Inc. subleases some of its LPG storage tanks and vehicles
to other propane distributors under non-cancelable operating lease
agreements. The lease terms are generally for one year with automatic
renewal provisions.  Additionally, these distributors may purchase the LPG
storage tanks under lease, at the greater of original cost or current list
price. Sublease income totaled $96,000, $270,000 and $390,000 for the four
and one-half month period ended December 16, 1996 and for the years ended
July 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

NOTE 8:   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Employee Benefit Plans
- ----------------------
     The Company has a 401(k) employee benefit plan. All full-time
employees who have completed one year of service and are twenty-one years
of age or older are eligible to participate. Under the plan provisions,

                                   F-53
<PAGE>

NOTE 8:   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

participants are allowed to make monthly contributions on a tax-deferred
basis subject to the limitations of the plan. In addition, the Company will
contribute a discretionary matching contribution based upon participant
contributions. Employees are 100% vested for all contributions. The plan is
managed by a trustee, and is fully funded.

     In 1990 the Company established a discretionary profit-sharing plan
for the benefit of all eligible full time employees. Contributions are made
annually at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. Participant
benefits vest and are paid annually over a five-year period. Unvested
contributions are forfeited upon termination of employment, and are
allocated to the remaining plan participants.  Contributions are unfunded
until the time of payment. At July 31, 1995, the Company had accrued
$76,000 for the profit sharing plan. No additional amounts were accrued for
the year ended July 31, 1996, or for the four and one-half month period
ended December 16, 1996.

     Additionally, the Company provides certain health and life insurance
benefits to all eligible full time employees. Expenses are recorded based
upon actual paid claims and expected liabilities for incurred but not
reported claims at year end.

Warrants
- --------
     In conjunction with the refinancing in fiscal 1995, the Company
repurchased 175,438 shares of common stock from officers of the Company for
$1.0 million.  Warrants in the Company were issued to senior subordinated
note holders which have been assigned an estimated fair value of $2.1
million, to be amortized over the life of the credit agreement using the
bonds outstanding method. The warrants include 175,438 Series A Warrants
with an exercise price of $2.85 and 287,228 Series B Warrants with an
exercise price of $0.01. The warrants are exercisable at the earliest of a
sale, acquisition or initial public offering, subject to certain
conditions, or September 15, 1997 into shares of the Company's Class D non-
voting common stock. The warrants issued to Heller under the previous debt
agreement were returned unexercised.

Options
- -------
     The Company has a 1987 stock plan available to grant incentive and non-
qualified stock options to officers and other employees. The plan provides
for the granting of a maximum of 175,000 options to purchase common shares
of the Company. The option price per share may not be less than the fair
market value of a share on the date the option is granted and the maximum
term of the option may not exceed 10 years. Options granted vest over a
period of four years from the date of grant. Granting of options under this
plan will expire on the 10th anniversary of the plan. Pursuant to the
Merger Agreement (see Note 11), each outstanding option shall be converted
into the right to receive cash whether or not such option is exercisable in
full. Compensation expense related to the granting of options amounted to
$21,000 for the year ended July 31, 1995. Information regarding the
Company's stock option plan is summarized as follows:

                                   F-54
<PAGE>

NOTE 8:   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

Options                                Per Share Range
                                 -----------      -------------------------
Outstanding at August 1, 1994      132,031        $  0.01        $  9.11
  Granted                           42,942            .10           9.13
  Exercised                             -
  Canceled                              -
                                 -----------

Outstanding at July 31, 1995       174,973        $  0.01        $  9.13
  Granted                               -
  Exercised                             -
  Canceled                              -
                                 -----------

Outstanding at July 31, 1996       174,973        $  0.01        $  9.13
  Granted                               -
  Exercised                             -
  Canceled                              -
                                 -----------

Outstanding at December 16, 1996   174,973        $  0.01        $  9.13
Available for grant at
 December 16, 1996                      27

     During 1996, the Company adopted a Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs)
plan.  The Company granted 500,000 SARs, which are to vest over a five-year
period, at a per share value of $1.20. Compensation expense related to the
grant of SARs of $45,000 and $120,000 was recorded for the four and one-
half month period ended December 16, 1996 and for the year ended July 31,
1996, respectively.

NOTE 9:   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The Company has contracts with various suppliers to purchase a portion
of its supply needs of LPG for future deliveries with terms ranging from
one to twelve months. The contracted quantities are not significant with
respect to the Company's anticipated total sales requirements and will
generally be acquired at prevailing market prices at the time of shipment.
Outstanding letters of credit issued in conjunction with product supply
contracts are a normal business requirement.  There were no outstanding
letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company as of July 31, 1996,
other than the $11.3 million drawn against the credit guidance line (see
Note 4).

     The Company is engaged in certain legal actions related to the normal
conduct of business. In the opinion of management, any possible liability
arising from such actions will be adequately covered by insurance or will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.





                                   F-55
<PAGE>

NOTE 10:  BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

     During the year ended July 31, 1996, Coast Gas, Inc. acquired one
retail outlet in a transaction accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting.  The cost of the acquired company totaled $4.0 million,
including $1.0 million of seller notes and other liabilities and $3.0 from
the increase in the Company's Working Capital/Acquisition bank line.
Goodwill resulting from the acquisition totaled $2.8 million. Revenues of
the acquired company for the year ended July 31, 1996, subsequent to the
dates of acquisition and included in the Company's consolidated sales
totaled $1.9 million.

     During the year ended July 31, 1995, Coast Gas, Inc. acquired three
retail outlets in transactions accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting.  The cost of the acquired companies totaled $1.8 million
(including $0.7 million of seller notes). Goodwill resulting from these
acquisitions totaled $0.3 million. Revenues of the acquired companies for
the year ended July 31, 1995, subsequent to the dates of acquisition and
included in the Company's consolidated sales totaled $0.7 million.

NOTE 11:  STOCK PURCHASE AND MERGER AGREEMENT

     Effective September 9, 1996, the Company and the preferred
shareholders of the Company entered into a Stock Purchase and Merger
Agreement (the "Merger Agreement") for the sale of the preferred stock of
the Company for $8.7 million. The terms of the Agreement also provided an
option to the buyer of the preferred stock to acquire all of the
outstanding common stock of the Company, for a period of one year from the
date of the sale of the preferred stock. Additionally, the shareholders of
the Company have an option to put the common stock of the Company to the
buyer of the preferred stock on April 30, 1997, if the buyer has not
previously exercised the option to acquire the common stock.  Subsequent to
December 16, 1996, the common stock of the company was purchased as
described in Note 12.

NOTE 12:  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     On December 17, 1996, substantially all of the assets and liabilities
of the Company were contributed to Cornerstone Propane, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership, a subsidiary of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P.
Following this transaction, on December 17, 1996, Cornerstone Propane
Partners, L.P. completed its initial public offering (see Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. for
the period ended June 30, 1997, included in this registration statement.)












                                   F-56
<PAGE>

                 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To SYN Inc.:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of SYN Inc. (a
Delaware corporation and 52.5% owned subsidiary of Northwestern Public
Service Company) and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows
for the period from inception (August 15, 1995) to June 30, 1996, and for
the period from July 1, 1996 to December 16, 1996.  These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of SYN Inc. and
Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1996, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the period from inception (August 15, 1995) to June
30, 1996 and for the period from July 1, 1996 to December 16, 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
August 4, 1997
















                                   F-57
<PAGE>

                         SYN INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                     
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                     
                               JUNE 30, 1996
             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

                                  ASSETS
                                  -------

CURRENT ASSETS
 Cash                                                  $       14
 Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $1,505                                       9,195
 Inventories                                                7,447
 Prepaid expenses                                             678
 Deferred income tax benefit                                3,727
 Due from former stockholders                              37,966
                                                     -------------
     Total current assets                                  59,027
                                                     -------------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 Land and buildings                                         6,420
 Storage and consumer service facilities                   52,953
 Transportation, office and other equipment                11,910
 Less accumulated depreciation                            (2,592)
                                                     -------------
     Total property and equipment                          68,691
                                                     -------------

OTHER ASSETS
 Investments and restricted cash deposits                   3,025
 Deferred income tax benefit                                4,849
 Intangible assets, primarily the excess of cost
   over fair value of net assets acquired, net of
   accumulated amortization                                30,943
 Other                                                        227
                                                     -------------
     Total other assets                                    39,044
                                                     -------------
                                                        $ 166,762
                                                     =============





The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.






                                   F-58
<PAGE>

                         SYN INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                     
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                     
                               JUNE 30, 1996
             (Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)



                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   ------------------------------------


CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Current maturities of long-term debt                  $    1,025
 Accounts payable                                           1,604
 Accrued expenses                                           2,915
 Acquisition related liabilities                           29,306
                                                     -------------
     Total current liabilities                             34,850

LONG-TERM DEBT                                             25,687

NOTE PAYABLE - RELATED PARTY                               52,812
                                                     -------------
     Total liabilities                                    113,349
                                                     -------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 Cumulative preferred stock, $.01 par value;
   70,500 shares authorized; 55,312 shares, issued
   and outstanding, at stated value of $1,00 per share $   55,312
 Common stock; $0.01 par value; authorized 100,000
   shares, issued and outstanding                               1
 Additional paid-in capital                                    99
 Accumulated deficit                                       (1,999)
                                                     -------------
     Total stockholders' equity                            53,413
                                                     -------------
                                                       $  166,762
                                                     =============


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.









                                   F-59
<PAGE>

                         SYN INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                     
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                     
                              (In Thousands)



                                                            For the Period
                                           For the Period   from Inception
                                            July 1, 1996    August 15, 1995
                                                 to              to
                                             December 16,      June 30,
                                                1996             1996
                                           --------------   --------------
REVENUES                                     $  44,066        $  96,092

COST OF PRODUCT SOLD                            23,322           46,187
                                           --------------   --------------

GROSS PROFIT                                    20,744           49,875
                                           --------------   --------------
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Salaries and commissions                       7,252           14,520
  General and administrative                     6,151           14,225
  Depreciation and amortization                  1,904            3,329
  Related-party corporate administration
    and management fees                          1,668            3,281
                                           --------------   --------------
      Total operating expenses                  16,975           35,355
                                           --------------   --------------
OPERATING INCOME                                 3,769           14,520

INTEREST EXPENSE, including $2,214 and
  $4,388, respectively to related party          3,311            5,584
                                           --------------   --------------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                         458            8,936

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                         298            3,675
                                           --------------   --------------
NET INCOME                                         160            5,261

DIVIDENDS ON CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK         (3,878)          (7,260)
                                           --------------   --------------
NET LOSS APPLICABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS   $  (3,718)       $  (1,999)
                                           ==============   ==============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.







                                   F-60
<PAGE>

                         SYN INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                     
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Amounts)
                                     
                                     
                                      Common Stock
                                   ----------------------         Total
                    Preferred Stock                Addtl.  Accum- Stock-
                    --------------                Paid-In  ulated holder's
                    Shares Amount  Shares  Amount Capital Deficit Equity
                    ------ ------  ------  ------ ------- ------- -------
BALANCE AT INCEPTION,
AUGUST 15, 1995        -  $   -        -   $   -  $   -   $   -   $   -

Common stock issued    -      -    100,000     1      99      -       100
Preferred stock
 issued             55,312 55,312      -       -      -       -    55,312
Dividends on
 preferred stock,
 $131.25 per share      -      -       -       -      -    (7,260) (7,260)
Net income              -      -       -       -      -     5,261   5,261
                    ------ ------  ------  ------ ------- ------- -------
BALANCE,            55,312 55,312  100,000     1      99   (1,999) 53,413
JUNE 30, 1996
Dividends on
 preferred stock,
 $70.11 per share       -      -       -       -      -    (3,878) (3,878)
Net income              -      -       -       -      -       160     160
                    ------ ------  ------  ------ ------- ------- -------
BALANCE,
DECEMBER 16,
1996                55,312$55,312  100,000 $   1   $   99$(5,717) $49,695
                    ====== ======  ======= ====== ======= ======= =======












The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.








                                   F-61
<PAGE>

                         SYN INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                     
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                              (In thousands)

                                                            For the period
                                        For the period      from Inception
                                         July 1, 1996       August 15, 1995
                                              to                  to
                                         December 16,           June 30,
                                            1996                 1996
                                        --------------      -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income                              $     160          $  5,261
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
    net cash from operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization            1,904             3,329
     Gain on sale of assets                     233                -
     Deferred income tax benefit                298             3,624
     Changes in assets and liabilities,
      net of effect of acquisitions
       Trade receivables                     (1,991)           (1,247)
       Inventories                           (1,873)              704
       Prepaid expenses                        (569)              189
       Accounts payable                       2,549            (5,571)
       Accrued expenses                       3,602            (3,423)
                                        --------------      -------------
     Net cash provided by
     operating activities                     4,313              2,866
                                        --------------      -------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Acquisition of assets of Synergy
    Group Incorporated                           -            (150,922)
  Proceeds from the sale of certain
    Synergy Group Inc assets to Empire
    Energy Corporation                           -              35,980
  Expenditures for property and equipment    (4,240)            (9,182)
  Proceeds from sale of assets                  129                474
  Proceeds from disposal of companies           829                 -
  Acquisitions, net of cash received           (469)                -
  Decrease in investments and restricted
    cash deposits                                -                  70
                                        --------------      -------------
     Net cash used in investing activities   (3,751)          (123,580)
                                        --------------      -------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Borrowings on credit facility              20,367                 -
  Payments on credit facility               (16,532)                -
  Borrowing under long-term debt
   agreements                                    -              23,910
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock         -                 100


                                   F-62
<PAGE>

  Proceeds from issuance of preferred
   stock                                         -              52,812
  Proceeds from issuance of note payable-
   related party                                 -              52,812
  Borrowings from related party                  -              36,458
  Repayments to related party                    -             (36,458)
  Payment on long-term debt agreements         (242)            (1,834)
  Preferred stock dividends paid             (3,878)            (7,072)
                                        --------------      -------------
     Net cash provided by (used in)
       financing activities                    (285)           120,728
                                        --------------      -------------

INCREASE IN CASH                                277                 14
CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                        14                 -
                                        --------------      -------------
CASH, END OF PERIOD                       $     291           $     14
                                        ==============      =============





















 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements















                                   F-63
<PAGE>

                         SYN INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                     
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1:   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business
- ------------------
     SYN Inc. (Synergy) is engaged in the retail sale of liquid propane gas
primarily in the Southern, Midwest and Eastern regions of the United
States.  Most of Synergy's customers use propane for residential home
heating and make periodic purchases with cash or on credit. Synergy was
formed to acquire Synergy Group Incorporated (SGI).

Synergy Acquisition
- -------------------
     On August 15, 1995, Synergy acquired the common stock of SGI, a retail
distributor of propane with 152 locations, for approximately $151 million.
In conjunction with the acquisition, Synergy sold 38 of the retail
locations to Empire Energy Corporation (Empire Energy) for approximately
$36 million cash and the assets of nine retail locations valued at $2
million. There was no gain or loss recognized on this sale.

     The total net purchase price paid by Synergy for the acquisition of
SGI consisted of $105.6 million in cash (which was provided by proceeds
from the issuance of $52.8 million of preferred stock and the issuance of
$52.8 million of debt), $1.25 million in long-term debt and the assumption
of certain liabilities. The acquisition was accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting with all tangible assets and liabilities
acquired recorded at fair value at date of acquisition and the cost in
excess of such fair value of $32.5 million recorded as an intangible asset.

     The purchase price is subject to adjustment based on the amount of
working capital acquired by Synergy. Synergy has made a claim against the
former owners of SGI (the Former Stockholders) for a working capital
adjustment and has recorded a receivable of $26.7 million, which reflects
the reduction in purchase price of the assets based on the amount of
working capital acquired. The purchase price is also subject to adjustment
based on the value of customer tanks which cannot be located within a
specified period of time. Synergy has made a claim against the Former
Stockholders for the value of unlocated tanks and has recorded a receivable
for $11.3 million related to this claim.  Subsequent to June 30, 1996 a
settlement has been reached with the former owners of SGI (the Former
Stockholders) for a reduction in the purchase price of $5 million as an
adjustment of working capital.

     These amounts receivable in connection with the acquisition of SGI are
management's best estimate of the amounts which will ultimately be due from
the Former Stockholders. However, the parties continue to negotiate final
settlement and the Former Stockholders have objected to a number of the
claims made by Synergy. An adjustment of the consideration paid for SGI
could also result in an adjustment in the amount of consideration received
from Empire Energy.

                                   F-64
<PAGE>

NOTE 1:   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Principles of Consolidation
- ---------------------------
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Synergy
and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates
- ----------------
     The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the period.  Significant estimates related to self-
insurance, litigation, collectibility of receivables and income tax
assessments are discussed in Notes 6 and 7.  Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition Policy
- --------------------------
     Revenue from propane sales and the related cost of product sold are
recognized upon delivery of the product.

Inventories
- -----------
     Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is
determined by the first-in, first-out method for retail operations
inventory and by the specific identification method for wholesale
operations inventory. The inventories at June 30, 1996, were as follows (in
thousands):

     Gas and other petroleum products                         $  4,058
     Gas distribution parts, appliances and equipment            4,034
     Obsolescence reserve                                         (645)
                                                              ---------
                                                              $  7,447
                                                              =========

Property and Equipment
- ----------------------
     For financial reporting purposes, property and equipment are stated at
acquisition cost. Repairs and maintenance costs which do not significantly
extend the useful lives of the respective assets are charged to operations
as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over
the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

     Buildings                                                 40 years
     Storage and consumer service facilities                35-40 years
     Transportation, office and other equipment              5-10 years




                                   F-65
<PAGE>

NOTE 1:   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Intangible Assets
- -----------------
     The excess of cost over the fair value of the net acquired assets of
SGI has been recorded as an intangible asset and is being amortized on a
straight-line basis over 40 years. Costs related to arranging the debt
financing for the acquisition of SGI have been capitalized and are being
amortized on a straight-line basis over the two-year term of the debt.
Intangible assets are reflected net of accumulated amortization of $737,000
in the June 30, 1996 consolidated balance sheet.

     It is Synergy's policy to review long-lived assets including
intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  If such a
review should indicate that the carrying amount of intangible assets is not
recoverable, it is Synergy's policy to reduce the carrying amount of such
assets to fair value.

Income Taxes
- ------------
     Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the tax effects
of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax
assets if it is more likely than not that a deferred asset will not be
realized.

NOTE 2:   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Synergy entered into a Management Service Agreement with Empire Gas
Corporation (subsequently All Star Gas referred to hereafter as Empire
Gas), a 30% common stockholder of Synergy, under which Empire Gas provides
all management services to Synergy for payment of an annual overhead
reimbursement of $3.25 million, and a management fee of $500,000 plus a
performance-based payment for certain operating results.  Amounts paid at
June 30, 1996, and December 16, 1996, were $3.28 million and $1.73 million,
respectively.

     During the period ended December 16, 1996, and the period ended June
30, 1996, Synergy purchased $20.5 and $42 million, respectively, of liquid
propane gas from Empire Gas and accounts payable at June 30, 1996 includes
$116,000 due to Empire Gas resulting from the purchase of inventory.

     The related party note payable represents borrowings by Synergy from
Northwestern Public Service Company (the parent corporation of the
controlling stockholder of Synergy NPS). This note is subordinate to
Synergy's other long-term debt under its working capital facility (see Note
3), matures August 15, 2005, bears interest at 9.12% and is subject to a
prepayment premium.  On December 1, 1996, NPS purchased Empire Gas common
stock of Synergy and Synergy terminated the Management Service Agreement
with Empire Gas.




                                   F-66
<PAGE>

NOTE 2:   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

     During the period ended June 30, 1996, Synergy transferred real and
personal property of three retail locations valued at $1,615,000 to Empire
Gas in exchange for four Empire Gas retail locations valued at
approximately $1,713,000, the value difference of $98,000 paid to Empire
Gas in cash.

     Synergy paid $6,343,000 during the period ended June 30, 1996, to the
controlling stockholder of Synergy and $1,103,000 to Empire Gas for
reimbursement of costs incurred relating to the acquisition of SGI.

     During the period ended June 30, 1996, Synergy leased, under operating
leases, transportation equipment to Propane Resources Transportation, Inc.
in which Synergy owns a 15% common stock interest. Synergy received
$274,000 in lease income during the period ended June 30, 1996, from these
leases.

NOTE 3:   LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt at June 30, 1996, consists of the following (in
     thousands):

Working capital facility                             $  23,910
Note payable to Former Stockholders, 9 1/2% payable
  in three equal annual installments through
  August 15, 1998                                        1,250
Other, interest at 7.5% to 11.6%, due through 2001,
  collateralized by certain equipment and materials      1,552
                                                     ----------
                                                        26,712
Less - current maturities                                1,025
                                                     ----------
                                                     $  25,687
                                                     ==========

     On December 28, 1995, Synergy entered into a working capital facility
agreement with the First National Bank of Boston providing for borrowings
of up to $25 million, interest at either the Eurodollar rate plus 2% or the
prime rate plus 3/4% (an average of 7.5% at June 30, 1996 and 8.6% at
December 16, 1996), and maturing December 31, 1997.  Synergy is required to
comply with certain financial covenants including compliance with
restrictions upon other indebtedness and dividend distributions.
Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by all receivables,
inventory, and property and equipment of Synergy.

     Aggregate annual maturities of the long-term debt outstanding at June
30, 1996, are as follows (in thousands):

                     1997          $     1,025
                     1998               24,603
                     1999                  680
                     2000                  204
                     2001                  200
                                   -----------
                                   $    26,712
                                   ===========

                                   F-67
<PAGE>

NOTE 4:   OPERATING LEASES

     Synergy leases retail location sales offices under noncancelable
operating leases expiring at various times through 2006. These leases
generally contain renewal options and require Synergy to pay all executory
costs (property taxes, maintenance and insurance).

     Future minimum lease payments (in thousands) at June 30, 1996, were:

                     1997          $      598
                     1998                 310
                     1999                 206
                     2000                  41
                     2001                  19
                     Thereafter            53
                                   ----------
                                   $    1,227
                                   ==========

     Lease expense during the five and one-half months ended December 16,
1996, and the period ended June 30, 1996, was approximately $320,000 and
$600,000, respectively.

NOTE 5:   INCOME TAXES

     The provision for income taxes includes the following components (in
     thousands):

                                                              For the
                                                              Period
                                               For the         from
                                               Period        Inception
                                               July 1,      (August 15,
                                                1996            1995)
                                                 to              to
                                             December 16,     June 30,
                                                1996            1996
                                             -----------    ------------

     Taxes currently payable                 $     -        $     51
     Deferred income taxes                        298          3,624
                                             -----------    ------------
                                             $    298       $  3,675
                                             ===========    ============











                                   F-68
<PAGE>

NOTE 5:   INCOME TAXES (Continued)

     A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the
     actual income tax expense is as follows (in thousands):

                                                              For the
                                                              Period
                                               For the         from
                                               Period        Inception
                                               July 1,      (August 15,
                                                1996            1995)
                                                 to              to
                                             December 16,     June 30,
                                                1996            1996
                                             -----------    ------------

     Taxes computed at staturory rate(34%)   $    156       $  3,038
     Amortization of excess of cost over fair
       value of net assets acquired               126            157
     State income taxes, net of federal
       tax benefit                                 18            378
     Other                                         (2)           102
                                             -----------    ------------
     Actual tax provision                    $    298       $  3,675
                                             ===========    ============

     The tax effects of temporary differences which relate to deferred
taxes reflected on the balance sheet at June 30, 1996, were as follows (in
thousands):

          Current deferred tax assets:
            Allowance for doubtful accounts            $  2,302
            Self-insurance liabilities                    1,005
          Inventory costs and reserves
            capitalized for tax purposes                    420
                                                       ---------
             Net current deferred income tax asset     $  3,727
                                                       =========
          Long-term deferred tax assets:
            Net operating loss carryforward            $  7,596
            Alternative minimum tax carryover               910
            Deferred tax liability related
             to accelerated depreciation                 (3,657)
                                                       ---------

             Net long-term deferred income tax asset   $  4,849
                                                       =========

     At June 30, 1996, Synergy had approximately $20 million of net
operating loss carryforwards for tax reporting purposes expiring in varying
amounts from 2007 through 2010. These net operating loss carryforwards have
been reflected in the financial statements as deferred income tax assets at
June 30, 1996 and are subject to certain limitations on utilization under
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

                                   F-69
<PAGE>

NOTE 6:   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Self-Insurance
- --------------
     Synergy obtains insurance coverage for catastrophic exposures related
to comprehensive general liability, vehicle liability and workers'
compensation, as well as those risks required to be insured by law or
contract. Synergy self-insures the first $250,000 of coverage per incident
and obtains excess coverage from carriers for these programs.

     Provisions for self-insured losses are recorded based upon Synergy's
estimates of the aggregate self-insured liability for claims incurred.
Synergy has provided letters of credit aggregating approximately $2.875
million in connection with these programs.

     Synergy self-insures for health benefits provided to its employees.
Provisions for losses expected under this program are recorded based upon
Synergy's estimate of the aggregate liability for claims incurred.

Contingencies
- -------------
     Synergy and the acquired operations of SGI are presently involved in
various federal and state tax audits and are also defendants in other
business-related lawsuits which are not expected to have a material adverse
effect on Synergy's financial position or results of operations.

     In conjunction with the acquisition of SGI, the Former Stockholders of
SGI are contractually liable for all insurance claims and tax liabilities
that relate to periods prior to the acquisition date. Funds have been
placed in escrow accounts to provide for payment of these liabilities. In
the event that the escrow amount is insufficient to settle these
liabilities, Synergy could be obligated to fund any additional amounts due
and would have to seek reimbursement from the Former Stockholders for such
amounts. Synergy has recorded its best estimates of the ultimate
liabilities expected to arise from these matters and has made claims
against the Former Stockholders for reimbursement (see Note 1).

NOTE 7:   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     Synergy succeeded to the SGI-sponsored defined contribution retirement
plan covering substantially all salaried employees. Employees who elect to
participate may contribute a percentage of their salaries to the plan and
Synergy at its discretion may match a portion of the employee contribution.
Synergy may also make profit-sharing contributions to the plan at the
discretion of its Board of Directors. Synergy made no profit-sharing
contributions to the plan during the period July 1, 1996 to December 16,
1996, and the period from inception (August 15, 1995) to June 30, 1996.

     The plan is currently under audit by the U.S. Department of Labor
(DOL), which has alleged that the plan violated certain sections of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. However, the DOL has
advised that it is not contemplating current action regarding these
violations. The DOL audit is continuing and the outcome cannot be
determined at this time. In the event the Former Stockholders are unable to


                                   F-70
<PAGE>

NOTE 7:   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (Continued)

satisfy any liabilities resulting from the above examination, Synergy could
be obligated to fund these liabilities and seek reimbursement from the
Former Stockholders. Synergy has recorded its best estimates of the
ultimate liabilities expected to arise from these matters and has made
claims against the Former Stockholders for reimbursement (see Note 1).

NOTE 8:   ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION (In Thousands)

                                                              For the
                                                              Period
                                               For the         from
                                               Period        Inception
                                               July 1,      (August 15,
                                                1996            1995)
                                                 to              to
                                             December 16,     June 30,
                                                1996            1996
                                             -----------    ------------

     Assets acquired thourhg issuance of:
       Long-term debt                        $  1,468       $  2,250
       Preferred stock                             -           2,500

     Additional cash payment information:
       Interest paid                            3,339          5,535
       Income taxes paid                          190          2,284

NOTE 9:   SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     On December 17, 1996, substantially all of the assets and liabilities
of Synergy were contributed to Cornerstone Propane, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership, a subsidiary of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P.
Following this transaction, on December 17, 1996, Cornerstone Propane
Partners, L.P. completed its initial public offering (see Note 1 to the
consolidated financial statements of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. for
the period ended June 30, 1997, included in this form 10-K.)

















                                   F-71
<PAGE>

Independent Accountants' Report


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Northwestern Growth Corporation
Huron, South Dakota


     We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows of
SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED for the year ended March 31, 1995, and the
period ended August 14, 1995.  These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations
and cash flows of SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED for the year ended March 31,
1995, and the period ended August 14, 1995, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

     As discussed in Note 13, in 1995 the Company restated prior years'
financial statements for changes in previously reported accrued
liabilities.

BAIRD, KURTZ & DOBSON



Springfield, Missouri
October 9, 1996














                                   F-72
<PAGE>

                        SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED
                                     
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                     
                   FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND
              FOUR AND ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 14, 1995
                              (In Thousands)

                                              For the
                                             Four and
                                             One-Half       For the
                                              Months          Year
                                              Ended          Ended
                                             August 14      March 31
                                               1995           1995
                                             ---------      ---------

OPERATING REVENUE                            $  32,179      $ 123,562

COST OF PRODUCT SOLD                            15,387         59,909
                                             ---------      ---------
GROSS PROFIT                                    16,792         63,653
                                             ---------      ---------
OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Provisions for doubtful accounts                 926         3,786
  General and administrative                    20,681        57,058
  Depreciation and amortization                  1,845         5,100
                                             ---------      ---------
    Total Operating Expenses                    23,452        65,944
                                             ---------      ---------
    Operating loss                              (6,600)       (2,291)
                                             ---------      ---------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
  Interest expense                              (2,436)       (8,385)
  Related-party interest expense                  (787)       (2,701)
  Debt restructuring costs                          -           (350)
  Other income                                     101           226
                                             ---------      ---------
                                                (3,122)       (11,210)
                                             ---------      ---------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES                        (9,782)       (13,501)

PROVISION(CREDIT) FOR INCOME TAXES                  31            (84)
                                             ----------     ----------
NET LOSS                                     $  (9,813)     $ (13,417)
                                             ==========     ==========

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements







                                   F-73
<PAGE>

                         SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED
                                      
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                      
                 YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND THE FOUR AND
                    ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 14, 1995
                           (Dollars in Thousands)
                                                                    Stock
                   SeriesA SeriesB ClassA ClassB  Addtl   Retained  holder'
                     Prfrd  Prfrd  Common  Common Paid-in Earnings  Equity
                     Stock  Stock   Stock   Stock Capital(Deficit)(Deficit)
                    ------ ------  ------  ------ ------- -------- -------

BALANCE
 MARCH 31, 1994,    $   -  $  -    $    1  $   40 $   -  $(55,465) $(55,424)
Long-term debt
 converted to
 preferred stock     25,000 16,700      -      -      -       -      41,700
Stockholder wages,
 related-party rent
 and accrued interest
 converted to additional
 paid-in capital net of
 unamortized debt costs  -      -       -      -   11,378     -      11,378

NET LOSS                -       -       -      -       -  (13,417)  (13,417)
                    ------ ------  ------  ------ ------- --------  -------
BALANCE,
 MARCH 31, 1995     25,000  16,700      1     40   11,378 (68,882)  (15,763)

NET LOSS                -       -       -       -       -  (9,813)  (9,813)
                    ------ ------  ------  ------ ------- --------  -------
BALANCE,
 AUGUST 14, 1995    $25,000$16,700 $    1 $   40  $11,378$(78,695)$(25,576)
                    ====== ======= ======  ====== ======= ========  =======












See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements







                                   F-74
<PAGE>

                        SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED
                                     
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                     
                YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND THE FOUR AND
                   ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 14, 1995
                              (In Thousands)

                                              For the
                                             Four and
                                             One-Half       For the
                                              Months          Year
                                              Ended          Ended
                                             August 14,     March 31,
                                               1995           1995
                                             ---------      ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net loss                                   $  (9,813)     $ (13,417)
   Items not requiring (providing) cash:
    Depreciation                                 1,770          5,014
    Amortization                                    75             86
    Gain on sale of assets                         (61)          (237)
    Deferred income taxes                           -            (125)
  Changes in:
   Trade receivables                             5,139          2,486
   Inventories                                   1,251           (814)
   Accounts payable and accured expenses         3,591          2,481
   Prepaid expenses and other                      764           (902)
                                             ---------      ----------
    Net cash provided by (used in)
     operating activities                        2,716         (5,068)
                                             ---------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds from sale of assets                     104            404
  Purchase of property and equipment              (596)        (3,737)
  Change in restricted cash deposits              (615)         3,181
                                             ---------      ----------
    Net cash used in investing activities       (1,107)          (152)
                                             ---------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Payments on long-term debt                      (108)          (260)
  Increase(decrease) in credit facilities       (1,000)         3,100
                                             ---------      ----------
    Net cash provided by (used in)
     financing activities                       (1,108)         2,840
                                             ---------      ----------
INCREASE(DECREASE) IN CASH                         501         (2,380)

CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                        1,246          3,626
                                             ---------      ----------
CASH, END OF PERIOD                          $   1,747      $   1,246
                                             =========      ==========

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                   F-75
<PAGE>

                        SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED
                                     
                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                     
                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995,
        AND FOR THE FOUR AND ONE-HALF MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 14, 1995

NOTE 1:    NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
           ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations
- --------------------
     Synergy Group Incorporated (the Company) is engaged primarily in the
retail sale of liquid propane gas through its branch offices located in the
Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Southeast and South-central regions of the United
States. Most of the Company's customers use propane for residential home
heating and make periodic purchases with cash or on credit.

Use Of Estimates
- ----------------
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

Principles of Consolidation
- ---------------------------
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Synergy
Group Incorporated and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition Policy
- --------------------------
     Sales and related cost of product sold are recognized upon delivery of
the product or service.

Inventories
- -----------
     Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is
determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for propane and the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method for all others.
NOTE 1:   NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
          ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Property and Equipment
- ----------------------
     Depreciation is provided on all property and equipment primarily by
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 3 to 30 years.

Income Taxes
- ------------
     Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the tax effects
of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax
assets if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be
realized.

                                  F-76

<PAGE>

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
         ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Amortization
- ------------
     The excess of current fair value over cost of net assets acquired is
being amortized on the straight-line basis over 40 years.

Cash Equivalents
- ----------------
     The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities
of three months or less to be cash equivalents.


NOTE 2:   SALE OF THE COMPANY

     On August 15, 1995, the Company was acquired by SYN Inc. which is
majority owned by Northwestern Growth Corporation, a wholly owned
subsidiary of Northwestern Public Service Company. The acquisition cost was
approximately $151 million and included the redemption of the Senior
Secured Notes at par value and the repayment of the Company's existing
revolving credit facility. As a result of the above sale the financial
statements reflect operations for the four and one-half month period ended
August 14, 1995.

NOTE 3:   DEBT RESTRUCTURING

     On September 2, 1993, the Company and a committee of holders of the
Company's 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 1997 (the 11 5/8% Notes)
announced that they had reached agreement on the major issues to
restructure the Company's outstanding debt and on August 23, 1994, the
Company completed the restructuring. The agreement contemplated that
certain related parties to the Company exchange $41,700,000 in debt for
Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (the
Recapitalization). This amount included $16,700,000 in 90-day unsecured
promissory notes and $25,000,000 of 11 5/8% Notes (see Note 4).  The
remaining 11 5/8% Notes plus accrued interest through September 14, 1993,
were proposed to be exchanged (the Exchange Offer) for new Increasing Rate
Senior Secured Notes due 2000 (the Senior Secured Notes).

     Debt restructuring costs, principally legal fees and banking fees,
incurred in connection with the restructuring, amounting to $350,000 for
the year ended March 31, 1995, have been expensed.

                                  F-77

<PAGE>

NOTE 4:   NOTES PAYABLE

     Long-term debt consists of the following:

                                        August 14,     March 31,
                                          1995           1995
                                        ---------      ---------
                                             (In Thousands)

11 5/8% Senior subordinated
 notes due 1997 (A)                     $  1,700       $  1,700
Increasing rate senior secured
 notes due 2000 (A)                       65,054         65,054
Revolving credit facility (B)             22,100         23,100
Purchase contract obligations (C)            687            795
                                        ---------      ---------
                                          89,541         90,649
     Less current maturities              89,104         90,087
                                        ---------      ---------
                                        $    437       $    562
                                        =========      =========


(A)  On April 2, 1987, the Company sold $85,000,000 of 11 5/8% Notes in a
     public offering. On March 15, 1993, September 15, 1993, and March 15,
     1994, the Company failed to make the required $4,941,000 interest
     payments due on each of such dates on the 11 5/8% Notes. Under the
     terms of the Indenture to the 11 5/8% Notes, the failure to pay such
     interest constituted an Event of Default.

     On August 23, 1994, the Company completed the Exchange Offer and
     Recapitalization (see Note 3). The 11 5/8% Notes not tendered in the
     Exchange Offer, amounting to $1,700,000, remain outstanding at August
     14, 1995.

     The Indenture governing the new Senior Secured Notes contains
     provisions, among others, that require the Company to maintain certain
     financial ratios and limit additional debt, asset dispositions and
     management salaries. As of March 31, 1995, the Company was not in
     compliance with certain financial covenants. Such noncompliance
     constitutes an Event of Default.

(B)  In August 1989, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement
     with a bank under which the maximum credit line available is
     $20,000,000. On September 14, 1990, the bank was repaid by a related
     party to the Company and the credit agreement was assigned by the bank
     to the related party. The credit agreement contains certain
     restrictive covenants. Borrowings under the credit facility are
     secured by cash, accounts receivable and inventory.  Interest based on
     the prime rate plus 1 1/2% is payable quarterly. The amount
     outstanding under the facility was not repaid by the Company on the
     maturity date of April 1, 1993. The failure to repay the facility
     constituted an Event of Default. In November 1993 the maximum credit
     line available under the facility was increased to $25,000,000 with
     advances in excess of $20,000,000 at the discretion of the related
     party.  The maturity date of the revolving credit agreement was
     extended to September 30, 1996.

(C)  Purchase contract obligations arise from the purchase of operating
     businesses or other assets and are collateralized by the respective
     assets acquired. At August 14, 1995, these obligations carried
     interest rates from 8% to 14.5% and are due periodically through 1999.

                                  F-78

<PAGE>

NOTE 5:   OPERATING LEASES

     The Company leases certain property and equipment under lease
agreements expiring through 2011. At August 14, 1995, future minimum lease
payments under noncancellable operating leases are as follows:

                         1996           $    907
                         1997                971
                         1998                402
                         1999                238
                         2000                191
                                        ---------
                                        $  2,709
                                        =========

     Rent charged to operations including rental expense to related parties
(see Note 6) for the year ended March 31, 1995, and the period ended August
14, 1995, aggregated $2,687,000 and $929,000, respectively.


NOTE 6:   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     On March 31, 1995, the stockholders of the Company determined that
they would forego the payment of an aggregate of $4,766,000 of accrued and
unpaid wages due to the stockholders from the Company as of March 31, 1995.
The foregone wages have been recorded as a contribution to additional paid-
in capital.

     The Company leases certain property and equipment from related parties
under operating lease agreements. Rental expense for the year ended March
31, 1995, and the period ended August 14, 1995, was $1,491,000 and
$318,000, respectively. On March 31, 1995, the related parties determined
that they would forego the payment of accrued and unpaid vehicle and
equipment rentals due from the Company as of March 31, 1995, amounting to
$1,328,000. The foregone rent has been recorded as a contribution to
additional paid-in capital.

     For the year ended March 31, 1995, and the period ended August 14,
1995, interest expense related to the Company's revolving credit facility
from a related party (see Note 4) amounted to $2,701,000 and $787,000,
respectively.

NOTE 7:   INCOME TAXES

     The provision for income taxes includes these components (in
thousands):

                                        August 14,     March 31,
                                           1995           1995
                                        ---------      ---------
                                             (In Thousands)

Taxes currently payable                 $     31       $      41

Deferred income taxes                          -            (125)
                                        ---------      ---------
                                        $     31       $     (84)
                                        =========      ==========

                                  F-79

<PAGE>

NOTE 7:  INCOME TAXES (Continued)

     A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the
Company's actual income tax expense is shown below:

                                        August 14,     March 31,
                                           1995           1995
                                        ---------      ---------
                                             (In Thousands)

Computed at the statutory rate (34%)    $ (3,326)      $ (2,518)
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
  Amortization of excess cost over fair
   value of net assets acquired                9             27
  Interest expense transferred to
   paid-in capital                             -          1,916
  State income taxes-net of federal
   tax benefit                                31              -
  Change in deferred tax asset
   valuation allowance                     3,310            576
  Other                                        7            (85)
                                        ---------      ---------

Actual tax provision                    $     31       $    (84)
                                        =========      =========

     The Company estimates that as of August 14, 1995, it has available net
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $94.6 million to offset
future taxable income.

NOTE 8:   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan covering
substantially all salaried employees. Employees who elect to participate
may contribute a percentage of their salaries to the plan, and the Company
at its discretion may match a portion of the employee contribution. The
Company may also make profit-sharing contributions to the plan at the
discretion of its Board of Directors. Contribution expense amounted to
$60,000 for the year ended March 31, 1995, and $37,000 for the period ended
August 14, 1995.

     The plan is currently under audit by the U.S. Department of Labor
(DOL), which has notified the Company that the prior Plan Trustees engaged
in prohibited transactions. The DOL audit is continuing and the outcome
cannot be determined at this time. In addition, the Internal Revenue
Service has been notified of prohibited transactions. The Company believes
that it may be subject to excise taxes, penalties and interest in
connection with these prohibited transactions and has recorded its best
estimates of the potential liabilities expected to arise from these matters
(see Note 13).


NOTE 9:   SELF-INSURANCE AND LITIGATION CONTINGENCIES

     Under the Company's insurance program, coverage for comprehensive
general liability, workers' compensation and vehicle liability was obtained
for catastrophic exposures as well as those risks required to be insured by
law or contract. The Company retains a significant portion of certain
expected losses related primarily to comprehensive general liability.
Under this insurance program, the Company self-insures the first $250,000
of coverage (per incident). The Company obtained excess coverage from
carriers for this program. The Company self-insures health benefits
provided to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries.

                                  F-80

<PAGE>

NOTE 9:  SELF-INSURANCE AND LITIGATION CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

     Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based
upon the Company's estimates of the aggregate liability for claims
incurred. The Company provides letters of credit aggregating $2,875,000 in
connection with these programs which are collateralized with restricted
cash deposits.

     At August 14, 1995, the self-insured liability accrued in the balance
sheet totaled $4,160,000, which includes $500,000 of incurred but not
reported claims.  The Company and its subsidiaries are presently defendants
in various lawsuits related to the self-insurance program and other
business-related lawsuits which are not expected to have a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations.


NOTE 10:  ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

                                        August 14,     March 31,
                                           1995           1995
                                        ---------      ---------
                                             (In Thousands)

Additional Cash Payment Information
- -----------------------------------
  Interest paid                         $  1,146       $ 11,877
  Income taxes paid                           15             41

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities
- ------------------------------------------
  Purchase contract obligation incurred        -            129
  Long-term debt converted to
   preferred stock                             -         41,700
  Accrued interest coverted to
   additional paid-in capital net of
   unamortized debt costs                      -          5,284
  Accrued interest converted to
   long-term debt                              -          7,054
  Accrued wages converted to additional
   paid-in capital                             -          4,766
  Accrued rent converted to additional
   paid-in capital                             -          1,328

NOTE 11:  FUTURE ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Impact Of SFAS No. 121
- ----------------------
     In 1995 the Financial Accounting Standards Board adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
to be Disposed of." The Company must adopt this standard effective April 1,
1996. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this standard will
have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

                                  F-81

<PAGE>

NOTE 12:  SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES AND CONCENTRATIONS

     Generally accepted accounting principles require disclosure of certain
significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain
concentrations.  Those matters include the following:

Dependence on Principal Suppliers
- ---------------------------------
     Three suppliers, Chevron, Texaco and Powder Horn Petroleum, account
for approximately 55% of the Company's volume of propane purchases.
Although the Company believes that alternative sources of propane are
readily available, in the event that the Company is unable to obtain
alternate sources of supply at competitive prices and on a timely basis,
such inability would have a material, adverse effect on the Company.

Estimates
- ---------
     Significant estimates related to tax liabilities, self-insurance and
litigation are discussed in Notes 8 and 9. Actual losses related to these
items could vary materially from amounts reflected in the financial
statements.

NOTE 13:  RESTATEMENT OF PRIOR YEARS' FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     Fiscal year 1995 has been restated to reflect excise taxes, penalties
and interest related to prohibited transactions involving the employee
benefit plan. This correction decreased previously reported March 31, 1995,
net income by $794,000.

     Fiscal year 1995 has also been restated to reflect the conversion of
foregone wages and rents to additional paid-in capital in the amounts of
$4,766,000 and $1,328,000, respectively, resulting in a further reduction
in March 31, 1995 net income of $6,094,000.
    

                                  F-82

<PAGE>
                                APPENDIX A

        No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be
   registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate
   evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for
   registration or transfer and an Application for Transfer of Common
   Units has been executed by a transferee either (a) on the form set
   forth below or (b) on a separate application that the Partnership will
   furnish on request without charge. A transferor of the Common Units
   shall have no duty to the transferee with respect to execution of the
   transfer application in order for such transferee to obtain
   registration of the transfer of the Common Units. 

                  APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS

        The undersigned ("Assignee") hereby applies for transfer to the
   name of the Assignee of the Common Units evidenced hereby. 

        The Assignee (a) requests admission as a Substituted Limited
   Partner and agrees to comply with and be bound by, and hereby
   executes, the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of
   Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. (the "Partnership"), as amended,
   supplemented or restated to the date hereof (the "Partnership
   Agreement"), (b) represents and warrants that the Assignee has all
   right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity
   necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement, (c) appoints the
   Managing General Partner and, if a Liquidator shall be appointed, the
   Liquidator of the Partnership as the Assignee's attorney-in-fact to
   execute, swear to, acknowledge and file any document, including,
   without limitation, the Partnership Agreement and any amendment
   thereto and the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership
   and any amendment thereto, necessary or appropriate for the Assignee's
   admission as a Substituted Limited Partner and as a party to the
   Partnership Agreement, (d) gives the powers of attorney provided for
   in the Partnership Agreement and (e) makes the waivers and gives the
   consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.
   Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings assigned to
   such terms in the Partnership Agreement.

   Date: ___________________


       _______________________________     __________________________
          Social Security or other            Signature of Assignee
       identifying number of Assignee

       _______________________________     __________________________
          Purchase Price including             Name and Address of
             commissions, if any                    Assignee




                                     A-1
<PAGE>

   
   Type of Entity (check one):
           /_/  Individual       /_/  Partnership     /_/ Corporation
           /_/  Trust            /_/  Other (specify) 

           Nationality (check
           one):

           /_/  U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic
                Entity
           /_/  Foreign          /_/  Non-resident
                Corporation           Alien


        If the U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic Entity box is checked,
   the following certification must be completed.

        Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
   amended (the "Code"), the Partnership must withhold tax with respect
   to certain transfers of property if a holder of an interest in the
   Partnership is a foreign person. To inform the Partnership that no
   withholding is required with respect to the undersigned
   interestholder's interest in it, the undersigned hereby certifies the
   following (or, if applicable, certifies the following on behalf of the
   interestholder).

   Complete Either A or B: 

   A.   Individual Interestholder 

        1.   I am not a non-resident alien for purposes of U.S. income
             taxation. 

        2.   My U.S. taxpayer identification number (Social Security
             Number) is _____________.

        3.   My home address is _____________________________________.

   B.   Partnership, Corporation or Other Interestholder 

        1.   ___________________________________ is not a foreign
                          (Name of Interestholder)

             corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign
             estate (as those terms are defined in the Code and Treasury
             Regulations).

        2.   The interestholder's U.S. employer identification number is
             __________________________________________________________.




                                   A-2
<PAGE>

        3.   The interestholder's office address and place of
             incorporation (if applicable) is
             _______________________________________.

        The interestholder agrees to notify the Partnership within sixty
   (60) days of the date the interestholder becomes a foreign person. 

        The interestholder understands that this certificate may be
   disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the Partnership and that
   any false statement contained herein could be punishable by fine,
   imprisonment or both. 

        Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this
   certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true,
   correct and complete and, if applicable, I further declare that I have
   authority to sign this document on behalf of



                           ______________________
                           Name of Interestholder

                           ______________________
                             Signature and Date

                           ______________________
                            Title (if applicable)


        Note:  If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company,
   clearing corporation, other nominee holder or an agent of any of the
   foregoing, and is holding for the account of any other person, this
   application should be completed by an officer thereof or, in the case
   of a broker or dealer, by a registered representative who is a member
   of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the
   National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or, in the case of
   any other nominee holder, a person performing a similar function. If
   the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
   corporation, other nominee owner or an agent of any of the foregoing,
   the above certification as to any person for whom the Assignee will
   hold the Common Units shall be made to the best of the Assignee's
   knowledge. 











                                     A-3
<PAGE>

                                 APPENDIX B
                          GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TERMS

   1995 PROPOSED LEGISLATION:  Legislation passed by Congress in 1995 but
   vetoed by President Clinton which would have altered the tax reporting
   procedures and the deficiency collection procedures applicable to
   electing partnerships with more than 100 partners. 

   ACQUISITION:  Any transaction in which any member of the Partnership
   Group acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock
   acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion
   of the assets, properties or business of another person for the
   purpose of increasing the operating capacity or revenues of the
   Partnership Group from the operating capacity or revenues of the
   Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction. 

   ACQUISITION FACILITY:  A $75.0 million revolving credit facility
   entered into by the Operating Partnership to be used for acquisitions
   and improvements. 

   ADJUSTED OPERATING SURPLUS:  With respect to any period, Operating
   Surplus generated during such period (a) less (i) any net increase in
   working capital borrowings during such period and (ii) any net
   reduction in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures during such
   period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made during such
   period, and (b) plus (i) any net decrease in working capital
   borrowings during such period and (ii) any net increase in cash
   reserves for Operating Expenditures during such period required by any
   debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.
   Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating
   Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating
   Surplus. 

   ANNUAL OPERATING PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN:  The plan providing that
   annual incentive bonuses be paid to participants in the plan (who will
   be determined by the Board of Directors of the Managing General
   Partner and who will include the Executives) based on a percentage of
   annual salary plus certain acquisition management fees related to the
   acquisition of Empire Energy and Coast by Northwestern Growth for
   performance up to budgeted levels of net income and EBITDA. 

   AUDIT COMMITTEE:  A committee of the board of directors of the
   Managing General Partner composed of at least two or more directors
   who are neither officers nor employees of either of the General
   Partners nor officers, directors or employees of any affiliate of
   either of the General Partners. 

   AVAILABLE CASH:  With respect to any quarter prior to liquidation: 

             (a)  the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the
        Partnership Group on hand at the end of such quarter and (ii) all
        additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on

                                     B-1
<PAGE>

        hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect
        to such quarter resulting from borrowings for working capital
        purposes made subsequent to the end of such quarter, less 

             (b)  the amount of any cash reserves that is necessary or
        appropriate in the reasonable discretion of the Managing General
        Partner to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of
        the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital
        expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the
        Partnership Group) subsequent to such quarter, (ii) comply with
        applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement,
        mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to
        which any member of the Partnership Group is a party or by which
        it is bound or its assets are subject, or (iii) provide funds for
        distributions to Unitholders and the General Partners in respect
        of any one or more of the next four quarters; provided, however,
        that the Managing General Partner may not establish cash reserves
        pursuant to (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be
        that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum
        Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units with respect to such
        quarter; and, provided further, that disbursements made by a
        Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced
        after the end of such quarter but on or before the date of
        determination of Available Cash with respect to such quarter
        shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or
        reduced for purposes of determining Available Cash within such
        quarter if the Managing General Partner so determines.
        Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Available Cash" with respect to
        the quarter in which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs
        and any subsequent quarter shall equal zero. 

   BANK CREDIT FACILITY:  The $75.0 million  Acquisition Facility and the
   $50.0 million  Working Capital Facility both entered into by the
   Operating Partnership. 

   CAPITAL ACCOUNT:  The capital account maintained for a Partner
   pursuant to the Partnership Agreement. The Capital Account of a
   Partner in respect of a general partner interest, a Common Unit, a
   Subordinated Unit, an Incentive Distribution Right or any other
   Partnership Interest shall be the amount which such Capital Account
   would be if such general partner interest, Common Unit, Subordinated
   Unit, Incentive Distribution Right, or other Partnership Interest were
   the only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after
   the date on which such general partner interest, Common Unit,
   Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership
   Interest was first issued. 

   CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS:  Any addition or improvement to the capital
   assets owned by any member of the Partnership Group or acquisition of
   existing or the construction of new capital assets (including retail
   distribution outlets, propane tanks, pipeline systems, storage
   facilities, appliance showrooms, training facilities and related

                                     B-2
<PAGE>

   assets), made to increase the operating capacity of the Partnership
   Group from the operating capacity of the Partnership Group existing
   immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition or
   construction. 

   CAPITAL SURPLUS:  All Available Cash distributed by the Partnership
   from any source will be treated as distributed from Operating Surplus
   until the sum of all Available Cash distributed since the commencement
   of the Partnership equals the Operating Surplus as of the end of the
   quarter prior to such distribution. Any excess Available Cash will be
   deemed to be Capital Surplus. 

   CAUSE:  Means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final,
   non-appealable judgment finding the Managing General Partner liable
   for actual fraud, gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in
   its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership. 

   CLOSING DATE:  The first date on which Common Units were sold by the
   Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the
   Underwriting Agreement. 

   COAST:  CGI Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

   COAST MERGER:   The merger of Coast and CGI Acquisition Corp.
   consummated pursuant to the Stock Purchase and Merger Agreement dated
   September 4, 1996, between Northwestern Growth, Coast Acquisition
   Corp., Coast and the holders of preferred stock of Coast. 

   CODE:  Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
   
   COMBINED OPERATIONS:  The propane business and assets of Synergy,
   Empire Energy and Coast contributed to the Partnership pursuant to the
   Contribution Agreement. 
    
   COMMISSION:  Securities and Exchange Commission. 

   COMMON UNIT ARREARAGE:  The amount by which the Minimum Quarterly
   Distribution in respect of a quarter during the Subordination Period
   exceeds the distribution of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
   actually made for such quarter on a Common Unit, cumulative for such
   quarter and all prior quarters during the Subordination Period. 

   COMMON UNITS:  A Unit representing a fractional part of the
   Partnership Interests of all limited partners and assignees and having
   the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in
   the Partnership Agreement. 
   
   CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT:  The Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption
   Agreement dated the Closing Date among the Operating Partnership, the
   General Partners and certain other parties governing the Transactions
   pursuant to which, among other things, the propane assets and


                                     B-3
<PAGE>

   operations of Synergy, Empire Energy and Coast were transferred and
   the liabilities assumed. 
    
   CORNERSTONE:  Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
   partnership. 

   COUNSEL: Schiff Hardin & Waite, special counsel to the  General
   Partners and the Partnership. 

   CURRENT MARKET PRICE:  With respect to any class of Units listed or
   admitted to trading on any national securities exchange as of any
   date, the average of the daily Closing Prices (as hereinafter defined)
   for the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined)
   immediately prior to such date. "Closing Price" for any day means the
   last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale
   takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked
   prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported in the
   principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to
   securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal national
   securities exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market) on which the
   Units of such class are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Units
   of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on any national
   securities exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market), the last
   quoted price on such day, or, if not so quoted, the average of the
   high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter
   market, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or such other system
   then in use, or if on any such day the Units of such class are not
   quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and
   asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker
   making a market in the Units of such class selected by the Managing
   General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a
   market in the Units of such class, the fair value of such Units on
   such day as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Managing
   General Partner. "Trading Days" means a day on which the principal
   national securities exchange on which Units of any class are listed or
   admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the
   Units of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any national
   securities exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York
   City generally are open. 

   DELAWARE ACT:  The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6
   Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from
   time to time, and any successor to such statute. 

   DEPARTING PARTNER:  A former General Partner, either Managing General
   Partner or Special General Partner, from and after the effective date
   of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant
   to the Partnership Agreement. 

   EBITDA:  Operating income plus depreciation and amortization. As used
   in this Prospectus, EBITDA is not intended to be construed as an
   alternative to net income as an indicator of operating performance or

                                     B-4
<PAGE>

   as an alternative to cash flow as a measure of liquidity or ability to
   service debt obligations. 

   EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS:  Employment agreements between the Executives
   and the Managing General Partner. 

   EMPIRE ACQUISITION OF CERTAIN SYNERGY ASSETS:  The sale by Synergy to
   Empire Energy of approximately 25% of the operations acquired in the
   Synergy Acquisition. 

   EMPIRE ENERGY:  Empire Energy Corporation, a Tennessee corporation. 

   EMPIRE GAS:  Empire Gas Corporation, a Missouri corporation, now known
   as All Star Gas Corporation. 

   EXCHANGE ACT:  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

   EXECUTIVES:  Messrs. Keith G. Baxter, Charles J. Kittrell, Ronald J.
   Goedde and Vincent J. DiCosimo. 

   GENERAL PARTNERS:  The Managing General Partner and the Special
   General Partner and their successors and permitted assigns as general
   partners of the Partnership and the Operating Partnership. 

   HEATING DEGREE DAY:  Heating Degree Days measure the amount by which
   the average of the high and low temperature on a given day is below 65
   degrees Fahrenheit. For example, if the high temperature is 60 degrees
   and the low temperature is 40 degrees for a National Oceanic and
   Atmospheric Administration measurement location, the average
   temperature is 50 degrees and the number of heating degree days for
   that day is 15. 

   INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION RIGHT:  A non-voting limited partner
   Partnership Interest issued to the General Partners in connection with
   the transfer of their assets to the Partnership, which Partnership
   Interest confers upon the holder thereof only the rights and
   obligations specifically provided in the Partnership Agreement with
   respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other rights
   otherwise available to or other obligations of holders of a
   Partnership Interest). 

   INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS:  The distributions of Available Cash from
   Operating Surplus initially made to the General Partners that are in
   excess of the General Partners' aggregate 2% general partner interest.


   INITIAL COMMON UNITS:  The Common Units sold in the IPO.

   INITIAL UNIT PRICE: $21.00 per Common Unit, the amount per Unit equal
   to the initial public offering price of the Common Units in the IPO.



                                     B-5
<PAGE>

   INITIAL UNITS:  The Common Units with an aggregate value of $7.0
   million which were allocated to selected executives upon the
   consummation of the Transactions, subject to certain vesting
   conditions, under the Restricted Unit Plan. 

   INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS:  (a) Borrowings, refinancings and
   refundings of indebtedness and sales of debt securities (other than
   for working capital purposes and other than for items purchased on
   open account in the ordinary course of business) by any member of the
   Partnership Group, (b) sales of equity interests (including the Common
   Units sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of their
   over-allotment option) by any member of the Partnership Group and
   (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets
   of any member of the Partnership Group (other than (i) sales or other
   dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business,
   (ii) sales or other dispositions of other current assets, including,
   without limitation, receivables and accounts, in the ordinary course
   of business and (iii) sales or other dispositions of assets as a part
   of normal retirements or replacements), in each case prior to the
   commencement of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership. 

   IRA:  Individual retirement account. 

   IRS:  Internal Revenue Service. 

   MANAGEMENT BUY-OUT:  The August 1, 1996 sale by the principal founding
   shareholder of Empire Energy and certain other shareholders of their
   interests in Empire Energy to certain members of management of Empire
   Energy. 

   MANAGEMENT FEE:  A fee for each of the Executives relating to the
   acquisition of Empire Energy and Coast by Northwestern Growth. 

   MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER:  Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc., a California
   corporation, and its successors, as managing general partner of the
   Partnership. 

   MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION:  $.54 per Unit with respect to each
   quarter or $2.16 per Unit on an annualized basis, subject to
   adjustment as described in "Cash Distribution Policy -- Distributions
   from Capital Surplus" and "Cash Distribution Policy -- Adjustment of
   Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels." 
   
    
   NEW ACQUISITION INCENTIVE PLAN:  The plan providing bonuses to
   participants in the plan (who will be determined by the Board of
   Directors of the Managing General Partner and will include the
   Executives) for adding new businesses to the Partnership's propane
   operations, based upon 4% of the gross acquisition price, spread among
   the participants in the plan based on their relative salaries. 

   NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEE:  A Limited Partner or assignee who (i) fails to
   furnish information about nationality, citizenship, residency or other

                                     B-6
<PAGE>

   related status within 30 days after a request by the Managing General
   Partner for such information, or (ii) the Managing General Partner
   determines after receipt of such information is not an eligible
   citizen. 

   NORTHWESTERN GROWTH:  Northwestern Growth Corporation, a South Dakota
   corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of NPS. 

   NOTE PLACEMENT:  The private placement by the Operating Partnership of
   the Notes. 

   NOTES:  The $220.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior
   Secured Notes due 2010 privately placed by the Operating Partnership. 

   NPS:  Northwestern Public Service Company, a Delaware corporation. 

   NYSE:  The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. 

   OPERATING EXPENDITURES:  All Partnership Group expenditures, including
   taxes, reimbursements of the General Partners, debt service payments
   and capital expenditures, subject to the following: 

             (a)  Payments (including prepayments) of principal and
        premium on a debt shall not be an Operating Expenditure if the
        payment is (i) required in connection with the sale or other
        disposition of assets or (ii) made in connection with the
        refinancing or refunding of indebtedness with the proceeds from
        new indebtedness or from the sale of equity interests. For
        purposes of the foregoing, at the election and in the reasonable
        discretion of the Managing General Partner, any payment of
        principal or premium shall be deemed to be refunded or refinanced
        by any indebtedness incurred or to be incurred by the Partnership
        Group within 180 days before or after such payment to the extent
        of the principal amount of such indebtedness. 

             (b)  Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) capital
        expenditures made for Acquisitions or for Capital Improvements
        (as opposed to capital expenditures made to maintain assets),
        (ii) payment of transaction expenses relating to Interim Capital
        Transactions or (iii) distributions to partners. Where capital
        expenditures are made in part for Acquisitions or Capital
        Improvements and in part for other purposes, the Managing General
        Partner's good faith allocation between the amounts paid for each
        shall be conclusive. 

   OPERATING PARTNERSHIP:  Cornerstone Propane, L.P., a Delaware limited
   partnership, and any successors thereto. 

   OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT:  The Amended and Restated Agreement
   of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership dated as of
   December 17, 1996 (which has been filed as an exhibit to the
   registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part). 

                                     B-7
<PAGE>

   OPERATING SURPLUS:  As to any period prior to liquidation, on a
   cumulative basis and without duplication: 

             (a)  the sum of (i) $25 million plus all cash and cash
        equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand as of the close of
        business on the Closing Date, (ii) all cash receipts of the
        Partnership Group for the period beginning on the Closing Date
        and ending with the last day of such period, other than cash
        receipts from Interim Capital Transactions and (iii) all cash
        receipts of the Partnership Group after the end of such period
        but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus
        with respect to such period resulting from borrowings for working
        capital purposes, less 

             (b)  the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period
        beginning on the Closing Date and ending with the last day of
        such period and (ii) the amount of cash reserves that is
        necessary or advisable in the reasonable discretion of the
        Managing General Partner to provide funds for future Operating
        Expenditures, provided however, that disbursements made
        (including contributions to a member of the Partnership Group or
        disbursements on behalf of a member of the Partnership Group) or
        cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of
        such period but on or before the date of determination of
        Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to
        have been made, established, increased or reduced for purposes of
        determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the Managing
        General Partner so determines. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
        "Operating Surplus" with respect to the quarter in which the
        liquidation occurs and any subsequent quarter shall equal zero. 

   OPINION OF COUNSEL:  A written opinion of counsel, acceptable to the
   Managing General Partner in its reasonable discretion, to the effect
   that the taking of a particular action will not result in the loss of
   the limited liability of the limited partners of the Partnership or
   cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a
   corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax
   purposes. 

   PARTNERSHIP:  Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited
   partnership, and any successors thereto. 

   PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT:  The Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
   Partnership of the Partnership dated as of December 17, 1996, (which
   has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which
   this Prospectus is a part), as it may be amended, restated or
   supplemented from time to time. Unless the context requires otherwise,
   references to the Partnership Agreement constitute references to the
   Partnership Agreement of the Partnership and to the Operating
   Partnership Agreement, collectively. 



                                     B-8
<PAGE>

   PARTNERSHIP GROUP:  The Partnership, the Operating Partnership and any
   subsidiary of either such entity, treated as a single consolidated
   entity. 

   PARTNERSHIP INTEREST:  An interest in the Partnership, which shall
   include general partner interests, Common Units, Subordinated Units,
   Incentive Distribution Rights or other equity securities of the
   Partnership, or a combination thereof or interest therein as the case
   may be. 

   PARTNERSHIP SECURITY:  Means any class or series of Units, any option,
   right, warrant or appreciation rights relating thereto, or any other
   type of equity interest that the Partnership may lawfully issue, or
   any unsecured or secured debt obligation of the Partnership that is
   convertible into any class or series of equity interests of the
   Partnership. 

   PLANS:  The New Acquisition Incentive Plan of the Managing General
   Partner, together with the Annual Operating Performance Incentive
   Plan. 
   
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT:  The Registration Statement on Form S-1, as
   amended (No. 333-34581), filed by the Partnership with the Commission.
    

   RESTRICTED UNIT PLAN:  The Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P. 1996
   Restricted Unit Plan. 

   RULE 144:  Rule 144 of the Securities Act. 

   SECURITIES ACT:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

   SGI:  Synergy Group Incorporated, a Delaware corporation. 

   SPECIAL GENERAL PARTNER:  Synergy and its successors and assigns as
   special general partner of the Partnership. 

   SPLIT-OFF:  The tax-free split-off of Empire Energy from Empire Gas in
   June 1994. 

   SUBORDINATED UNIT:  A Unit representing a fractional part of the
   Partnership Interests of all limited partners and assignees and having
   the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated
   Units in the Partnership Agreement. 

   SUBORDINATION PERIOD:  The Subordination Period will generally extend
   until the first to occur of: (a) the first day of any quarter
   beginning after December 31, 2001 in respect of which
   (i) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of
   the outstanding Common Units and the Subordinated Units with respect
   to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods
   immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the

                                     B-9
<PAGE>

   Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the outstanding Common Units
   and Subordinated Units during such periods, (ii) the Adjusted
   Operating Surplus generated during each of the three consecutive,
   non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date
   equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on
   all of the outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, plus the
   related distribution on the general partner interests in the
   Partnership and in the Operating Partnership during such periods, and
   (iii) there are no outstanding Common Unit Arrearages; and (b) the
   date on which the Managing General Partner is removed as general
   partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by holders of
   Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist and
   Units held by the General Partners and their Affiliates are not voted
   in favor of such removal. Prior to the end of the Subordination
   Period, a portion of the Subordinated Units will convert into Common
   Units on a one-for-one basis on the first day after the record date
   established by the Managing General Partner for any quarter ending on
   or after (a) December 31, 1999 with respect to one-quarter of the
   Subordinated Units (1,649,405 Subordinated Units) and (b) December 31,
   2000 with respect to an additional one-quarter of the Subordinated
   Units (1,649,405 Subordinated Units), on a cumulative basis, in
   respect of which (i) distributions of Available Cash from Operating
   Surplus on the Common Units and the Subordinated Units with respect to
   each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods
   immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the
   Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the outstanding Common Units
   and Subordinated Units during such periods, (ii) the Adjusted
   Operating Surplus generated during each of the two consecutive,
   non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding such date
   equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on
   all of the outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and the
   related distribution on the general partner interests in the
   Partnership and in the Operating Partnership during such periods, and
   (iii) there are no outstanding Common Unit Arrearages; provided,
   however, that the early conversion of the second quarter of
   Subordinated Units may not occur until at least one year following the
   early conversion of the first quarter of Subordinated Units. In
   addition, if the Managing General Partner is removed as general
   partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not
   exist and Units held by the General Partners and their affiliates are
   not voted in favor of such removal (i) the Subordination Period will
   end and all outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and
   automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis,
   (ii) any existing Common Unit Arrearages will be extinguished and
   (iii) the General Partners will have the right to convert their 2%
   general partner interests (and all the rights to the Incentive
   Distribution) into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange for
   such interests. 

   SYNERGY:  SYN Inc., a Delaware corporation and majority-owned
   subsidiary of Northwestern Growth. 


                                    B-10
<PAGE>

   SYNERGY ACQUISITION:  The acquisition of SGI by Synergy on August 15,
   1995. 

   TARGET DISTRIBUTION LEVELS:  See "Cash Distribution Policy --
   Incentive Distributions -- Hypothetical Annualized Yield." 

   TRANSFER AGENT:  Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company serving as
   registrar and transfer agent for the Common Units. 

   TRANSFER APPLICATION:  An application for transfer of Units in the
   form set forth on the back of a certificate, substantially in the form
   included in this Prospectus as Appendix A, or in a form substantially
   to the same effect in a separate instrument. 

   UNITHOLDERS:  Holders of the Common Units and the Subordinated Units,
   collectively. 

   UNIT MAJORITY:  During the Subordination Period, at least a majority
   of the outstanding Common Units, voting as  class, and at least a
   majority of the outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a class and,
   thereafter, at least a majority of the outstanding Units. 

   UNITS:  The Common Units and the Subordinated Units, collectively, but
   not including the right to receive Incentive Distributions. 

   UNRECOVERED CAPITAL:  At any time, the Initial Unit Price, less the
   sum of all distributions theretofore made in respect of an Initial
   Common Unit constituting Capital Surplus and any distributions of cash
   (or the net agreed value of any distributions in kind) in connection
   with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore
   made in respect of such Unit, adjusted as the Managing General Partner
   determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution,
   subdivision or combination of such Units.

   WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY:  A $50.0 million revolving credit facility
   entered into by the Operating Partnership to be used for working
   capital and other Partnership purposes.
















                                    B-11
<PAGE>

   INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED
   WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT
   BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
   CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR
   SHALL THERE BY ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH
   OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR
   QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

             [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING UNITHOLDERS PROSPECTUS]

                            SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
   
                PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER 9, 1997
    
                             [___] Common Units

                   Representing Limited Partner Interests

                     CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.



        This Prospectus, as appropriately amended or supplemented, may be
   used from time to time principally by persons who have received Common
   Units of Cornerstone Propane Partners L.P. (the "Partnership") in
   connection with the acquisition by the Partnership of securities or
   assets held by such persons, or their transferees, and who wish to
   offer and sell such Common Units in transactions in which they and any
   broker-dealer through whom such Common Units are sold may be deemed to
   be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as
   amended (the "Securities Act"), as more fully descried herein.  The
   Partnership will receive none of the proceeds from any such sale.  Any
   commissions paid or concessions allowed to any broker-dealer, and, if
   any broker-dealer purchases such Common Units as principal, any
   profits received on the resale of such Common Units, may be deemed to
   be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. 
   Printing, certain legal and accounting, filing and other similar
   expenses of this offering will be paid by the Partnership.  Selling
   Unitholders will generally bear all other expenses of this offering,
   including brokerage fees and any underwriting discounts or
   commissions.
   
        The Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part
   also relates to the offer and issuance by the Company from time to
   time of up to 3,000,000 Common Units in connection with its
   acquisition of the securities and assets of other businesses.

        The Partnership has registered with the Secretary of the Treasury
   as a "tax shelter."  No assurance can be given that the Partnership
   will not be audited by the IRS or that tax adjustments will not be
   made.  Any adjustments in the Partnership's tax returns will lead to
   adjustments in the Unitholders' tax returns and may lead to audits of
<PAGE>

   the Unitholders' tax returns and adjustments of items unrelated to the
   Partnership.

                            ____________________

        LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS ARE INHERENTLY DIFFERENT FROM CAPITAL
   STOCK OF A CORPORATION. PURCHASERS OF COMMON UNITS SHOULD CONSIDER
   EACH OF THE FACTORS DESCRIBED UNDER "RISK FACTORS," STARTING ON
   PAGE 26 IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE PARTNERSHIP, INCLUDING, BUT
   NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:
    
     *  FUTURE PARTNERSHIP PERFORMANCE WILL DEPEND UPON THE SUCCESS OF
        THE PARTNERSHIP IN MAXIMIZING PROFITS FROM PROPANE SALES. PROPANE
        SALES ARE AFFECTED BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, WEATHER PATTERNS,
        PRODUCT PRICES AND COMPETITION, INCLUDING COMPETITION FROM OTHER
        ENERGY SOURCES. 

                                                   (continued on page iii)
                            ____________________
   
        The Common Units are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
   ("NYSE") under the symbol "CNO."  Application will be made to list the
   Common Units offered hereby on the NYSE.  The last reported sale price
   of Common Units on the NYSE on October 9, 1997 was 23-9/16 per Common
   Unit.
    
        All expenses of this offering will be paid by the Partnership. 
   No underwriting discounts or commissions will be paid in connection
   with the issuance of Common Units, although finder's fees may be paid
   with respect to specific acquisitions.  Any person receiving a
   finder's fee may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning
   of the Securities Act.

        The Partnership will distribute to its partners, on a quarterly
   basis, all of its Available Cash, which is generally all cash on hand
   at the end of a quarter, as adjusted for reserves. The Managing
   General Partner has broad discretion in making cash disbursements and
   establishing reserves. The Partnership intends, to the extent there is
   sufficient Available Cash, to distribute to each holder of Common
   Units at least $.54 per Common Unit per quarter (the "Minimum
   Quarterly Distribution") or $2.16 per Common Unit on an annualized
   basis. 

        To enhance the Partnership's ability to make the Minimum
   Quarterly Distribution on the Common Units during the Subordination
   Period, which will generally extend at least through December 31,
   2001, each holder of Common Units will be entitled to receive the
   Minimum Quarterly Distribution, plus any arrearages thereon, before
   any distributions are made on the outstanding subordinated limited
   partner interests of the Partnership (the "Subordinated Units"). Upon
   expiration of the Subordination Period, all Subordinated Units will
   convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis and will thereafter

                                     ii
<PAGE>

   participate pro rata with the other Common Units in distributions of
   Available Cash. Under certain circumstances, up to 50% of the
   Subordinated Units may convert into Common Units prior to the
   expiration of the Subordination Period. See "Cash Distribution
   Policy."
   
        The Common Units offered hereby represent limited partner
   interests in the Partnership, which the Partnership believes is the
   fifth largest retail marketer of propane in the United States. The
   Partnership was formed in 1996 to acquire, own and operate the propane
   businesses and assets (the "Combined Operations") of SYN Inc.
   ("Synergy") and Empire Energy Corporation (formerly subsidiaries of
   Northwestern Growth Corporation ("Northwestern Growth")) and CGI
   Holdings, Inc. The Managing General Partner is Cornerstone Propane GP,
   Inc. The Managing General Partner and Northwestern Growth are
   subsidiaries of Northwestern Public Service Company ("NPS"), a New
   York Stock Exchange-listed energy distribution company. 

        THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND
        EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
           UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY
            REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    
               The date of this Prospectus is          , 1997




























                                     iii
<PAGE>

                                      
             [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR SELLING UNITHOLDERS PROSPECTUS]
   
   Partnership. In connection with any such registration, the Partnership
   will indemnify each Unitholder participating in such registration and
   its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any
   liabilities under the Securities Act or any state securities laws
   arising from the registration statement or prospectus. The Partnership
   will bear all costs and expenses of any such registration. In
   addition, the General Partners and their affiliates may sell their
   Units in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with
   applicable laws.  
    
                             MANNER OF OFFERING

        This Prospectus, as appropriately amended or supplemented, may be
   used from time to time principally by persons who have received Common
   Units in connection with acquisitions by the Partnership of securities
   and assets held by such persons, or their transferees, and who wish to
   offer and sell such Common Units (such persons are herein referred to
   as "Selling Unitholders") in transactions in which they and any
   broker-dealer through whom such Common Units are sold may be deemed to
   be Underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act.  The
   Partnership will receive none of the proceeds from any such sales. 
   There presently are no arrangements or understandings, formal or
   informal, pertaining to the distribution of the Common Units described
   herein.  Upon the Partnership being notified by a Selling Unitholder
   that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-
   dealer for the sale of Common Units bought through a block trade,
   special offering, exchange distribution or secondary distribution, a
   supplemented Prospectus will be filed, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under
   the Securities Act, setting forth (i) the name of each Selling
   Unitholder and the participating broker-dealer(s), (ii) the number of
   Common Units involved, (iii) the price at which the Common Units were
   sold, (iv) the commissions paid or the discounts allowed to such
   broker-dealer(s), where applicable, (v) that such broker-dealer(s) did
   not conduct any investigation to verify the information set out in
   this Prospectus and (vi) other facts material to the transaction.

        Selling Unitholders may sell the Common Units being offered
   hereby from time to time in transactions (which may involve crosses
   and block transactions) on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market,
   in negotiated transactions or otherwise, at market prices prevailing
   at the time of the sale or at negotiated prices.  Selling Unitholders
   may sell some or all of the Common Units in transactions involving
   broker-dealers, who may act solely as agent and/or may acquire Common
   Units as principal.  Broker-dealers participating in such transactions
   as agent may receive commissions from Selling Unitholders (and, if
   they act as agent for the purchaser of such Common Units, from such
   purchaser), such commissions may be at negotiated rates where
   permissible under such rules.  Participating broker-dealers may agree
   with Selling Unitholders to sell a specified number of Common Units at
   a stipulated price per Common Unit and, to the extent such broker-
   dealer is unable to do so acting as an agent for the Selling
<PAGE>

   Unitholder, to purchase as principal any unsold Common Units at the
   price required to fulfill the broker-dealer's commitment to Selling
   Unitholder.  In addition or alternatively, Common Units may be sold by
   Selling Unitholders and/or by or through other broker-dealers in
   special offerings, exchange distributions or secondary distributions
   pursuant to and in compliance with the governing rules of the NYSE,
   and in connection therewith commissions in excess of the customary
   commission prescribed by such governing rules may be paid to
   participating broker-dealers, or, in the case of certain secondary
   distributions, a discount or concession from the offering price may be
   allowed to participating broker-dealers in excess of the customary
   commission.  Broker-dealers who acquire Common Units as principal may
   thereafter resell such Common Units from time to time in transactions
   (which may involve crosses and block transactions and which may
   involve sales to or through other broker-dealers, including
   transactions of the nature described in the preceding two sentences)
   on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
   transactions or otherwise, at market prices prevailing at the time of
   sale or at negotiated prices, and in connection with such resales may
   pay to or receive commissions from the purchaser of such Common Units.

        The Partnership may agree to indemnify each Selling Unitholder as
   an underwriter under the Securities Act against certain liabilities,
   including liabilities arising under the Securities Act. Each  Selling
   Unitholder may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in
   transactions involving sales of the Common Units against certain
   liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

        The Selling Unitholders may resell the Common Units offered
   hereby only if  such securities are qualified for sale under
   applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws or exemptions from such
   registration and qualification requirements are available.


    
                               -99-  
    <PAGE>

                                   PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

   ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

        Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting
   discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with
   the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. 
   With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission
   registration fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.
   
         Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee    $ 21,250
         Legal fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      25,000
         Accounting fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .      20,000
         Miscellaneous expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       3,750
                                                                --------
             Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 70,000
    
   ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

        The Section of the Prospectus entitled "The Partnership Agreement
   -- Indemnification" is incorporated herein by this reference.

        Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the
   Partnership Agreements, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Limited
   Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify
   and hold harmless any partner or other person from and against all
   claims and demands whatsoever.

   ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
   
        In connection with the initial public offering of the
   Partnership's Common Units, on December 17, 1996 the Partnership
   issued general partner interests and 6,597,619 Subordinated Units to
   the General Partners in exchange for property contributed to the
   Partnership. The general partner interests and Subordinated Units
   were valued at the net book value of the property contributed, which
   did not exceed the fair market value of such property, net of related
   liabilities assumed.  The section of the Prospectus entitled "The IPO
   and Related Transactions" is incorporated herein by reference.

        The sale of the general partner interests and Subordinated Units
   was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to
   Section 4(2) thereof.  Such securities, which are of different classes
   than the Common Units sold to the public, were offered only to the
   General Partners (both of which are subsidiaries of Northwestern
   Public Service Company), and the General Partners acquired such
   securities without a view to their further distribution.
    





                                    II-1
<PAGE>

   ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

        a.   Exhibits
   
                3.1 --   Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
                         Partnership of  Cornerstone Propane Partners,
                         L.P. dated as of December 17, 1996
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
                         the Partnership's Current Report on Form 8-K
                         dated April 14, 1997 (the "Form 8-K").

                3.2 --   Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
                         Partnership of Cornerstone Propane, L.P. dated
                         as of December 17, 1996 (incorporated by
                         reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K).

               *5.1 --   Opinion of Schiff Hardin & Waite as to the
                         legality of the securities being registered.

               *8.1 --   Opinion of Schiff Hardin & Waite relating to
                         tax matters.

               10.1 --   Credit Agreement dated December 17, 1996, among
                         Cornerstone Propane, L.P., various financial
                         institutions and Bank of America National Trust
                         and Savings Association, as agent 
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
                         the Form 8-K).

               10.2 --   Note Purchase Agreement dated December 17,
                         1996, among Cornerstone Propane, L.P. and
                         certain investors (incorporated by reference to
                         Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K).

               10.3 --   Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption
                         Agreement dated as of December 17, 1996, among
                         Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P., Cornerstone
                         Propane, L.P., Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.,
                         Empire Energy SC Corporation and SYN Inc.
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to
                         the Form 8-K).

               10.4 --   1996 Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P.
                         Restricted Unit Plan (incorporated by reference
                         to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-K).

               10.5 --   Form of Amended and Restated Employment
                         Agreements for Messrs. Baxter, Kittrell, Goedde
                         and DiCosimo (incorporated by reference to
                         Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 8-K).






                                    II-2
<PAGE>

               10.6 -    Amendment to No. 1 to Credit Agreement
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to
                         the Partnership's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                         for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 (the
                         "Form 10-K")).

               10.7 -    Amendment to No. 2 to Credit Agreement
                         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to
                         the Form 10-K).

              *21.1 --   List of Subsidiaries

             **23.1 --   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

             **23.2 --   Consent of Baird, Kurtz & Dobson

             **23.3 --   Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP

               23.4 --   Consent of Schiff Hardin & Waite (included in
                         Exhibit 5.1 and 8.1)

               24.1 --   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

   ________________

   *    Previously filed.
   **   Filed herewith.

        b.   Financial Statement Schedules.
    

        All Financial statement schedules are omitted because the
   information is not required, is not material or is otherwise included
   in the financial statements or related notes thereto.

   ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
   
             The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
   being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

             (a)  to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3)
             of the Securities Act of 1933;

             (b)  to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
             arising after the effective date of the Registration
             Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment
             thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent
             a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
             Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
             increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the
             total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed
             that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or

                                    II-3
<PAGE>

             high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be
             reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the
             Commission pursuant to rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
             changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20%
             change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in
             the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective
             Registration Statement; and

             (c)   to include any material information with respect to
             the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
             registration statement or any material change to such
             information in the Registration Statement.

        (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
   Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), each post-
   effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
   relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
   securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
   offering thereof.

        (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
   amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold
   at the termination of the offering.

        (4)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
   Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
   persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
   otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
   Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against
   public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefor,
   unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against
   such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
   incurred or paid by a director, officer of controlling person of the
   Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
   proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
   person in connection with the securities being registered, the
   Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
   been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
   appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
   it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
   will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.












                                    II-4
<PAGE>

                                 SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
   amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to this
   Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
   thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Watsonville, State of
   California, on October 9, 1997.

                  CORNERSTONE PROPANE PARTNERS, L.P.

                  By:  Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.,  General Partner

                       By:       /s/ Keith G. Baxter
                            -----------------------------------
                       Name:  Keith G. Baxter
                       Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer


        PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
   AMENDED, THIS AMENDMENT TO THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED
   BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND DATES INDICATED BELOW.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                                       DATE
                 ---------                                  -----                                      -----
<S>                                            <C>                                                 <C>
                  Merle D. Lewis*              Chairman of the Board and Director of               October 9, 1997
       --------------------------------        Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.
                  Merle D. Lewis

                Richard R. Hylland*            Vice Chairman of the Board and Director of          October 9, 1997
       --------------------------------        Cornerstone Propane GP, inc.
                Richard R. Hylland


                /s/ Keith G. Baxter            President, Chief Executive Officer and              October 9, 1997
       --------------------------------        Director of Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.
                  Keith G. Baxter              (Principal Executive Officer)

                 Ronald J. Goedde*             Executive Vice President and Chief Financial        October 9, 1997
       --------------------------------        Officer of Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.
                  Ronald J. Goedde             (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

                 Daniel K. Newell*             Director of Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.            October 9, 1997
       --------------------------------
                  Daniel K. Newell

                   Paul Christen*              Director of Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.            October 9, 1997
       --------------------------------
                   Paul Christen





                                                             II-5
<PAGE>


                     Kurt Katz*                Director of Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc.            October 9, 1997
       --------------------------------
                     Kurt Katz


       * By /s/ Keith G. Baxter
            --------------------
           Keith G. Baxter, Attorney-in-fact

</TABLE>

                                                             II-6
<PAGE>

                              INDEX TO EXHIBITS

             3.1 --   Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
                      Partnership of  Cornerstone Propane Partners,
                      L.P. dated as of December 17, 1996 (incorporated
                      by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Partnership's
                      Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 14, 1997
                      (the "Form 8-K").

             3.2 --   Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
                      Partnership of Cornerstone Propane, L.P. dated as
                      of December 17, 1996 (incorporated by reference
                      to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K).

            *5.1 --   Opinion of Schiff Hardin & Waite as to the
                      legality of the securities being registered.

            *8.1 --   Opinion of Schiff Hardin & Waite relating to tax
                      matters.

            10.1 --   Credit Agreement dated December 17, 1996, among
                      Cornerstone Propane, L.P., various financial
                      institutions and Bank of America National Trust
                      and Savings Association, as agent  (incorporated
                      by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K).

            10.2 --   Note Purchase Agreement dated December 17, 1996,
                      among Cornerstone Propane, L.P. and certain
                      investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.2 to the Form 8-K).

            10.3 --   Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement
                      dated as of December 17, 1996, among Cornerstone
                      Propane Partners, L.P., Cornerstone Propane,
                      L.P., Cornerstone Propane GP, Inc., Empire Energy
                      SC Corporation and SYN Inc. (incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K).

            10.4 --   1996 Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P.
                      Restricted Unit Plan (incorporated by reference
                      to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-K).

            10.5 --   Form of Amended and Restated Employment
                      Agreements for Messrs. Baxter, Kittrell, Goedde
                      and DiCosimo (incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 8-K).

            10.6 -    Amendment to No. 1 to Credit Agreement
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
                      Partnership's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                      fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 (the "Form 10-
                      K")).



                                    II-7
<PAGE>

            10.7 -    Amendment to No. 2 to Credit Agreement
                      (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
                      Form 10-K).

           *21.1 --   List of Subsidiaries

          **23.1 --   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

          **23.2 --   Consent of Baird, Kurtz & Dobson

          **23.3 --   Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP

            23.4 --   Consent of Schiff Hardin & Waite (included in
                      Exhibit 5.1 and 8.1)

            24.1 --   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

   _______________

   *    Previously filed.
   **   Filed herewith.
    


                                    II-8




                                                          EXHIBIT 23.1





               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use in this
registration statement of our report dated August 4, 1997 on the pro
forma financial statements of Cornerstone Propane Partners, L.P., and to
the use of our report dated August 4, 1997 on the consolidated financial
statements of SYN Inc. included herein and to all references to our Firm
included in this registration statement.


                                   /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
                                   ---------------------------
                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Minneapolis, Minnesota,
     October 9, 1997



                                                          EXHIBIT 23.2





     We hereby consent to the use in the Registration Statement on Form
S-1 of our report dated August 4, 1997, relating to the financial 
statements of EMPIRE ENERGY CORPORATION and our report dated October 9, 
1996, relating to the financial statements of SYNERGY GROUP INCORPORATED, 
all of which appear in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to 
the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.


                                   /s/  Baird, Kurtz & Dobson
                                   --------------------------
                                        Baird, Kurtz & Dobson


October 9, 1997
Springfield, Missouri




                                                             Exhibit 23.3




                     CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



        We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectuses
        constituting part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1
        of our report dated August 8, 1997 relating to the
        consolidated financial statements of CGI Holdings, Inc.,
        which appears in such Prospectuses.  We also consent to the
        reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
        Prospectuses.





  /s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
  -----------------------
   PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP




   San Francisco, California

   October 9, 1997





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission